24076

AFTERMARKET PRODUCTS CATALOG Fuses & Fuse Holders Passenger and Commercial Vehicle Products Power Distribution Relays & Solenoids Switches Connectors www.Littelfuse.com/aftermarket Local Resources for a GLOBAL Market Littelfuse products help protect, control and distribute vehicle electrical power in OEM and aftermarket applications for Saskatoon Lake Mills industries such as heavy-duty Rapid City Troy Chicago Champaign Fremont truck, construction and agriculture. Piedras Negras We offer a broad and reliable selection Muzquiz Matamoros of fuses, fuse blocks, power distribution modules, high-current switches, relays and solenoids to fit your requirements. For decades, we have helped OEMs, engineers and end-users select the right product for their applications. Today, Littelfuse offers the broadest range of products for protection, sensing, and control needs while providing exceptional service and support that our customers expect. Trollhättan Kaunas Roskilde Norwich Swindon Bremen Lauf Legnago Wuxi Suzhou Dongguan Shenzhen Seoul Shanghai Taipei Yokohama Hong Kong Lipa City Singapore São Paulo Market Focus INDUSTRIES and Applications Material Handling Truck & Bus 1  On-Highway  Transit  Severe  Vocational Duty Buses  Fork Lifts  Telehandlers  Aerial Work Platform  Pallet Automotive Passenger Car Municipality  OEM  Maintenance  Emergency  Fire  Motorsports  Fleets  Waste Trucks  Utility Jacks & Rescue Construction & Agriculture Marine & Recreational  Loaders  Excavators  Boats  Recreation Vehicles  Tractors  Harvesters  Golf  ATV & Snowmobiles Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog & Marine Carts Over 90 Years of Electrical Power Expertise Technology High-Current 2484 Switches Technology Next Generation High-Current Switch Technology ATO® Fuses 1976 1955 1927 Technology HD Time Delay Bi-Stable Relay Acquisition 2006 2013 1986 2009 Founded 2010 2018 2014 2016 Acquisition Acquisition Technology High Current FLEC PDM Technology MINI® Fuses Technology Integrated CAN/LIN Power Control Center New AFTERMARKET PRODUCTS Now Available MCASE+ Fuses COLOR CODE CURRENT RATING (A) Gray Blue White Pink Green 15 20 25 30 40 CARDED 1-PC SLOTTED PART NUMBER MCAS015.XPS MCAS020.XPS MCAS025.XPS MCAS030.XPS MCAS040.XPS FHZ Fuse Holders Fuse ® Part Number Description 0FHZ0001Z 0FHZ0002Z 0FHZ0003Z 0FHZ0005Z 0FHZ0006Z 0FHZ0007Z 0FHZ0008Z 0FHZ0009Z 5-Stud Assembly with Bolts and Bus Bar 5-Stud Full Assembly with M10 Input 5-Stud Box Only for Configuration 5-Stud Full Assembly with M8 Input 7-Stud Assembly with Bolts and Bus Bar 7-Stud Full Assembly with M10 Input 7-Stud Box Only for Configuration 7-Stud Full Assembly with M8 Input Coming Soon Additional RedBox Blade Fuse Module Tray Part Number Description 0RBOX003ZGLO ATO, MINI, and MAXI SmartGlow Fuses, Fuse Pullers, ATO and MINI HD In-Line Fuse Holders 272 Piece Assortment Contact your local sales manager for more information Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 2 Updated COLE HERSEE BRAND Packaging Cole Hersee – A Littelfuse Brand joint logo promoting the relationship between the brands. Blue and yellow Cole Hersee brand colors remain prominent for fast identification. Former Design New Design ® 55055BP SPST Toggle Switch. Universal application. 55055-BP Interruptor de palanca SPST. Uso universal. Interrupteur à bascule SPSTà usage universel.25A SPST ON-OFF TOGGLE SWITCH Large, easy-to-read label with part number and description for quick product selection. Enhanced installation information and detailed descriptions included in the packaging. Cole Hersee Co. INTERRUPTOR DE PALANCA SPST INTERRUPTEUR À BASCULE SPST Former Design Heavy-duty box packaging protects products in distribution environment. Heavy-duty clamshell packaging protects products in retail environment. Matching blister product for a consistent and attractive product display. New Design 3 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Table of Contents Circuit Protection - Fuses & Circuit Breakers Ignition Switches Fuse Selection Chart 6-7 Sealed Ignition Switches 72 Fuseology 8-9 Heavy Duty Ignition Switches 73 Retail Information, Packaging & Part Numbers 10-12 General Purpose Ignition Switches 74-75 Blade Fuses 13-15 Marine Grade Ignition Switches 76 Cartridge Fuses 16 Ignition Switch Accessories 77 Bolt-Down Fuses 17 Anti-Restart Ignition Switches 78 Auto Link Fuses 18 Glass Fuses 19 Rocker Switches Specialty Fuse Products 20 Sealed Rocker Switches 80-83 Fuse Assortment Kits 21-26 Rocker Switch Accessories 84 Circuit Breakers 27-30 Standard Heavy Duty Rocker Switches 85 FAQ Rocker and Toggle Switches 86 4 5 Fuse Blocks & Holders Bolt-Down Fuse Blocks 32 Toggle Switches In-line Fuse Holders 33-34 Toggle Switches 88-91 JCASE & Glass Fuse Holders 35 Toggle Switch Accessories 92 Add-A-Circuit & Power Feed 36 Switch Reference Guide & Diagrams 93-94 Fuse Puller Accessories 37 Multiple Position Fuse Blocks 38-39 Momentary Switches Terminal Blocks 40-41 Momentary Push-Button Switches 96-99 42 Door Switches 99-100 New Product Spotlight Power Distribution Modules Push-Pull Switches 102-103 Power Distribution Modules 44-47 Rotary Switches 104 48 Rotary Wiper Switches 105-106 Rotary Headlamp Switches 107 Foot Switches 108 Battery Isolators 50 Stoplamp Switches 109 Battery Combiners & FlexMod Devices 51 Backup & Neutral Safety Ball Switches 109-110 Low Voltage Disconnects 51 How a Smart Battery Isolator Works 52 Relays & Solenoids 3 7 Push-Pull, Rotary & Foot Switches 44 Battery Management 2 6 Hard-Wired Boxes PDM IP Rating Flyer 1 8 9 Vehicle Connectors Tractor-Trailer Connectors 112-116 Trailer Connectors 117 Connector Mounts & Accessories 118 Bi-Stable Relays 54 Standard High Current Relays (Solenoids) 55-57 Reversing & Latching Relays 58 Indicator Devices Plug-In Relays & MicroRelays 59-60 LED Pilot Lights 120 Incandescent Pilot Lights 121-122 Battery & Master Disconnect Switches Panel Lamps and Base Sockets 122 Sealed High Amp Battery Switches 62 Buzzers and Alarms 123 Manual Battery Switches 63-65 Why are LED Lights Better 124 Standard Metal Body Battery Switches 66-67 Marine-Grade Battery Switches 68 Appendix Battery Selector Disconnect Switches 69 Alphanumeric Part Number Index 125-129 Battery Disconnect Switch Accessories 70 Schematics 130-131 Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 10 11 12 13 14 4 Circuit Protection What Type of Fuse do I Need? DC (automotive) fuses are offered in two basic forms: Blade or Bolt Down. Blade & Cartridge fuses can be hand inserted into a fuse holder. These fuses provide protection for several amperage ratings up to 80A. They are well suited to protect smaller to medium diameter wires that are usually some distance from the battery. Single blade fuse holders are often called ‘In-Line’ fuse holders as they are spliced into the wiring. Remember to place the fuse holder as close to the battery and as far away from the load as possible, so that it protects the wire from a short anywhere along its length. Any short between the power source and the fuse is not protected. Littelfuse blade fuses include: MICRO2®, MICRO3®, MINI®, LP MINI®, ATO®, MAXI, MCASE+®, JCASE® and LP JCASE®. Bolt Down fuses need to be secured to the fuse holder with a screw, nut or bolt. These fuses provide protection from 30A to 600A. They are well suited to protect medium to large diameter wires that are usually closer to the battery. Ring terminals are crimped onto cables that are connected to these holders and spliced into the wiring. Remember to place the fuse holder as close to the battery and as far away from the load as possible, so that it protects the wire from a short anywhere along its length. Any short between the power source and the fuse is not protected which is why you should have master fusing as close the battery as possible. Littelfuse boltdown fuses include: MIDI®, MEGA®, CF8 and ZCASE®. Also, there are still a wide variety of applications that use glass tube fuses. These are typically lower current values and are becoming less popular for most automotive applications due to their size, form factors, and lack of color coding. ® Fuse It Glows When it Blows! SmartGlow® fuse technology makes identifying an open circuit quick and easy. Inside a fuse box, it can be difficult to locate which fuse in an array has blown. You can easily identify the SmartGlow because it lights up, indicating the need for replacement. Available in MINI, ATO, and MAXI blade fuses. Every Fuse Requires a Fuse Holder! Littelfuse offers a wide variety of fuse holder and power distribution modules in different configurations to meet unique needs. Please see the Power Distribution Modules or Fuse Blocks & Holders sections of the catalog to select a product that fits your application requirements. 5 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog White Orange Green Clear Yellow Blue Red Brown Tan Pink Violet Gray Black ACTUAL FUSE SIZE ® Low Profile MINI® ® 20A 20A 20A 25A 25A 25A 30A 30A 30A 20A 25A 30A 25A MICRO 2 ONLY 30A MICRO 2 ONLY AGY, SFE30 AGU 40A 15A 15A 15A 15A 10A 10A 10A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 15A 5A 10A 5A 7.5A 5A 4A 10A 4A 7.5A 20A 30A 70A AGX 100A 25A 40A 60A 20A 50A SFE14 AGC, SFE20, UK 40A 25A 60A 20A 50A 30A 40A 30A 80A 20A 60A 50A AGW, SFE7.5, SFE9 40A 30A 80A 20A 60A 50A 70A PAL Series 1 AGU 1A, 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A, 35A, 40A, 50A, 60A 60A 100A 30A 120A 80A Straight Male Terminal AGC .5A, 1A, 1.5A, 2A, 2.5A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 6A, 7.5A, 8A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A, 35A 40A PAL SERIES 0 ONLY 60A PAL SERIES 0 ONLY 20A PAL SERIES 0 ONLY 50A 30A Mini Female Terminal PAL Series 3 Female Terminal PAL Series 0 AGA 1A, 1.5A, 2A, 2.5A, 3A, 5A, 6A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A 175A 150A 125A 100A 200A 80A 225A 250A MEGA® AGA, SFE4 SFE6 30A 40A 80A 60A 100A 50A 70A 125A 200A 3A 3A 3A 150A ® 2A 15A ® MIDI® 2A 5A MICRO 2 ONLY ® Low Profile JCASE® MAXI 175A 3A Fuse 1A ® Fuse 5A MICRO3® MINI® MCASE® JCASE® Fuse Fuse ATO® Fuse FUSE MICRO2® TYPE GLASS Fuse FUSE SELECTION CHART 70A AGW 1A, 1.5A, 2.5A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 6A, 15A, 20A, 30A PAL SERIES 4 ONLY 120A 40A 60A PAL SERIES 2 ONLY 100A 50A PAL SERIES 2 ONLY 30A 140A 120A PAL SERIES 2 ONLY 80A 9/16" Bent Male Terminal PAL Series 4 13/16" Bent Male Terminal PAL Series 2 AGX 2A, 3A, 20A, 25A, 30A AGY 50A SFE 4A, 6A, 7.5A, 9A, 14A, 20A, 30A 30A 25A Locking Female Terminal PAL Series 5 1 6 UK 35A, 50A 600A 500A 400A 300A 250A 225A 200A 175A 150A 125A 100A 80A 60A 40A ZCASE® 7 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Notes Weatherproof Wire Color Max Amperage Holder Type Series Name PHOTO ACTUAL FUSE SIZE FUSE TYPE Notes Weatherproof Wire Color Max Amperage Holder Type Series Name PHOTO ACTUAL FUSE SIZE FUSE TYPE • Heavy Duty • Standard 60A Red • Heavy Duty Red • Standard In-Line FHJC2 40A FHJC1 Orange Black 30A FHA2 Red 60A FHJ2 Heavy Duty In-Line Standard Red 40A FHJ1 • Red 30A In-Line FHA-GLO ® Black 200A Standard – 20A Standard 498 AFH1 Compact 200A Bolt-Down SN-MIDI – 200A Bolt-Down FLEX-MIDI Smart-Glow • Red 30A In-Line FHM-GLO ® Fuse AssureLatch & IP69K Busbars Available • – • Orange 30A FHM2 MINI® Heavy Duty In-Line Standard • Black 20A FHM1 MIDI® with heat shrink – 200A In-Line Compact-498 Heavy Duty Red 30A In-Line Panel Mount AFH1 In-Line Heavy Duty Smart-Glow Orange In-Line Standard Black 20A FHA1 JCASE® and Low Profile JCASE® 30A In-Line FHAC2 20A FHAC1 ATO® FUSE HOLDER SELECTION CHART Fuse Standard – 500A Bolt-Down 298 Standard • Black or Red 60A In-Line MAH1 MAXI – 500A Bolt-Down FLEX-MEGA Heavy Duty • Orange 30A In-Line FNY2 AssureLatch & IP69K Busbars Available • – 500A Bolt-Down SN-MEGA MEGA® Standard • Black 20A In-Line FNY1 GLASS 1 Fuseology Understanding how circuit protection works is a key to diagnosing automotive electrical problems. When a fuse blows, that means the fuse is doing its job — sending you a message that something needs to be fixed. 1 WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF A FUSE? A fuse is a safety valve. It is designed to stop current from exceeding the rating of the wires or components. Without fuses, excessive current could cause damage to electrical systems, and even result in fires. In general, a fuse has a simple construction. The key c­ omponent is the “element” — a short piece of metal wire or strap. WHAT CAUSES A FUSE TO BLOW? The element is designed to melt at a specific temperature, to protect wires and equipment from overcurrents. An overcurrent is any current that exceeds the amperage ­rating or wiring capacity of equipment or devices under normal ­conditions of use. If an overcurrent causes the current in a circuit to rise above a specific level — often the circuit’s rating — the heat produced will melt the fuse’s element, causing the fuse to “blow.” This opens the circuit and immediately stops the flow of current. Fuses are designed to blow at temperatures far below those that would cause damage or hazards. Bold letter indicates fuse block location. A Left fire wall G Behind/under dash left B Right fire wall H Behind/in glove box C Right fender J Behind/under dash right D Right front K Rear compartment E Left front IL In-line with device protected F Left fender (locations may vary from car to car, see your dealer.) FINDING A FUSE To be able to address fuse issues, you first must be able to locate the appropriate fuse within the vehicle. In today’s vehicles, each individual wire is protected by a circuit protection device. Fuses are contained in fuse blocks located at various points throughout the vehicle. The diagram above illustrates typical fuse block locations. SELECTING THE RIGHT FUSE Once a fuse is blown, it can be replaced to allow the current to flow again. But simply replacing a fuse may not be the solution to the problem. In fact, there is a chance the fuse will just blow again, because the fuse is signaling a problem in the system. Understanding the f­actors that cause a fuse to blow will help you diagnose automotive electrical problems. Once you have found the fuse that has blown, and solved the problem in the vehicle, you must replace the blown fuse with an appropriate device. There are two types of overcurrents that can cause a fuse to blow: overloads and short circuits. Physical Type Overload What: The current exceeds the amperage at which the wires or equipment are rated. Why: Too many devices are connected to one circuit, or a device malfunctions and draws higher than its normal o ­ perating current. Sustained overloads cause overheating of circuit components and the fuse blows. Short Circuit What: The current is out of its normal path. Why: A malfunction creates an unintended path for e ­ lectricity to flow from the battery or alternator to ground. This can be caused by the touching of any positive wire to a ground wire, e.g. due to frayed wire insulation, or tools laid across the positive and ground wires of a circuit. The uncontrolled current to ground then surpasses the normal resistance of the wire contained in the circuit, forcing higher and higher current to the point of the generating heat which blows the fuse. When selecting the right fuse for replacement, you should consider the following: The replacement fuse must be of the same physical type as the blown fuse being replaced. It must be of the same style and have the same dimensions so that it can fit properly in the fuse block or fuse holder. Check your owner’s manual to determine the appropriate fuse type. Installation Tip: Littelfuse holds patents for the designs on most automotive fuses. It is important to remember that the physical type of the fuse is important, but it is not the only factor affecting the fuse’s function. Although some fuses appear to be the same type and dimension as Littelfuse fuses, they do not necessarily have the same performance characteristics. Look for the Littelfuse OEM Label To guarantee the same level of quality in circuit protection that the major automotive manufacturers require for their original equipment fuses, look for the OEM seal on Littelfuse aftermarket products. Only Littelfuse products can guarantee this level of quality. Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 8 Introduction Fuseology 1 Beware of Counterfeit Fuses Voltage Rating At first glance, it’s hard to tell the difference between a genuine Littelfuse blade fuse and a counterfeit. The counterfeit may have the same physical dimensions, but using it can be dangerous because it fails to perform to the stringent performance and safety specifications developed by Littelfuse and the OEMs. The voltage rating, marked on every fuse, indicates the maximum voltage at which the fuse is designed to operate safely if an overcurrent occurs. In many cases, the elements in counterfeit fuses do not correspond with the amperage specification stamped on the fuse. This will prevent the elements from opening at the rated or correct amperage, which could result in a fire causing serious damage to the vehicle, its contents and its passengers. Tip: The fuse voltage rating must equal or exceed this circuit voltage where the fuse is installed. This is not a p ­ roblem in fuse selection because automotive fuse applications are typically around 12 volts, while the voltage rating of the majority of Littelfuse automotive fuses including ATO Fuse, MINI Fuse, MAXI Fuse and MEGA Fuse is 32 volts. Responding to this growing problem, the United States International Trade Commission and then President Ronald Reagan issued and approved an exclusion order in 1983 prohibiting the importation of the look-alike blade fuses into the United States. This order was initiated because many of these fuses were proven to be totally unsafe. The photos shown here indicate why counterfeit fuses are potentially unsafe and present a fire risk. To guarantee quality and safety, look for the Littelfuse name on fuses and fuse packaging. Current Rating — Amperage The current rating, marked on every fuse, is the maximum current in amperes that the fuse can continuously carry under specified conditions. Tip: When selecting a fuse, make sure the current rating of the fuse is the same amperage as the circuit. You can obtain the current rating of a circuit by looking in the owner’s manual of the vehicle or checking to see if it is w ­ ritten on the fuse block. Overfusing and Underfusing Overfusing is when the fuse has a current rating higher than the rating of the circuit. In this case, the fuse will not be able to protect the circuit properly because the circuit could reach overcurrent levels, causing damage and safety hazards, before the fuse would blow. Underfusing is when the fuse is rated at a current too far below the rating of the circuit. In this case the fuse will blow, even though the circuit is functioning normally without an overcurrent. Underfusing almost guarantees that a fuse will blow repeatedly. This is referred to as a nuisance blow. 9 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog ADDING A CIRCUIT Always use a circuit protection device with a fuse holder or fuse block whenever adding additional circuits to ensure optimal safety. The fastest, easiest option for installers who need to add a circuit for applications such as electronic components, is the Littelfuse Add-A-Circuit Fuse Holder. Add-A-Circuit, available in ATO® and MINI® blade fuse versions, is designed to facilitate installation of fuses for accessories of 10 amps or less. The Add-A-Circuit adapts the fuse block to the installer’s needs, quickly turning one slot in the fuse block into two, providing a safe, economical alternative to splicing or fusetaps. Caution: Fusetaps are not a recommended alternative for adding circuits because they can overstress the terminals in the fuse block. This situation can create a loose fitting fuse, which in turn produces excessive heat, which can cause nuisance blows, even melting of the fuse and fuse block and possibly an expensive repair in the future. When a fusetap is used, in many cases there is no fuse protecting the new circuit, a condition which can also present a hazard. Another alternative to adding a circuit is the Littelfuse Battery Power Feed (BPF1). This device attaches directly to the b ­ attery terminal, allowing the addition of up to three circuits. Then use an in-line fuse holder to protect the circuit properly. Retail Information Planogram 1 Updated brand packaging introduced in 2015 allowing for easy identification of product families in a retail display. Littelfuse developed the next generation of Retail Circuit Protection with the ease of product selection as a top priority. EASY IDENTIFICATION of product families in color coordinated packages for an easy to use and set up planogram layout. MORE SPACE for higher margin kits and assortments. INCREASE MARKET COVERAGE with the newest Littelfuse MICRO2®, MICRO3®, MCASE+® and ZCASE® fuses. OEM SYMBOL Prominent on package assures consumers of ­quality and actual OE replacement. MULTI-LINGUAL One SKU covers US, Canadian, German and Latin American markets. COLOR CODED for easier stocking and consumer selection. MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 00940477Z 094477 Our 87 SKU, 510-piece pre-pack Plan-O-Gram includes full blade-fuse coverage, as well as expanded coverage into newer parts such as LowProfile MINI, Low-Profile JCASE, MICRO2, MICRO3, MCASE and Emergency Kits. Includes blade fuses, glass fuses, circuit breakers, Assortment and Emergency kits, fuse holders and fuse tester/pullers. Measures approximately 36"x36". 00940478Z 094478 Our 103 SKU, 625-piece pre-pack Plan-O-Gram is our largest retail assortment featuring multiple facings of the most popular items. This assortment expands your line coverage to fill the needs of your DIY and professional dealer/installer customers as well. Measures approximately 48"x32". DESCRIPTION Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 10 Circuit Protection Retail Information Packaging / Part Numbering 1 Bulk Carton The outer corrugated cardboard box that holds several cartons. Carton The outer corrugated cardboard box that holds several inner packs, or bulk fuses (no inner packs). Inner Pack Blister Pack A retail package containing one or several identical products, such as fuses, or it may contain an assortment of fuses. Blister packs are designed to fit on a peg-hook. ‘Bubble pack’ or ‘clamshell’ packages are blister packs. 11 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog A small chipboard box containing several blister packs or pillboxes. Pill Box A small plastic box containing fuses. Pillboxes are snapshut resealable. Fuse Packaging Standard Fuse Packaging 1 BOXED MERCHANDISE PIECES/BOX STANDARD PACK ORDER ATO, MINI Fuses 5 to a box 100 (twenty 5 packs) by piece Glass Ceramic Fuses 5 to a box 50 (ten 5 packs) by piece AGU Fuses 10 to a box 10 (one 10 pack) by piece MAXI, PAL, MEGA, MIDI 1 to a pack 10 by piece Flashers, Circuit Breakers, Fuse Holders 1 to a pack 10 by piece RETAIL PACKAGED MERCHANDISE FUSES/CARD STANDARD PACK ORDER ATO, MINI Fuses, Glass, Ceramic Fuses 5 to a card 5 cards/shelf pack by card MAXI, PAL, MEGA, MIDI Fuses 1 to a card 5 cards/shelf pack by card Plus Packs 25 5 cards/shelf pack by card Retail Carded Kits and Assortments Various 5 cards/shelf pack by card Assortments, Jobber Boards, Merchandisers, etc. Various Single unit by unit Mandatory Characters First set of four These identify the product group, like LMIN (Low profile MINI fuse) or 0MAX (MAXI fuses). Examples of Order Numbers Order numbers must have between 9 characters and 15 characters. These are for added description, such as ZXPRO. When you place an order, write or type the characters without a break in the string. 0ATO 0 1 0 . VP First set of four “ATO Fuses” Second set of four “10 Amps” “Retail pack of 5” 0MIN 0 3 0 . ZXPRO First set of four “MINI Fuses” Second set of four “30 Amps” “Professional Pack” Second set of four These identify the product subgroup. In fuses, this usually identifies the amperage. The decimal point counts as one character, eg 010. = 10A, 100. = 100A, 01.5 = 1.5A. 9th character Inner pack quantity. See list of codes below. Inner Pack Codes Quantity Code 1=X 500 = U 5=V 1,000 = M 10 = T 1,500 = D 20 = S 2,500 = E 50 = L 3,000 =W 100 = H 4,000 = Y 200 = F 5,000 = N 250 = G 10,000 = K Optional Characters 10th Character Packaging type. P= Retail pack, B=Blister Pack. Last set of 5 May be used to give additional information such as, MXGLO for SmartGlow fuses Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 12 Circuit Protection Blade Fuses MINI® • 2-30A • Standard and Smart Glow Blade Fuses 1 The MINI fuse is quickly becoming the new standard for vehicle circuit protection. Its miniature design meets the need for more circuits to be protected while utilizing less space, and its ability to cope with high temperatures in adverse environments makes the MINI fuse the recommended choice for protection. Smart Glow fuses are innovative automotive style fuses that feature an indicator light that glows when the fuse is blown, saving time to troubleshoot an open circuit. Additional information: littelfuse.com/MINI Standard: Voltage Rating Characteristics: 32V AC/DC Fast-Acting, Approvals: UL listed, SAE J2077. Smart Glow: Interrupting Rating: 1000A @ 32V DC, Voltage Rating: 32V DC, Operating Temperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C, Terminals: Tin plated zinc COLOR CODE CURRENT RATING (A) Fuse ® BOXED CARDED CARDED PLUS PACK CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER Gray 2 0MIN002.V 0MIN002.VP – – Violet 3 0MIN003.V 0MIN003.VP – 0MIN003.VPGLO Pink 4 0MIN004.V 0MIN004.VP – – Tan 5 0MIN005.V 0MIN005.VP – 0MIN005.VPGLO Brown 7.5 0MIN07.5V 0MIN07.5VP – 0MIN07.5VPGLO Red 10 0MIN010.V 0MIN010.VP Dimensions MINI ® Dimensions SMART GLOW MINI ® 0MIN010.ZXPRO 0MIN010.VPGLO Blue 15 0MIN015.V 0MIN015.VP 0MIN015.ZXPRO 0MIN015.VPGLO Yellow 20 0MIN020.V 0MIN020.VP 0MIN020.ZXPRO 0MIN020.VPGLO Clear 25 0MIN025.V 0MIN025.VP 0MIN025.ZXPRO 0MIN025.VPGLO Green 30 0MIN030.V 0MIN030.VP 0MIN030.ZXPRO 0MIN030.VPGLO Low Profile MINI® • 2-30A • Blade Fuses The Low Profile MINI fuse is designed to mate with tuning-fork terminals, which provides additional weight and material savings in fuse box designs by eliminating the need for female box terminals. Additional information: littelfuse.com/LPMINI Voltage Rating: 58V DC,Interrupting Rating: 1000A @ 58V DC, Operating Temperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C, Terminals: Silver plated zinc, Housing Materials: Nylon composite 13 CARDED CARDED PLUS PACK PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER COLOR CODE CURRENT RATING (A) BOXED MATERIAL NUMBER Gray 2 LMIN002.V – – Tan 5 LMIN005.V LMIN005.VP LMIN005.ZXPROA Brown 7.5 LMIN07.5V – – Red 10 LMIN010.V LMIN010.VP LMIN010.ZXPROA Blue 15 LMIN015.V LMIN015.VP LMIN015.ZXPROA Yellow 20 LMIN020.V LMIN020.VP LMIN020.ZXPROA Clear 25 LMIN025.V LMIN025.VP LMIN025.ZXPROA Green 30 LMIN030.V LMIN030.VP LMIN030.ZXPROA Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Dimensions Low Profile MINI ® Blade Fuses ATO® • Autofuse® • 1-40A • Standard and Smart Glow Blade Fuses 1 The ATO fuse is currently found on most cars, trucks, buses and off the road vehicles worldwide. Features Littelfuse designed industry standard color coding to indicate amp rating. Smart Glow fuses are innovative automotive style fuses that feature an indicator light that glows when the fuse is blown, saving time to troubleshoot an open circuit. Additional information: littelfuse.com/ATO Standard: Voltage Rating Characteristics: 32V AC/DC Fast-Acting Approvals: UL listed, SAE J2077. Smart Glow: Interrupting Rating: 1000A @ 32V DC Voltage Rating: 32V DC Operating Temperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C Terminals: Tin plated zinc COLOR CODE CURRENT RATING (A) Fuse ® BOXED CARDED CARDED PLUS PACK CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER – Black 1 0ATO001.V 0ATO001.VP – Gray 2 0ATO002.V 0ATO002.VP – – Violet 3 0ATO003.V 0ATO003.VP – 0ATO003.VPGLO Pink 4 0ATO004.V 0ATO004.VP – – Tan 5 0ATO005.V 0ATO005.VP 0ATO005.ZXPRO 0ATO005.VPGLO Brown 7.5 0ATO07.5V 0ATO07.5VP 0ATO07.5ZXPRO 0ATO07.5VPGLO Red 10 0ATO010.V 0ATO010.VP 0ATO010.ZXPRO 0ATO010.VPGLO Blue 15 0ATO015.V 0ATO015.VP 0ATO015.ZXPRO 0ATO015.VPGLO Yellow 20 0ATO020.V 0ATO020.VP 0ATO020.ZXPRO 0ATO020.VPGLO Clear 25 0ATO025.V 0ATO025.VP 0ATO025.ZXPRO 0ATO025.VPGLO Green 30 0ATO030.V 0ATO030.VP 0ATO030.ZXPRO 0ATO030.VPGLO Orange 40 0ATO040.V 0ATO040.VP – Dimensions ATO ® Dimensions SMART GLOW ATO ® – MAXI • 20-100A • Standard and Smart Glow Blade Fuses MAXI Fuses are primarily used for under hood applications and are produced with a high temperature polymer and s­ ilver plated blades. They replace the commonly used fusible wire or fusible link to protect a high current segment or system of the wiring harness. Features Littelfuse designed industry standard color coding to indicate amp rating. Smart Glow fuses are innovative automotive style fuses that feature an indicator light that glows when the fuse is blown, saving time to troubleshoot an open circuit. Additional information: littelfuse.com/MAXI Standard: Voltage Rating: 32V DC, Interrupting Ratings: 1000A @ 32V DC, Operating Temperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C, Terminals: Silver plated Smart Glow: Voltage Rating: 32V DC, Interrupting Ratings: 1000A @ 32V DC, Operating Temperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C, Terminals: Silver plated COLOR CODE CURRENT RATING (A) Fuse ® BOXED CARDED CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER Yellow 20 0MAX020.X 0MAX020.XP 0MAX020.XPGLO Green 30 0MAX030.X 0MAX030.XP 0MAX030.XPGLO Orange 40 0MAX040.X 0MAX040.XP 0MAX040.XPGLO Red 50 0MAX050.X 0MAX050.XP 0MAX050.XPGLO Blue 60 0MAX060.X 0MAX060.XP 0MAX060.XPGLO Tan 70 0MAX070.X – 0MAX070.XPGLO Clear 80 0MAX080.X 0MAX080.XP 0MAX080.XPGLO Purple 100 – – 0MAX100.XPGLO Dimensions MAXI Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 14 Circuit Protection Blade Fuses MICRO2 ® • 5-30A • Blade Fuses 1 Its sub-miniature design meets the need for more circuits to be protected while utilizing less space and its ability to cope with high temperatures in adverse environments makes the MICRO2 Fuse the recommended choice for protection. Additional information: littelfuse.com/MICRO2 COLOR CODE CURRENT RATING (A) Voltage Rating: 32V DC, Interrupting Ratings: 1000A @ 32V DC, Operating Temperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C BULK 50-PC BOXED 25-PC BOXED 5-PC CARDED 5-PC MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER Tan 5 0327005.LXS – MIC2005.V MIC2005.VP Brown 7.5 032707.5LXS – MIC207.5V MIC207.5VP Red 10 0327010.LXS MIC2010.ZXPRO MIC2010.V MIC2010.VP Blue 15 0327015.LXS MIC2015.ZXPRO MIC2015.V MIC2015.VP Yellow 20 0327020.LXS MIC2020.ZXPRO MIC2020.V MIC2020.VP Clear 25 0327025.LXS – MIC2025.V MIC2025.VP Green 30 0327030.LXS MIC2030.ZXPRO MIC2030.V MIC2030.VP Dimensions MICRO2 ® MICRO3 ® • 5-15A • Blade Fuses The MICRO3 Fuse is the new standard for vehicle circuit protection. The MICRO3 Fuse has 3 terminals and 2 fuse elements with a common center terminal. Its sub-miniature design meets the need for more circuits to be protected while utilizing less space and its ability to cope with high temperatures in adverse environments makes the MICRO3 Fuse the recommended choice for protection. Additional information: littelfuse.com/MICRO3 15 COLOR CODE CURRENT RATING (A) Voltage Rating: 32V DC, Interrupting Ratings: 1000A @ 32V DC, Operating Temperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C Tan 5 0337005.LXS MIC3005.ZXPRO MIC3005.V MIC3005.VP Brown 7.5 033707.5LXS MIC307.5ZXPRO MIC307.5V MIC307.5VP Red 10 0337010.LXS MIC3010.ZXPRO MIC3010.V MIC3010.VP Blue 15 0337015.LXS MIC3015.ZXPRO MIC3015.V MIC3015.VP Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog BULK 50-PC BOXED 25-PC BOXED 5-PC CARDED 5-PC MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER Dimensions MICRO3 ® Cartridge Fuses JCASE ® • 20-60A • Cartridge Fuses 1 Smaller space saving footprint is being designed in by many OEM’s. Patented technology p ­ rovides both increased time delay and low voltage drop. Features ANSI standard OCR-A font for visual inspection systems, double spring-beam box terminal and unique secondary locking feature holds terminal firmly in place. Additional information: littelfuse.com/JCASE Voltage Rating Characteristics: 32V AC/DC Slo-Blo®, Interrupting Ratings: 1000A @ 32V DC, Operating Temperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C, Insertion Force: 53N max. (12lb), Extraction Force: 9N min. (2lb) COLOR CURRENT CODE RATING (A) Blue White Pink Green Red Yellow BOXED CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER JCAS020.X JCAS025.X JCAS030.X JCAS040.X JCAS050.X JCAS060.X JCAS020.XP JCAS025.XP JCAS030.XP JCAS040.XP JCAS050.XP JCAS060.XP 20 25 30 40 50 60 Dimensions JCASE ® Low Profile JCASE ® • 20-60A • Cartridge Fuses Smaller space saving footprint is being designed in by many OEM’s. Patented technology provides both increased time delay and low voltage drop. Features ANSI standard OCR-A font for visual inspection systems, double spring-beam box terminal and unique secondary locking feature holds terminal firmly in place. Additional information: littelfuse.com/LPJCASE Voltage Rating: 58V DC, Interrupting Rating: 1000A @ 58V DC, Operating Temperature Range: -40˚C to + 125˚C, Insertion Force: 53N Max. (12 lb.), Extraction Force: 9N Min (2 lb.) COLOR CODE CURRENT RATING (A) BOXED CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER Blue White Pink Green Red Yellow 20 25 30 40 50 60 LJCA020.X LJCA025.X LJCA030.X LJCA040.X LJCA050.X LJCA060.X LJCA020.XP LJCA025.XPA LJCA030.XP LJCA040.XP LJCA050.XP LJCA060.XP Dimensions Low Profile JCASE ® MCASE+ ® • 15-60A • Cartridge Fuses The Unslotted MCASE+ Fuse is a cartridge style fuse up to 40A with female terminals for 2.8 mm male terminals. The Slotted MCASE+ Fuse is available up to 60A and can mate with larger male terminals (e.g., 6.3mm) or even mount directly to onto a busbar. Miniaturized footprint for optimal usage of space, featuring time delay and the ability to handle inrush currents. Additional information: littelfuse.com/MCASE SLOTTED UNSLOTTED Voltage Rating: 32V DC, Interrupting Ratings: 1000A @ 32V DC, Operating Temperature Range: -40˚C to +125˚C Fuse Insertion Force: 50N (11.2lbf) Typical, Extraction Force: 4N Min. (0.9 lb). | 24.5N Max. (5.5 lb) COLOR CODE CURRENT RATING (A) BULK 500-PC BOXED 50-PC BOXED 5-PC CARDED 1-PC MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER Gray Blue White Pink Green 15 20 25 30 40 0695015.U 0695020.U 0695025.U 0695030.U 0695040.U 0695015.LPXP 0695020.LPXP 0695025.LPXP 0695030.LPXP 0695040.LPXP MCAS015.V MCAS020.V MCAS025.V MCAS030.V MCAS040.V MCAS015.XP MCAS020.XP MCAS025.XP MCAS030.XP MCAS040.XP COLOR CODE CURRENT RATING (A) BULK 500-PC BOXED 50-PC BOXED 5-PC CARDED 1-PC MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER Gray Blue White Pink Green Red Yellow 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 0695015.US 0695020.US 0695025.US 0695030.US 0695040.US 0695050.US 0695060.US 0695015.LPXPS 0695020.LPXPS 0695025.LPXPS 0695030.LPXPS 0695040.LPXPS 0695050.LPXPS 0695060.LPXPS MCAS015.VS MCAS020.VS MCAS025.VS MCAS030.VS MCAS040.VS MCAS050.VS MCAS060.VS MCAS015.XPS MCAS020.XPS MCAS025.XPS MCAS030.XPS MCAS040.XPS MCAS050.XPS MCAS060.XPS Dimensions MCASE+ ® UNSLOTTED SLOTTED * Please inquire about additional bulk quantities Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 16 Circuit Protection Bolt-Down Fuses MEGA® • 80-500A • Bolt-Down Fuses 1 Littelfuse patented fuse designed for high current BOXED 50-PC CURRENT protection up to 500A found on many OEM MATERIAL RATING (A) NUMBER vehicles. Slo-Blo® ­feature eliminates nuisance 80 – blowing d ­ uring temporary, short duration overloads. Commonly used for battery and alternator 100 0MEG100.L connections and other heavy gauge cables 125 0MEG125.L requiring ultra high current protection. Also available 150 0MEG150.L with a clear housing, M6 mounting hole, single 175 0MEG175.L mounting hole or silver plating. For details, contact 200 0MEG200.L Littelfuse or visit: littelfuse.com/MEGA Voltage Rating Characteristics: 32V AC/DC, Slo-Blo® Dimensions MEGA® 225 250 300 350 400 450 500 0MEG225.L 0MEG250.L 0MEG300.L 0MEG350.L 0MEG400.L 0MEG450.L 0MEG500.L BOXED 1-PC CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER 0MEG080.X 0MEG100.X 0MEG125.X 0MEG150.X 0MEG175.X 0MEG200.X 0MEG225.X 0MEG250.X 0MEG300.X 0MEG350.X 0MEG400.X 0MEG450.X 0MEG500.X 0MEG080.XPA 0MEG100.XP 0MEG125.XP 0MEG150.XP 0MEG175.XP 0MEG200.XP 0MEG225.XP 0MEG250.XP – – – – – MIDI® • 30-200A • Bolt-Down Fuses Littelfuse patented fuse found on many OEM BULK 10-PC CURRENT vehicles. Slo-Blo® feature eliminates nuisance MATERIAL RATING (A) NUMBER blowing during temporary, short duration overloads. 30 0498030.TXN Also available with a clear housing, M6 mounting 40 0498040.TXN hole, single mounting hole or silver plating. For 50 0498050.TXN details, contact Littelfuse or visit: littelfuse.com/MIDI Voltage Rating Characteristics: 32V AC/DC, Slo-Blo® Dimensions MIDI ® 60 70 80 100 125 150 200 ZCASE ® • 40-600A • Bolt-Down Fuses Designed for a one bolt connection M6 (125-250A) or M8 (300-600A) and can be used directly on a battery post or busbar connection. Additional information: littelfuse.com/ZCASE Voltage Rating Characteristics: 32V AC/DC, Slo-Blo® Dimensions ZCASE ® 17 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog CURRENT RATING (A) 40 60 80 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 500 600 BOXED CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER 0498060.TXN 0498070.TXN 0498080.TXN 0498100.TXN 0498125.TXN 0498150.TXN 0498200.TXN – – 0MID050.X – – 0MID080.X – – – – – – 0MID050.XP – – 0MID080.XP – – 0MID150.XP – BULK 480-PC BULK 100-PC CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER 3298040.Z 3298060.Z 3298080.Z 3298100.Z 3298125.Z 3298150.Z 3298175.Z 3298200.Z 3298225.Z 3298250.Z 3298300.ZXSTA 3298350.ZXSTA 3298400.ZXSTA 3298500.ZXSTA 3298600.ZXSTA 3298040.H 3298060.H 3298080.H 3298100.H 3298125.H 3298150.H 3298175.H 3298200.H 3298225.H 3298250.H 3298300.H 3298350.H 3298400.H 3298500.H 3298600.H – – ZCAS080.XP ZCAS100.XP ZCAS125.XP ZCAS150.XP ZCAS175.XP ZCAS200.XP ZCAS225.XP ZCAS250.XP ZCAS300.XP ZCAS350.XP ZCAS400.XP ZCAS500.XP – Auto Link Fuses PAL Auto Link Fuses 1 Commonly found on many Japanese and Domestic built v­ ehicles in current ratings up to 140 amperes. Available with female connector, male connector, bent connector and locking female connector. Color coded to indicate amp rating. Additional information: littelfuse.com/PAL PAL Female Terminal CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER 20 0PAL020.X Pink 30 Green Blue COLOR CODE 0PAL020.XP Pink 0PAL030.X 0PAL030.XP Green 40 0PAL040.X 0PAL040.XP Red 50 0PAL050.X 0PAL050.XP Yellow 60 0PAL060.X 0PAL060.XP CURRENT RATING (A) PAL Straight Male Terminal BOXED CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER 30 0PAL130.X Yellow 60 Black COLOR CODE Pink CURRENT RATING (A) BOXED COLOR CODE BOXED CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER 30A 0PAL330.X 0PAL330.XP 40A 0PAL340.X 0PAL340.XP PAL 9/16" Bent Male Terminal CURRENT RATING (A) CURRENT RATING (A) PAL MINI® Female Terminal BOXED CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER 30 0PAL430.X 0PAL430.XP 40 0PAL440.X 0PAL440.XP 50 0PAL450.X 0PAL450.XP COLOR CODE 0PAL130.XP Pink 0PAL160.X 0PAL160.XP Green 80 0PAL180.X 0PAL180.XP Red Blue 100 0PAL1100X 0PAL1100XP Black 80 0PAL480.X 0PAL480.XP Gray 120 0PAL1120X 0PAL1120XP Blue 100 0PAL4100X 0PAL4100XP White 120 – 0PAL4120XP Purple 140 – 0PAL4140XP PAL 13/16" Bent Male Terminal PAL Locking Female Terminal COLOR CODE BOXED CARDED PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER CURRENT RATING (A) CARDED PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER CURRENT RATING (A) BOXED MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER Pink 30 0PAL230.X 0PAL230.XP Brown 25 0PAL525.X 0PAL525.XP Green 40 0PAL240.X 0PAL240.XP Green 30 0PAL530.X 0PAL530.XP Red 50 0PAL250.X 0PAL250.XP Yellow 60 0PAL260.X 0PAL260.XP Brown 70 0PAL270.X 0PAL270.XP COLOR CODE Black 80 0PAL280.X 0PAL280.XP Blue 100 0PAL2100X 0PAL2100XP Gray 120 0PAL2120X 0PAL2120XP Purple 140 – 0PAL2140XP Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 18 Circuit Protection Glass Fuses AG • Glass Fuses 1 AGA (1/4” x 5/8”) AGW (1/4” x 7/8”) Originally stood for “all glass.” The automotive industry uses the “AG” p ­ refix (AGC, AGW) for most glass fuses. They vary in length, diameter and amperage rating. Additional information: littelfuse.com/Glass Voltage Rating: 32V AC/DC, 250V may be substituted CARDED PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER SFE7.5, SFE9 (1/4” x 7/8”) SFE6 (1/4” x 3/4”) SFE14 (1/4” x 1-1/16”) 0AGU010.T .5 0AGC.500V – – 1 0AGA001.V 0AGA001.VP 2 0AGA002.V 0AGA002.VP 1 0AGC001.V 0AGC001.VP 15 0AGU015.T – 3 0AGA003.V 0AGA003.VP 1.5 0AGC01.5V 0AGC01.5VP 20 0AGU020.T – 5 0AGA005.V 0AGA005.VP 2 0AGC002.V 0AGC002.VP 25 0AGU025.T – 6 0AGA006.V – 2.5 0AGC02.5V 0AGC02.5VP 30 0AGU030.T – 7.5 0AGA07.5V – 3 0AGC003.V 0AGC003.VP 35 0AGU035.T – 10 0AGA010.V 0AGA010.VP 4 0AGC004.V 0AGC004.VP 40 0AGU040.T 0AGU040.VPG 15 0AGA015.V 0AGA015.VP 5 0AGC005.V 0AGC005.VP 50 0AGU050.T 0AGU050.VPG 20 0AGA020.V 0AGA020.VP 6 0AGC006.V 0AGC006.VP 60 0AGU060.T 0AGU060.VPG AGU (5AG) AGC (3AG) 25 0AGA025.V – 7.5 0AGC07.5V 0AGC07.5VP 30 0AGA030.V 0AGA030.VP 8 0AGC008.V – 10 0AGC010.V 0AGC010.VP 15 0AGC015.V 0AGC015.VP 20 0AGC020.V 0AGC020.VP 25 0AGC025.V 0AGC025.VP 30 0AGC030.V 0AGC030.VP 35 0AGC035.V 0AGC035.VP 1 0AGW001.V – 1.5 0AGW01.5V – 2.5 0AGW02.5V – 3 0AGW003.V – 4 0AGW004.V – 5 0AGW005.V 0AGW005.VP 6 0AGW006.V – 15 0AGW015.V 0AGW015.VP 20 0AGW020.V 0AGW020.VP 30 0AGW030.V 0AGW030.VP SFE • Glass Fuses Glass fuses designed to specifications set by the Society of Fuse Engineers. All are 1/4 inch in diameter, but vary in length according to the ampere rating to ensure accurate fuse replacement. SFE30 (1/4” x 1-7/16”) GBC • Torpedo Fuse A thermoplastic type, torpedo shaped fuse that can be currently found in many European cars. Consisting of a heat resistant body, the fuse element stretches over the exterior of the body from end to end. The bodies vary in color (by amperage) to ensure proper replacement. Voltage Rating: 32V AC/DC, 250V may be substituted Additional information: littelfuse.com/Glass 19 10 PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER Additional information: littelfuse.com/Glass GBC (6 x 25mm) PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER Voltage Rating: 32V AC/DC, 250V may be substituted SFE20 (1/4” x 1-1/4”) MATERIAL NUMBER CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER AGW (7AG) SFE4 (1/4” x 5/8”) CARDED BOXED AGA (1AG) AGU (13/32” x 1-1/2”) BOXED CURRENT RATING (A) AGY (1/4” x 1-7/16”) BOXED CURRENT RATING (A) AGC (1/4” x 1-1/4”) CURRENT RATING (A) AGX (1/4” x 1”) Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog AGX (8AG) 20 – 0AGX020.VP 25 – 0AGX025.VP 30 – 0AGX030.VP BOXED CURRENT RATING (A) MATERIAL NUMBER 4 6 7.5 9 14 20 30 0SFE004.V 0SFE006.V 0SFE07.5V 0SFE009.V 0SFE014.V 0SFE020.V 0SFE030.V BOXED CURRENT RATING (A) MATERIAL NUMBER 5 8 16 25 0GBC005.V 0GBC008.V 0GBC016.V 0GBC025.V CARDED PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER 0SFE004.VP 0SFE006.VP 0SFE07.5VP 0SFE009.VP 0SFE014.VP 0SFE020.VP 0SFE030.VP CARDED PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER – 0GBC008.VP 0GBC016.VP 0GBC025.VP Specialty Fuse Products CATALOG # CNN035E CNN040E CNN050E CNN060E CNN080E CNN090E CNN100E CNN125E CNN150E CNN175E CNN200E CNN225E CNN250E CNN275E CNN300E CNN325E CNN350E CNN400E CNN500E CNN600E CNN700E CNN800E 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 PART NUMBER MATERIAL # 0CNN010.V 0CNN035.V 0CNN040.V 0CNN050.V 0CNN060.V 0CNN080.V 0CNN090.V 0CNN100.V 0CNN125.V 0CNN150.V 0CNN175.V 0CNN200.V 0CNN225.V 0CNN250.V 0CNN275.V 0CNN300.V 0CNN325.V 0CNN350.V 0CNN400.V 0CNN500.V 0CNN600.V 0CNN700.V 0CNN800.V 1 Download additional information: littelfuse.com/CNN CATALOG # CNN010 CNN035 CNN040 CNN050 CNN060 CNN080 CNN090 CNN100 CNN125 CNN150 CNN175 CNN200 CNN225 CNN250 CNN275 CNN300 CNN325 CNN350 CNN400 CNN500 CNN600 CNN700 CNN800 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 PART NUMBER MATERIAL # CATALOG # V DC PART NUMBER MATERIAL # 0CNN035E.V 0CNN040E.V 0CNN050E.V 0CNN060E.V 0CNN080E.V 0CNN090E.V 0CNN100E.V 0CNN125E.V 0CNN150E.V 0CNN175E.V 0CNN200E.V 0CNN225E.V 0CNN250E.V 0CNN275E.V 0CNN300E.V 0CNN325E.V 0CNN350E.V 0CNN400E.V 0CNN500E.V 0CNN600E.V 0CNN700E.V 0CNN800E.V V DC CNNe fuses are rated for applications up to 80V DC. As fork lift trucks voltages increase, circuit protection needs to be rated higher to handle the increased voltage. The 80V CNN_E and 48V CNN are considered very fast-acting for quicker reaction time, the 32V CNL fuses are fast-acting. • Voltage Rating: CNL: 32V DC / 32V AC CNN: 48V DC / 125V AC CNNe: 80V DC / 125V AC • Ampere Range: 10-800A • Interrupting Rating: 2,500A • Maximum Torque: 90 lbs V DC CNNe, CNN, CNL Forklift Type Fuses 0CNL035.V CNL035 32 0CNL040.V CNL040 32 0CNL050.V CNL050 32 0CNL060.V CNL060 32 0CNL080.V CNL080 32 0CNL100.V CNL100 32 0CNL125.V CNL125 32 0CNL150.V CNL150 32 0CNL175.V CNL175 32 0CNL200.V CNL200 32 0CNL250.V CNL250 32 0CNL275.V CNL275 32 0CNL300.V CNL300 32 0CNL325.V CNL325 32 0CNL350.V CNL350 32 0CNL400.V CNL400 32 0CNL500.V CNL500 32 160/300V DC • 1-1200A • UL Class T • JLLN & JLLS Series Fuses • Voltage Rating: JLLN: 160V DC (1-60A) • 125V DC (70-1200A except 900A) JLLS: 300V DC (1-1200A) Download technical information at: littelfuse.com/JLLN or littelfuse.com/JLLS JLLN JLLS CURRENT PACK RATING (A) V DC MATERIAL NUMBER V DC MATERIAL NUMBER SIZE 1 2 3 6 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 125 125 125 125 125 JLLN001.T JLLN002.T JLLN003.T JLLN006.T JLLN010.T JLLN015.T JLLN020.T JLLN025.T JLLN030.T JLLN035.T JLLN040.T JLLN045.T JLLN050.T JLLN060.T JLLN070.V JLLN080.V JLLN090.V JLLN100.V JLLN110.X 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 JLLS001.T JLLS002.T JLLS003.T JLLS006.T JLLS010.T JLLS015.T JLLS020.T JLLS025.T JLLS030.T JLLS035.T JLLS040.T JLLS045.T JLLS050.T JLLS060.T JLLS070.V JLLS080.V JLLS090.V JLLS100.V JLLS110.X 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 1 JLLN JLLS CURRENT PACK RATING (A) V DC MATERIAL NUMBER V DC MATERIAL NUMBER SIZE 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 – 125 125 125 JLLN125.X JLLN150.X JLLN175.X JLLN200.X JLLN225.X JLLN250.X JLLN300.X JLLN350.X JLLN400.X JLLN450.X JLLN500.X JLLN600.X JLLN700.X JLLN800.X – JLLN1000X JLLN1100X JLLN1200X 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 JLLS125.X JLLS150.X JLLS175.X JLLS200.X JLLS225.X JLLS250.X JLLS300.X JLLS350.X JLLS400.X JLLS450.X JLLS500.X JLLS600.X JLLS700.X JLLS800.X JLLS900.X JLLS1000X JLLS1100X JLLS1200X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Honda, Volkswagen and Universal Fusible Links Honda Volkswagen Universal Fusible links fit Honda Civics fusible link bar. Available in 45, 55 & 65A. Carded merchandise only available in 3 piece assortment 094413. Fusible links fit Volkswagen and Universal fusible link bars. Available in 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 110, 150 & 175 amp fuse bars. Fusible links are OEM replacement fusible link bars. Available in 30, 50, 80 & 100A. CARDED PART NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 00940413ZP 094413 00940402ZP 0940402 0FLC014.XP FLC14BP 0FLW014.XP FLW14BP 0FLW016.XP FLW16BP DESCRIPTION Fusible Link assortment - fits Honda™ vehicles Fusible Link assortment - fits Volkswagen™ vehicles Fusible Link 14 AWG Fusible Link 14 AWG with Terminals Fusible Link 16 AWG with Terminals Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 20 Circuit Protection Assortment Kits Value Pack Kits 1 The Littelfuse Value Packs contain a complete assortment of OEM fuses. Value Packs give you the tools for the protection you need — when and where you need it! The Ultimate fuse kit for home and repair shop comes in a clear plastic, reusable package. MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER DESCRIPTION 00940400Z 094400 ATO Super Value Pack 40pc 00940462Z 094462 MINI Super Value Pack 40pc 00940475Z 094475 ATO , MINI, MAXI Super Value Pack 21pc 00940550Z 094550 MINI /JCASE Super Value Pack 29pc 00940554Z – Low Profile MINI / Low Profile JCASE Super Value Pack 30pc 00940557ZXA – AGC Glass Super Value Pack 40pc 00940566ZXA – MICRO2/MICRO3 Super Value Pack 60pc Fuse Assortment Kits Littelfuse assortments contain a variety of a specific fuse type in assorted amperages. Fuse ® 21 MATERIAL NUMBER 00940133ZP CATALOG NUMBER 94133 00940134ZP 94134 British Fuse Assortment 00940135ZP 94135 Japanese Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGC 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A (SFE 20), 30A Fuses 00940154ZP 94154 American Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGC 10A, 15A, 30A & 1 each: SFE 9A, 14A, 20A Fuses 00940189ZP 94189 Cellular Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGC 1.5A, 3A Fuses & 3 each: AGC 2A Fuses 00940202ZP 94202 ATO Fuse Assortment 6pc 1 each: ATO 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses 00940301ZP 94301 Japanese ATO Fuse Assortment 00940362ZP 94362 MINI Fuse Assortment 1 each: MINI 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A 00940408ZP 94408 Computer Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGC .5A Fuses & 2 each: AGC 1A, 2A Fuses 00940506ZP 94506 Low Profile MINI Fuse Assortment 1 each: LMIN 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses 00940558ZPA 94558 MICRO2 Fuse Assortment 1 each: MICRO2 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A Fuses 00940559ZPA 94559 MCASE Fuse Assortment 1 each: 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A, 40A Fuses 0AGA0001ZP AGA1ZP AGA Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGA 1A, 2A, 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses 0AGA0002ZP AGA2ZP AGA Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGA 2A, 3A, 10A Fuses & 2 each: AGA 5A Fuses 0AGA0003ZP AGA3ZP AGA Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGA 15A Fuse & 2 each: AGA 20A, 30A Fuses 0AGC0001ZP AGC1ZP AGC Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGC 1A, 2A, 2.5A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 6A, 7.5A, 8A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A, 35A Fuses 0AGC0002ZP AGC2ZP AGC Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGC 1A, 2A, 2.5A Fuses & 2 each: AGC 3A Fuses 0AGC0003ZP AGC3ZP AGC Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGC 4A, 6A, 7.5A Fuses & 2 each: AGC 5A Fuses 0AGC0004ZP AGC4ZP AGC Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGC 10A Fuse & 2 each: AGC 15A, 20A Fuses 0AGC0005ZP AGC5ZP AGC Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGC 35A Fuse & 2 each: AGC 25A, 30A Fuses 0AGW0001ZP AGW1ZP AGW/AGX Glass Fuse Assortment 0AGW0002ZP AGW2ZP AGW Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGW 5A, 20A, 30A Fuses & 2 each: AGW 15A Fuses 0AGX0002ZP AGX2ZP AGX Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: AGX 25A, 30A Fuses & 3 each: AGX 20A Fuses 0SFE0001ZP MATERIAL NUMBER 00940202ZPGLO SFE1ZP CATALOG NUMBER 10-1008 SFE Glass Fuse Assortment 1 each: SFE 4A, 6A, 7.5A, 9A Fuses & 2 each: 14A, 20A, 30A Fuses ATO SmartGlow Assortment 5 pack 1 each: ATO 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses 00940362ZPGLO 11-1008 MINI SmartGlow Assortment 5 pack 1 each: MINI 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses 00940400ZGLO 14-0000 ATO SmartGlow Assortment 42 pack 7 each: ATO GLO 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses 00940462ZGLO 15-0000 MINI SmartGlow Assortment 36 pack 6 each: MINI GLO 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses DESCRIPTION European Fuse Assortment DESCRIPTION 1 each: AGC 7.5A, 15A, 20A (SFE 20) 1 each: 03000128M Amp Fuses 1 each: ATO 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A Fuses CONTENTS 1 each: ATO GLO 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses & (1) MINI Keychain LED Flashlight 1 each: MINI GLO 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses & (1) MINI Keychain LED Flashlight 1 each: AGC 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 30A Fuses – 00940556ZPGLO 094556 0AGC0001ZPGLO 16-1008 AGC Glass Assortment 5 pack 0SFE0001ZPGLO – SFE Glass SmartGlow Assortment 5 pack NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW 1 each: AGW 3A, 4A, 5A, 15A, 20A, 30A Fuses 1 each: AGX 3A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses ATO SmartGlow Assortment 5 pack w/ Flashlight MINI SmartGlow Assortment 5 Pack w/ Flashlight 00940555ZPGLO Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog CONTENTS 2 each: GBC 8A, 16A Fuses & 1 each: GBC 25 A 1 each: SFE 7.5A, 9A, 14A & 2 each: 20A Fuses NEW NEW Assortment Kits Emergency Kits 1 Available in OEM ATO and MINI fuse versions. The Littelfuse Emergency Diagnostic Fuse Kits are ideal for the glove box or trunk offering instant protection in the garage or on the road. Contains the most popular amperages.  Includes roadside tester/puller that tests, removes and installs fuses. Has its own power source that allows it to operate with or without voltage to a ­maximum of 24V DC. MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER DESCRIPTION 00940363ZP 094363 MINI Emergency Fuse Kit CONTENTS 1 each: MINI 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses (1) Puller 00940365ZP 094365 Motorcycle Glass Emergency Kit 1 each: AGX 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A Fuses 2 each: AGX 8A Fuses (1) Puller 00940366ZP 094366 Motorcycle ATO Emergency Kit 1 each: ATO 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A Fuses (1) Puller 00940367ZP 094367 American Glass Emergency Kit 1 each: SFE 9A, 14A, 20A 1 each: AGC 5A, 15A, 30A Fuses (1) Puller 00940368ZP 094368 European GBC Emergency Kit 1 each: GBC 5A, 16A, 25A Fuses 2 each: GBC 8A Fuses (1) Puller 1 each: AGC 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 30A Fuses (1) Puller 00940369ZP 094369 Japanese Glass Emergency Kit 00940370ZP 094370 ATO Emergency Kit 00940418ZP 094418 ATO Emergency Diagnostic Kit 00940419ZP 094419 Glass Emergency Fuse Kit 1 each: ATO 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses (1) Puller 1 each: ATO 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses (1) ATO Puller 1 each: AGC 7.5, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A (1) Glass Puller 1 each: MINI 3A, 4A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses (1) ATO/MINI Tester/Puller 00940461ZP 094461 MINI Emergency Diagnostic Kit 00940479ZP 094479 ATO/MINI Emergency Diagnostic Kit 00940441ZP 094441 LP MINI Emergency Fuse Kit 1 each: LP MINI 2A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses, (1) Puller 00940442ZP 094442 MCASE, MICRO2, MICRO3 Emergency Kit 1 each: MCASE 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A, 40A Fuses, (1) MCase Puller 1 each: MICRO2 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses 1 each: MICRO3 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A Fuses, (1) MICRO Puller OEM Emergency Kit - GM 1 each: MINI 7.5A, 25A, 30A Fuses 1 each: LP MINI 10A, 15A Fuses 1 each: JCASE 20A, 30A, 40A, 50A Fuses 1 each: LPJCASE 30A, 40A Fuses 2 each: MINI 20A Fuses 3 each: MINI 10A, 15A Fuses 00940561ZPA 094561 1 each: ATO 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses 1 each: MINI 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses (1) Puller 00940562ZPA 094562 OEM Emergency Kit - Ford 1 each: MINI 7.5A, 25A, 30A Fuses 1 each: LP MINI 10A, 15A Fuses 1 each: JCASE 20A, 30A, 40A, 50A Fuses 1 each: LPJCASE 30A, 40A Fuses 2 each: MINI 20A Fuses 3 each: MINI 10A, 15A Fuses 00940563ZPA 094563 OEM Emergency Kit Chrysler/Dodge/Jeep 1 each: MINI 7.5A, 25A, 30A Fuses 1 each: JCASE 20A, 30A, 40A, 50A Fuses 2 each: MINI 20A Fuses 3 each: MINI 10A, 15A Fuses 00940565ZPA 094565 Toyota/Lexus Emergency Fuse Kit 1 each: MICRO2 5A, 7.5A, 10A,15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses 1 each: LP MINI 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 30A Fuses (2) Pullers 094566 Nissan/Infiniti Emergency Fuse Kit 1 each: MICRO2 5A, 10A,15A, 20A, 30A Fuses 1 each: MINI 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses 1 each: ATO 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 30A, 40A Fuses NEW 1 each: MCASE+ 30A, 40A, 60A, Fuses 2 each: MCASE+ 50A Fuses (3) Pullers 094567 Volkswagen/Audi Emergency Fuse Kit 1 each: ATO 1A, 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A 30A, 40A Fuses 1 each: MINI 2A, 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses 1 each: JCASE 20A, 25A, 30A, 40A, 50A, 60A Fuses NEW 1 each: HSB 40A, 50A, 80A, 110A, 175A Fuse Strip (2) Pullers 00940566ZPA 00940567ZPA 00940569ZPA 094569 Hyundai/Kia/Genesis Emergency Fuse Kit 1 each: MINI 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses 1 each: LP MINI 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Fuses 1 each: JCASE 30A, 40A, 50A Fuses 1 each: LPJCASE 20A, 30A, 40A Fuses 1 each: MICRO2 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A 30A Fuses (3) Pullers NEW NEW Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 22 Circuit Protection Assortment Kits Commercial Assortments 1 Littelfuse Commercial Assortments cover all of the professional technician’s circuit protection needs. Littelfuse offers the most comprehensive circuit protection kits on the market today addressing the needs of the Professional Service Center and Road Service Operation with genuine Littelfuse OEM fuses. Littelfuse Commercial Assortments are designed for the professional installer who needs a larger quantity and variety of fuses at the point of installation. Assortments are packaged in tough plastic storage containers perfect for the parts drawer, tool box, under counter or road service vehicle. Additional information: littelfuse.com/KitAssortments MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 00940409Z 094409 CONTENT MICRO2® Fuse 70 Piece Commercial Assortment ATO (10-pc): 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A CARDED CARDED ATO® Fuse 80 Piece Commercial Assortment MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 00940560ZXA 00940560 CONTENT MICRO2 (10): 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 00940422Z 094422 CONTENT ATO (10-pc): 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A MINI (10-pc): 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A (1) Puller CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 00940551Z 094551 MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 00940570ZXA 00940570 MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 00940552Z 094552 CONTENT MCASE® Fuse 80 Piece Commercial Assortment MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 00940565ZXA 00940565 CONTENT MCASE (20): 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A, 40A LPMINI (10-pc): 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 00940480Z 094480 Low Profile JCASE® Fuse 16 Piece Commercial Assortment CONTENT JCASE (2-pc): 20A, 40A, 50A JCASE (3-pc): 30A - JCASE (1-pc): 60A (1) Puller Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog CARDED CARDED MICRO2 (10): 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A MICRO3 (10): 5A, 7.5A, 10, 15A MCASE (5): 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A, 40A MINI (10-pc): 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A JCASE® Fuse 10 Piece Commercial Assortment 23 CONTENT CONTENT Low Profile MINI® Fuse 80 Piece Commercial Assortment CARDED CARDED MINI® Fuse 80 Piece Commercial Assortment MICRO2® MICRO3® MCASE® Fuse 135 Piece Commercial Assortment CARDED CARDED ATO® / MINI® Fuse 80 Piece Commercial Assortment MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 00940553Z 094553 CONTENT LPJCASE (4-pc): 20A, 30A, 40A LPJCASE (2-pc): 50A, 60A (1) Puller Assortment Kits Smart Glow Commercial Assortments ® 1 Fuse Littelfuse Commercial Assortments cover the professional technician’s circuit protection needs including Smart Glow style fuses. Available in ATO and MINI fuse styles the assortments are packaged in tough plastic storage containers perfect for the parts drawer, tool box, under counter or road service vehicle. Additional information: littelfuse.com/KitAssortments It glows when it blows. Smart Glow ATO® Blade Fuse 80 Piece Commercial Assortment 00940509ZXGLOA CONTENT MATERIAL NUMBER ATO (10-pc): 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A CARDED CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER Smart Glow MINI® Blade Fuse 80 Piece Commercial Assortment 00940510ZXGLOA CONTENT MINI (10-pc): 3A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A Professional Fuse Caddy  rovides a complete assortment designed to meet the professional installer’s on-the-road P fuse needs. Contains 180 of the most popular fuses and installation tools (includes ATO®/ MINI® Tester/ Puller) needed to s­ ervice passenger cars and light trucks, heavy and m ­ edium trucks and buses. Comes in compact handy storage box perfect for the on-the-road v­ ehicle. Additional information: littelfuse.com/KitAssortments CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER 00940396Z CATALOG NUMBER 094396 CONTENT ATO (5-pc): 3A, 5A, 7.5A - ATO (10-pc): 10A, 25A - ATO (15-pc): 15A, 20A, 20A MINI (5-pc): 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 7.5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A AGC (5-pc): 5A, 10A, 15A, 20A, 25A, 30A SFE (5-pc): 14A, 20A, 30A MAXI (1-pc): 20A, 30A, 40A, 50A, 60A (1) Fuse Tester and Puller (1) Tri-puller™ (1) MAXI Fuse Puller Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 24 Circuit Protection Assortment Kits Red Box™ 1 ED R BO X Designed by Littelfuse, the kit features the exact OEM parts used for the glass, ATO, MINI, LP MINI, MAXI, PAL, JCASE, LP JCASE, MCASE, MICRO2 and MICRO3 fuses installed on over 98% of the cars, vans, light trucks and SUV’s on the road today. All come packed inside one compact, portable, organized carrying case. With Red Box, your days of wasting valuable shelf space on redundant part numbers is over. Over 500 fuses inside Red Box meet over 98% of the market’s circuit protection needs, giving you more coverage and more profit with a lot less inventory. Additional information: littelfuse.com/RedBox KIT Professional Installer Case KIT Professional Installer Glass Module (Module 5) Case (No Glass with Module 6) MATERIAL KIT Professional Installer Case (No Glass with Module 5) MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 0RED0BOXZ REDBOX 0RED0BOXZXNG Low Profile MINI® Module (Module 1) MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 0RBOX001Z RBOX1 REDBOXNG 0RBOX005Z 0RED0BOXZXNGA JCASE® Module (Module 2) MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 0RBOX002Z RBOX2 CATALOG NUMBER RBOX5 0AGC001.V AGC GLASS BOX 1A 10 0AGC002.V AGC GLASS BOX 2A 10 0AGC003.V AGC GLASS BOX 3A 10 0AGC004.V AGC GLASS BOX 4A 10 0AGC005.V AGC GLASS BOX 5A 10 0AGC006.V AGC GLASS BOX 6A 10 10 LMIN005.V 5A LOW PROFILE MINI FUSE 5 JCAS020.V JCASE 32V S/B BOX 20A 2 0AGC007.5V AGC GLASS BOX 7.5A LMIN07.5V 7.5A LOW PROFILE MINI FUSE 10 JCAS030.V JCASE 32V S/B BOX 30A 2 0AGC010.V AGC GLASS BOX 10A 10 LMIN010.V 10A LOW PROFILE MINI FUSE 10 JCAS040.V JCASE 32V S/B BOX 40A 2 0AGC015.V AGC GLASS BOX 15A 10 LMIN015.V 15A LOW PROFILE MINI FUSE 10 JCAS050.V JCASE 32V S/B BOX 50A 2 0AGC020.V AGC GLASS BOX 20A 10 LMIN020.V 20A LOW PROFILE MINI FUSE 5 JCAS060.V JCASE 32V S/B BOX 60A 2 0AGC025.V AGC GLASS BOX 25A 10 LMIN025.V 25A LOW PROFILE MINI FUSE 5 0AGC030.V AGC GLASS BOX 30A 10 LMIN030.V 30A LOW PROFILE MINI FUSE 10 0AGW030.V AGW GLASS BOX 30A 10 AGX GLASS BOX 30A 10 PAL Module (Module 4) Blade Fuse Module (Module 3) MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 0AGX030.V RBOX4 0SFE004.V SFE GLASS BOX 4A 10 0SFE009.V SFE GLASS BOX 9A 10 MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 0RBOX004Z 0RBOX003Z RBOX3 0PAL020.X FEMALE TERM BOX 20A 1 0SFE014.V SFE GLASS BOX 14A 10 0ATO005.V ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 5A 10 0PAL030.X FEMALE TERM BOX 30A 1 0SFE020.V SFE GLASS BOX 20A 10 0ATO07.5V ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 7.5A 10 0PAL040.X FEMALE TERM BOX 40A 1 0SFE030.V SFE GLASS BOX 30A 10 0ATO010.V ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 10A 25 0PAL050.X FEMALE TERM BOX 50A 1 Puller Tester 1 0ATO015.V ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 15A 25 0PAL060.X FEMALE TERM BOX 60A 1 0ATO020.V ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 20A 25 0PAL130.X STRAIGHT MALE TERM BOX 30A 1 0ATO025.V ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 25A 25 0PAL160.X STRAIGHT MALE TERM BOX 60A 1 STRAIGHT MALE TERM BOX 80A 1 STRAIGHT MALE TERM BOX 100A 1 MICRO2®, MICRO3®, MCase®, Low Profile JCASE® Module (Module 6) MATERIAL NUMBER 0ATO030.V ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 30A 25 0PAL180.X 0ATO040.V ATO BLADE FUSE BOX 40A 10 0PAL1100.X 0MIN005.V MINI BLADE FUSE BOX 5A 10 0PAL1120.X STRAIGHT MALE TERM BOX 120A 1 0RBOX006Z 13/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 30A 1 MIC2005.V MICRO2 Fuse 5A 10 MIC207.5V MICRO2 Fuse 7.5A 10 CATALOG NUMBER RBOX6 0MIN07.5V MINI BLADE FUSE BOX 7.5A 10 0PAL230.X 0MIN010.V MINI BLADE FUSE BOX 10A 20 0PAL240.X 13/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 40A 1 0MIN015.V MINI BLADE FUSE BOX 15A 20 0PAL250.X 13/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 50A 1 MIC2010.V MICRO2 Fuse 10A 10 13/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 60A 1 MIC2015.V MICRO2 Fuse 15A 10 13/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 70A 1 MIC2020.V MICRO2 Fuse 20A 10 MIC2025.V MICRO2 Fuse 25A 10 0MIN020.V MINI BLADE FUSE BOX 20A 20 0PAL260.X 0MIN025.V MINI BLADE FUSE BOX 25A 10 0PAL270.X 0MIN030.V MINI BLADE FUSE BOX 30A 10 0PAL280.X 13/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 80A 1 0MAX020.V MAXI BLADE BOX 20A 2 0PAL2100.X 13/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 100A 1 MIC3005.V MICRO3 Fuse 5A 10 13/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 120A 1 MIC307.5V MICRO3 Fuse 7.5A 10 0MAX030.V MAXI BLADE BOX 30A 2 0PAL2120.X 0MAX040.V MAXI BLADE BOX 40A 2 0PAL330.X MINI FEMALE TERM BOX 30A 1 MIC3010.V MICRO3 Fuse 10A 10 MINI FEMALE TERM BOX 40A 1 MCAS020.V MCASE Fuse 20A 10 0MAX050.V MAXI BLADE BOX 50A 2 0PAL340.X 0MAX060.V MAXI BLADE BOX 60A 2 0PAL430.X 9/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 30A 1 MCAS025.V MCASE Fuse 25A 10 0MAX070.V MAXI BLADE BOX 70A 1 0PAL440.X 9/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 40A 1 MCAS030.V MCASE Fuse 30A 10 0MAX080.V MAXI BLADE BOX 80A 1 0PAL450.X 9/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 50A 1 MCAS040.V MCASE Fuse 40A 10 9/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 80A 1 LJCA020.V LOW PROFILE JCASE 20A 10 9/16" BENT MALE TERM BOX 100A 1 LJCA025.V LOW PROFILE JCASE 25A 10 LOW PROFILE JCASE 30A 10 00970019X FUSE TESTER AND PULLER BOX 1 0PAL480.X FHAC0002Z ATO HD INLINE FUSE HOLDER BOX 1 0PAL4100.X 0FHM0002Z MINI HD INLINE FUSE HOLDER BOX 1 0PAL525.X LOCKING FEMALE TERM BOX 25A 1 LJCA030.V 0PAL530.X LOCKING FEMALE TERM BOX 30A 1 LJCA040.V LOW PROFILE JCASE 40A 10 LJCA050.V LOW PROFILE JCASE 50A 10 LJCA060.V LOW PROFILE JCASE 60A 10 MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 0RBOX003ZGLO RBOX3GLO Contact your local sales manager for more information 25 NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Assortment Kits Modular Rack Systems 1 The new MRS Modular Rack System is a flexible offering of fuses that can be ordered based on your needs. Each rack is sold individually and can be locked together to sit on a counter, or wall mounted. They are also available as a complete kit. Size charts, and color identification charts are included to serve as a guide for easy identification and replacement. 0MRS0007ZXA MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER DESCRIPTION CONTENTS 0MRS0001Z MRS1 ATO Modular Rack System See Table Below 0MRS0002Z MRS2 MINI-MAXI Modular Rack System See Table Below 0MRS0003Z MRS3 Glass Modular Rack System See Table Below 0MRS0004Z MRS4 PAL / MEGA Modular Rack System See Table Below 0MRS0005Z MRS5 PAL / JCASE Modular Rack System See Table Below 0MRS0006Z MRS6 ATO / MINI Assortments Modular Rack System See Table Below 0MRS0007Z MRS7 Complete Modular Rack System - 6 Racks MRS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6 - See Table Below 0MRS0007ZXA MRS7A Complete Modular Rack System - 7 Racks MRS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 & 9 - See Table Below 0MRS0009ZXA MRS9 ACS / MICRO2 / MICRO3 / MCASE Modular Rack System See Table Below 0MRS0200Z MRS200 ATO / MINI / MAXI Modular Rack System MRS Racks 1 & 2 (Assembled) 0MRS0300Z MRS300 ATO / MINI / MAXI / Glass Modular Rack System MRS Racks 1, 2 & 3 (Assembled) Modular Rack Systems Part Number Contents MATERIAL NUMBER 0MRS0001Z 0MRS0002Z 0MRS0003Z 0MRS0004Z 0MRS0005Z CATALOG NUMBER MRS1 MRS2 MRS3 MRS4 CONTENTS FUSE TYPE ATO MINI / MAXI GLASS / CERAMIC PAL / MEGA 0MRS0006Z 0MRS0009ZXA MRS5 MRS6 MRS9 PAL / JCASE ATO / MINI ASSORTMENTS MICRO2 / MICRO3 / MCASE (5) ATO3 (5) MIN2 (5) AGC1 (10) SFE4 (2) PAL20 (1) PAL1120 (1) PAL430 (12) 094202B (2) MIC2 5 (3) MIC3 10 (5) ATO4 (5) MIN3 (5) AGC2 (10) SFE7.5 (4) PAL30 (1) PAL230 (1) PAL440 (12) 094362B  (2) MIC2 7.5 (3) MIC3 15 (10) ATO5 (5) MIN4 (10) AGC3 (10) SFE9 (3) PAL40 (1) PAL240 (1) PAL450 (4) MIC2 10 (2) MCAS 15 (10) ATO7.5 (10) MIN5 (5) AGC5 (10) SFE14 (3) PAL50 (1) PAL250 (1) PAL480 (4) MIC2 15 (3) MCAS 20 (15) ATO10 (10) MIN7.5 (5) AGC7.5 (30) SFE20 (2) PAL60 (1) PAL260 (1) PAL4100 (4) MIC2 20 (2) MCAS 25 (15) ATO15 (15) MIN10 (10) AGC10 (10) SFE30 (1) PAL130 (1) PAL270 (1) PAL525 (3) MIC2 25 (4) MCAS 30 (20) ATO20 (20) MIN15 (20) AGC15 (10) GBC8 (2) PAL160 (1) PAL280 (1) PAL530 (3) MIC2 30A (3) MCAS 40 (10) ATO25 (20) MIN20 (20) AGC20 (10) GBC16 (3) PAL180 (1) PAL2100 (1) JCAS40 (3) MIC3 5 (15) ATO30 (15) MIN25 (10) AGC25 (10) GBC25 (2) PAL1100 (1) PAL2120 (1) JCAS50 (3) MIC3 7.5 (5) ATO40 (15) MIN30 (30) AGC30 (2) MEG 175 (1) JCAS20 (1) JCAS60 (2) MAX20 (5) AGW15 (2) JCAS30 (3) MAX30 (5) AGW20 (1) PAL330 (2) MAX40 (1) PAL340 (2) MAX50 (3) MAX60 Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 26 Circuit Protection Circuit Breakers 1 Type 1 • Automatic Reset Type II • Modified Reset Type III • Manual Reset Cycles or continuously resets until the fault is corrected. Type I circuit breakers are typically used to p ­ rotect circuits which occasionally experience momentary overloads such as wiper motor and headlamp circuits where a self resetting device is preferred. Non-cycling, remains in open position while there is power to the circuit. Resets when ignition is turned off. Type II circuit breakers are typically used in applications where fuse replacement is objectionable, such as power window, seat and sunroof circuits. Manually resettable circuit breakers remain in the open position until a button, lever or other external reset device is manually depressed. Type III circuit breakers are typically used in applications where a manual reset is desired for safe diagnosis of a circuit fault. Additional information: littelfuse.com/CircuitBreakers MINI® Footprint Circuit Breakers PART NUMBERS CURRENT RATING (A) BULK 10 30419-10 – 15 30419-15 30419-15-BX 20 30419-20 30419-20-BX 25 30419-25 30419-25-BX Designed to fit in a MINI Blade fuse block or panel. SAE Type II used primarily as a wiring ­harness protector in 12V DC automotive systems. Conforms to SAE J553C standard. BOXED Wide MINI® Footprint Circuit Breakers Direct factory replacement for many domestic OEM applications. Designed to fit either in an ATO or MINI blade fuse block or panel. Their blade configuration is of the MINI design and fit in a standard ATO fuse slot or across two MINI slots. Available in either SAE Type I cycling or SAE Type II non-cycling used primarily as a wiring harness protector in 12V DC automotive systems. Conforms to SAE J553C standard. BOXED CURRENT RATING (A) MATERIAL NUMBER APPLICATION CYCLING 15 0MMB015.X Heavy Truck Headlamp • • NON-CYCLING 20 0MMB020.X Automotive Headlamp 10 0MNB010.X Heavy Duty Truck • 15 0MNB015.X Heavy Duty Truck • 20 0MNB020.X Automotive/Heavy Truck • 25 0MNB025.X Automotive/Heavy Truck • 30 0MNB030.X Automotive/Heavy Truck • Specialty OEM ATO® Footprint Circuit Breakers Direct factory replacement for many domestic OEM vehicles. SAE Type I and Type II modified reset used primarily as a wiring harness protector in 12V DC automotive systems. Conforms to SAE J553C standard. Designed to mount in ATO style fuse blocks and panels. CURRENT RATING (A) BOXED CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER OEM PART NUMBER GM# 12040816 20 – 0ACB020.XP Automotive Headlamp 30 – 0ACB030.XP Power Windows, & Locks GM# 01252240 20 0FCB020.X 0FCB020.XP Power Windows Ford# 83507005 25 0CCB025.X 0CCB025.XP Windows, Seats & Locks Ford# D9AB-14526-BA Chrysler# 4527053 Fuse Clip Circuit Breakers Direct replacement for many OEM applications. Designed for glass fuses without physical alteration in the system. Fits 1-1/4" fuse clips. SAE Type II non-cycling used primarily as a wiring harness protector in 12V DC automotive systems. Conforms to SAE J553C standard. 27 APPLICATION Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog CURRENT RATING (A) PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED 10 - 30410-10-BX 15 30410-15 30410-15-BX 20 30410-20 30410-20-BX 25 30410-25 30410-25-BX 30 30410-30 30410-30-BX Circuit Breakers Universal ATO® Footprint Circuit Breakers Universal Circuit Breakers function identically and have same internal components as OEM breakers but offer the versatility of snap off terminals for greater flexibility. SAE Type II modified reset used p ­ rimarily as a wiring harness protector in 12V DC automotive systems. Meets OEM requirements. Conforms to SAE J553C standard. Designed to mount in ATO style fuse blocks and panels. CURRENT RATING (A) BOXED BOXED BULK CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER PACKAGING MATERIAL NUMBER 5 0UCB005.X BUCB005.Z 0UCB005.XP 10 0UCB010.X BUCB010.Z 0UCB010.XP 15 0UCB015.X BUCB015.Z 0UCB015.XP 20 0UCB020.X BUCB020.Z 0UCB020.XP 25 0UCB025.X BUCB025.Z 0UCB025.XP 30 0UCB030.X BUCB030.Z 0UCB030.XP 1 M AXI Style Circuit Breakers Direct factory replacement for many domestic OEM applications. Designed to fit a MAXI Blade fuse block or panel. Available in either SAE Type I cycling or SAE Type II non-cycling. Used p ­ rimarily as a wiring harness protector in 12V DC automotive systems. Meet OEM requirements. Conforms to SAE J553C standard. BOXED CURRENT RATING (A) MATERIAL NUMBER APPLICATION CYCLING NON CYCLING 20 0MCB020.X Automotive Headlamp • 30 0MCB030.X Automotive Headlamp, Seats & Wipers • 40 0MCB040.X – • 20 0MXB020.X Automotive Power Devices Heavy Truck & Auto Cooling Fan • 30 0MXB030.X Automotive Power Window Heavy Truck & Auto Cooling Fan & Power Window • Circuit Breaker Mounting Brackets & Bus Bars Mounting brackets available in steel or nylon and accept 30056 and 30137 series breakers. Bus bars are made from heavy solid brass or copper, with holes or slots that make it easy to connect box-type circuit breakers with studs, in order to feed a number of protected circuits. 30090-04 4-gang steel bracket PART NUMBERS 86099-5 brass busbar with holes DIMENSIONS MOUNTING HOLE DIMENSIONS 2 .81” x 1.29” (122.2 x 32.8 mm) 4.00” (101.6mm) on centers 3 5.71” x 1.29” (145.0 x 32.8mm) 1.90” (124.5mm) on centers 6.62” x 1.29” (160.1 x 32.8mm) 5.81” (147.6mm) on centers 6 8.43” x 1.29” (214.1 x 32.8mm) 7.62” (193.5mm) on centers 8 10.25” x 1.29” (260.4 x 32.8mm) 9.43” (239.5mm) on centers 86099-2-BX 2 1.53” long (38.9mm) – 86099-3 86099-3-BX 3 2.43” long (61.7mm) – 86099-4 86099-4-BX 4 3.34” long (84.8mm) – 86099-5 86099-5-BX 86126-2 86126-2-BX 86126-4 86126-4-BX 4 86126-6 86126-6-BX 6 BULK BOXED 30090-2 30090-2-BX 30090-3 30090-3-BX 30090-4 30090-4-BX 30090-6 30090-6-BX 30090-8 30090-8-BX – DESCRIPTION Mounting Bracket Busbar NUMBER OF GANGS 86126-4 copper busbar with slots 4 MATERIAL Steel Brass NOTES Holes: .910” (23.1mm) on centers, 0.21” (5.3mm) diameter 5 4.24” long (197.7mm) – 2 1.41” x .560” (35.8 x 14.2mm) .910” (23.11mm) on centers Copper For all steel breakers without a bracket. Breakers snap into position, engaging with dimples in the case of the breaker. 3.23” x .560” (82.1 x 14.2mm) 2.73” (69.34mm) on centers 5.05” x .560” (128.3 x 14.2mm) 4.55” (115.57mm) on centers 86126-8 86126-8-BX 8 6.87” x .560” (174.5 x 14.2mm) 6.37” (161.79mm) on centers 86126-12 86126-12-BX 12 10.51” x .560” (267.0 x 14.2mm) 10.01” (254.25mm) on centers Recommended for use with brackets 87128-X Slots: .910” on centers, .210” (5.3mm) wide Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 28 Circuit Protection Circuit Breakers Steel or plastic housing. Steel box type is approximately 1 ¼" x ¾" x 2/3" and comes with integral brackets (to be directly affixed with screws or bolts) or without (needs a mounting bracket). Breakers have 10-32 studs, blades or wire leads. Wire lead type has a 10" wire loop connected to studs and PVC-coated. Loop is intended to be cut, stripped and spliced into a circuit. Additional information: littelfuse.com/CircuitBreakers 30056, 30137, 30171 - with studs, no bracket 30055, 30138, 30172 - with studs and bracket 30128 - with studs and cross-bracket 3088, 30507 - double breaker assembly – 15 – 30056-20 30056-20-BX – 20 – 30056-25 30056-25-BX – 25 – 30056-30 30056-30-BX – 30 – 30056-40 30056-40-BX – 12 40 – 30056-50 30056-50-BX – 50 – 30137-10 – 10 • 30137-15 30137-15-BX – 15 • 30137-20 30137-20-BX – 20 • 30137-30 – – – – 30055-20 30055-20-BX 30055-20-BP 20 – 30055-25 30055-25-BX 25 – Type I Type I sealed 30 • – – 30055-30 30055-30-BX 30055-30-BP 30 – 30055-40 30055-40-BX 30055-40-BP 40 – 30055-50 30055-50-BX 30055-50-BP 50 – 30138-10 – – 30138-15 – – - 30138-30-BX – 30 • 30138-40 – – 40 • 30128-10 30128-10-BX – 10 – 30128-15 30128-15-BX – 15 – 30128-20 30128-20-BX – 20 – 30128-30 30128-30-BX – 30 – 30128-40 30128-40-BX – 40 – 12 Type I with bracket 10 • 15 • PART NUMBERS 30171-10 30171-10-BX – 10 – 30171-15 30171-15-BX – 15 – 30171-20 30171-20-BX – 20 – 30171-30 30171-30-BX – 30 – 30172-10 – 10 – NOTES Type I sealed with bracket BULK BOXED RETAIL – VOLT – 15 30055-10 30055-10-BX RETAIL SEALED 30056-15 30056-15-BX 10 30055-15 30055-15-BX 30055-15-BP BOXED AMPS – BULK VOLT 10 – SEALED 30056-10 30056-10-BX PART NUMBERS NOTES AMPS RETAIL SEALED BOXED VOLT PART NUMBERS BULK AMPS Type I Steel Case with Stud Terminals 24 30172-15 30172-15-BX – 15 – 30172-20 30172-20-BX – 20 – 30172-30 30172-30-BX – 30 – 3088-50 – – 50 – 3088-60 3088-60-BX – 60 3088-80 3088-80-BX – 12 80 30507-60 30507-60-BX – 30507-80 30507-80-BX – Type I with cross-bracket NOTES Type I Type I with bracket Type I – double breaker assembly – 60 • Type I sealed double breaker assembly 80 •  tud Type Low Voltage (6-12 V DC) Circuit S Breakers 30062 with wire leads, with bracket 30063 with wire leads, without bracket BULK BOXED – 30062-20-BX 30062-30 30062-30-BX 30063-10 – 30063-20 30063-30 29 30063-20-BX – 12 12 SEALED PART NUMBERS AMPS PVC-Coated Steel Case with Wire Terminals VOLT 1 Box Style Circuit Breakers NOTES SAE Type I automatic reset provides protection in installations where it is not possible to manually reset a breaker because of location or safety requirements. Used primarily as a wiring harness protector in 12V DC automotive systems. Conforms to SAE J553C standard. Available with or without mounting bracket. CURRENT RATING (A) BOXED W/O BRACKET BOXED W/ BRACKET CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER 5 0812005.ZXST 0813005.ZXST – 6 0812006.ZXST – – 8 – 0813008.ZXST – 10 0812010.ZXST 0813010.ZXST – 15 0812015.ZXST 0813015.ZXST – 0813020.XP 20 • 30 • 10 • 20 0812020.ZXST 0813020.ZXST • 25 0812025.ZXST 0813025.ZXST – 30 0812030.ZXST 0813030.ZXST 0813030.XP 4 0812040.ZXST 0813040.ZXST 0813040.XP 50 0812050.ZXST 0813050.ZXST 0813050.XP 10 30 Type I with Bracket Type I • Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Circuit Breakers 50-150A • 32V DC • Hi-Amp Type III • Circuit Breakers 1 These high amp circuit breakers are typically used in auxiliary and accessory circuits for trucks, buses, RVs and marine applications in battery charger systems and DC audio systems. All high amp circuit breakers comply with the SAE J1117 and J1625 standard for ignition protection. • • • • • • • Agency Approvals: UL Approved for all amp ratings at 32V DC Interrupting Rating: 3000A @30V DC Ignition Protection: SAE J1625 and J1171 Material: Thermoset Plastic UL Rating 94VO Temperature Range: -32C to 92C RoHS Compliant Waterproof CURRENT RATING (A) 50 BOXED PART NUMBERS CARDED PART NUMBERS MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 0185050.X 185050 – – INTERRUPTING RATING RoHS 3000A @ 30V DC • 60 0185060.X 185060 – – 3000A @ 30V DC • 70 0185070.X 185070 – – 3000A @ 30V DC • 80 0185080.X 185080 – – 3000A @ 30V DC • 100 – – 0185100.XP 185100BP 3000A @ 30V DC • 120 – – 0185120.XP 185120BP 3000A @ 30V DC • 150 – – 0185150.XP 185150BP 3000A @ 30V DC • MINI® Type I Circuit Breakers Designed to fit in a MINI blade fuse block or panel. Conforms to SAE J553. Cycles or continuously resets until the fault is corrected. Type I circuit breakers are typically used to protect circuits which occasionally experience momentary overloads such as wiper motor and headlamp circuits where a self resetting device is preferred. CARDED PART NUMBERS CURRENT RATING (A) MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 10 0211010.XP 211010BP 15 0211015.XP 211015BP 20 0211020.XP 211020BP 25 0211025.XP 211025BP 30 0211030.XP 211030BP ATO® Circuit Breakers Series - Type I Automatic Reset Circuit breakers and fuses are a cost-effective solution to protecting wiring, equipment and subsystems. Terminals are grooved so that they can be easily snapped off with pliers to fit the electrical blocks of different vehicles. Use as is (long terminals) for Kenworth trucks. Use with one segment snapped off each terminal for: Dodge trucks, Ford heavy trucks, Navistar trucks. Use with two segments snapped off (short terminals) for Ford pickup trucks. Color-coded housings with rating marked on the top: 10A red, 15A blue, 20A yellow, 25A silver, 30A green. Long terminals, as supplied One segment snapped off Two segments snapped off CURRENT RATING (A) PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL CLAMSHELL COLOR 10 30409-10 30409-10-BX – Red 15 30409-15 30409-15-BX – Blue 20 30409-20 30409-20-BX 30409-20-BP Yellow 25 30409-25 30409-25-BX – Silver 30 30409-30 30409-30-BX 30409-30-BP Green Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 30 Fuse Blocks, Holders & Terminal Blocks Fuse Holders accept fuses to provide electrical protection on circuits. In the following section, there is a wide range of fuse holders from lower current to higher current ratings and in various levels of sealing from moisture and dust. These are all single fuse products. For products accepting multiple fuses, refer to our Power Distribution Module (PDM) product offerings, in the next section of this catalog. Where Do I Need a Fuse Holder? Fuse holders allow you to install a fuse into an electrical circuit to protect the wiring from the harmful effects of excessive amount of electricity flowing through the cables. The fuse is a replaceable element that will ‘blow’ to stop the flow of an overload of electricity. If a fuse blows in a circuit, it is important to understand what caused the issue before replacing the fuse, otherwise there is a risk of repeated failures. Fuses (in fuse holders) should be placed on every wire, as close to the point of the source of power (the battery) as possible. Every time a wire is split or spliced into smaller wires, each of those should be fused. Single fuse holders protect a single wire. A fuse (holder) should be properly sized. Larger diameter wires require larger fuses and smaller diameter wires get smaller rated fuses. Refer to best practices for proper selection fuses for your system Sealed or Unsealed Depending where on the vehicle a fuse holder is placed, it may be wise to utilize sealed fuse holders. In all instances, it is wise to try to have the most amount of physical protection of the fuse/fuse holder combination that makes sense. Fuse holders may have simple coverings (to prevent accidental shorting), all the way to completely sealing the fuse and cable to provide protection from moisture and dust in the electrical system. The more exposure to impurities the more risk to the safe and efficient performance of the electrical system as these elements can cause corrosion, and even electrical faults and failures. Some environments however are protected and it may not be necessary to use a sealed fuse holder. Littelfuse offers a wide variety of fuse holders that range from open to fully sealed. 31 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Bolt-Down Fuse Blocks MEGA® Bolt-Down Fuse Block Use with MEGA fuses up to 500A. Ideal for battery and alternator connections and other heavy gauge cables requiring ultra high current protection. Includes protective cover. Features interconnecting pins on side of fuse block for multiple block configurations. Includes M8 threaded studs and hex nuts with lock washers. Fuse not included. Additional information: littelfuse.com/298 BULK 70-PC 02980900Z PART NUMBERS BULK 20-PC BULK 10-PC 02980900S 02980900TXN VOLTAGE AMPERAGE HARDWARE MATERIAL STUD TORQUE 32V DC 500A Zinc-Plated Steel 12-18 Nm 32 MEGA® SN Series Assure-Latch™ Fuse Block The SN Series is a high amperage in-line MEGA fuse block with sealed positive latching technology. The fuse holder base and cover are secured together with AssureLatch™ technology to form a water resistant and ignition protected assembly. Fuse not included. Additional information: littelfuse.com/SN PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE INGRESS HARDWARE MATERIAL STUD TORQUE NOTES 880014 32V DC 500A IP66 & IP69K Tin-Plated Steel 20 Nm Ignition Protected Flex-MEGA® Fuse Block For use with MEGA bolt-down fuses, up to 500A. The Flex holder offers a flexible cover, which allows cable entry from virtually any direction, large wire size, and ring terminal stack up. Busbars are available for multiple holder applications and a dovetail feature allows interlocking of multiple Flex-MIDI and Flex-MEGA fuse holders together for a power distribution block. Fuse not included. Additional information at: littelfuse.com/FLEX-MEGA PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE HARDWARE MATERIAL 02981001ZXT 32V DC 500A Zinc-Plated Steel 02981028HXFC-SS 32V DC 500A Stainless Steel 02981028HXFC 32V DC 500A Zinc-Plated Steel BUSBAR PART NUMBERS DESCRIPTION HARDWARE MATERIAL 882-839-2 2 Position Bus Bar Tin-Plated Copper 882-839-3 3 Position Bus Bar Tin-Plated Copper 882-839-4 4 Position Bus Bar Tin-Plated Copper 882-839-5 5 Position Bus Bar Tin-Plated Copper STUD TORQUE 12-18 Nm 12-18 Nm 12-18 Nm – – – – – NOTES 330 PC – – NOTES For use 2 Fuse Holders For use 3 Fuse Holders For use 4 Fuse Holders For use 5 Fuse Holders MIDI® SN Series Assure-Latch™ Fuse Block The SN Series is a high amperage in-line MEGA fuse block with sealed positive latching technology. The fuse holder base and cover are secured together with AssureLatch™ technology to form a water resistant and ignition protected assembly. Fuse not included. Additional information: littelfuse.com/SN PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE INGRESS HARDWARE MATERIAL STUD TORQUE NOTES 880015 32V DC 200A IP66 & IP69K Tin-Plated Steel 20 Nm Ignition Protected Flex-MIDI® Fuse Block For use with MIDI bolt-down fuses, up to 200A. The Flex holder offers a flexible cover, which allows cable entry from virtually any direction, large wire size, and ring terminal stack up. Busbars are available for multiple holder applications and a dovetail feature allows interlocking of multiple Flex-MIDI and Flex-MEGA fuse holders together for a power distribution block. Fuse not included. Additional information: littelfuse.com/FLEX-MIDI PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE HARDWARE MATERIAL 04981038HXFC 32V DC 200A Zinc-Plated Steel 04982001ZXFC 32V DC 200A Zinc-Plated Steel BUSBAR PART NUMBERS DESCRIPTION HARDWARE MATERIAL 882-267-002 2 Position Bus Bar Tin-Plated Copper 882-267-003 3 Position Bus Bar Tin-Plated Copper 882-267-004 4 Position Bus Bar Tin-Plated Copper 882-267-005 5 Position Bus Bar Tin-Plated Copper STUD TORQUE 3.0-5.0 Nm 3.0-5.0 Nm – – – – – NOTES – 2 Holders with Busbar NOTES For use 2 Fuse Holders For use 3 Fuse Holders For use 4 Fuse Holders For use 5 Fuse Holders Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 32 Fuse Blocks & Holders In-Line Fuse Holders MIDI® Compact In-line Fuse Holder Designed for use with bolt-down MIDI style fuses. It can be conveniently installed directly in-line with the cables and no mounting required. The fuse holder is easy to shrinkwrap for environmental protection and the corners of the cover are curved so that shrinkwrap will not be split. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/498-IL 2 PART NUMBERS DETAILS AMPERAGE HARDWARE MATERIAL Complete Assembly 200A Zinc-Plated Steel BULK 500-PC 04980921GXM5 MIDI® In-line Fuse Holder Use with MIDI fuses up to 200 amps. Includes protective cover. Features interconnecting pins on side of fuse block for multiple block configurations. Includes M5 threaded studs and hex nuts with lock washers. Fuse not included. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/498 PART NUMBERS DETAILS AMPERAGE HARDWARE MATERIAL 04980900ZXT 04980903ZXT Complete Assembly Holder with mounting brackets 200A 200A Zinc-Plated Steel Zinc-Plated Steel 04980904ZXT Includes protective cover, threaded M5 studs, split washers, and hexnuts 200A Zinc-Plated Steel BULK 10-PC BULK 20-PC BULK 330-PC 0498900.TXN – 04980900S – – – MAXI In-line Blade Fuse Holders with Covers - MAH Series Use with MAXI Fuse up to 60 amps. Supplied with two 6" wire leads of 6 gauge black wire. Includes protective cover for harsh environment and mounting hole for easy firewall installation. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/MAH BOXED PART NUMBERS MATERIAL CATALOG NUMBER NUMBER MAHC0001ZXJ MAH1 MAHC0001ZXJA MAH1 MAHC0001TXJ MAH1 DETAILS AMPERAGE INGRESS Standard Standard Standard up to 60A up to 60A up to 60A IP67 IP67 IP67 WIRE DETAILS GAUGE LENGTH COLOR 6 6 6 5" 5" 5" Black Red Black COVER • • • * Please inquire about additional bulk quantities MAXI In-line Blade Splash Resistant Fuse Holders with Covers - 152 Series The In-line Splash Resistant Fuse Holder provides an efficient, simple installation method for MAXI fuse applications in harsh under-the-hood environments Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/152 PART NUMBERS KIT CONTENTS DETAILS AMPERAGE INGRESS 01520003TXN941 for 4-6mm2 wire 60A IP54 • • • 01520003TXN942 for 6-10mm wire 60A IP54 • • • 01520005Z Body with tabs 60A IP54 • • 01520006Z Body without tabs 60A IP54 • • BULK 10-PC 2 SEALS TERMINALS COVER MAXI In-line Fuse Holders with Optional Covers - MAB Series Use with MAXI fuses up to 60 amps. Safe/easy replacement for hard to replace fusible link wire. Perfect for high amp audio applications. Interlocking block feature permits two pole position installation. Contains screw terminals. Optional dust cover available (Part Number: 01520007Z). Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/MAB PART NUMBERS 33 BULK BOXED CARDED 0MAB0001S 0MAB0001F 0MAB0001XP Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog DETAILS AMPERAGE COVER High Amp up to 60A Sold Separately In-Line Blade Fuse Holders MINI® In-line Blade Fuse Holders with Covers - FHM Series Use with MINI 2 to 20A fuses. Supplied with two 4" wire leads of 14 gauge black wire. Includes protective cover for harsh environment. Heavy Duty MINI® In-line Blade Fuse Holders with Covers FHM Series: Use with MINI 25 and 30A fuses. Supplied with two 4" wire leads of 12 gauge orange wire. Includes protective cover for harsh environment. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/FHM Fuse ® PART NUMBERS CARDED BULK 20-PC MATERIAL CATALOG NUMBER NUMBER 0FHM0001SXJ 0FHM0001XP FHM1BP 0FHM0002SXJ 0FHM0002XP FHM2BP – 0FHM0001XPGLO 20-1020 DETAILS AMPERAGE INGRESS Standard Heavy Duty Smart Glow 2-20A 25-30A – WIRE DETAILS GAUGE LENGTH COLOR IP67 IP67 IP67 14 12 – 4" 4" 4" 32 COVER Black Orange Red • • • * Please inquire about additional bulk quantities ATO® In-line Blade Fuse Holders with Covers - FHAC Series Use with ATO 1 to 20A fuses. Supplied with two 3.5" wire leads of 16 gauge black wire. Includes protective cover for harsh environment. Heavy Duty ATO ® In-line Blade Fuse Holders with Covers - FHAC Series: Use with ATO 25 and 30A fuses for air conditioner or other heavy duty applications. Supplied with two 3.5" wire leads of 12 gauge orange wire. Includes protective cover for harsh environment. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/FHAC PART NUMBERS CARDED BULK 20-PC MATERIAL CATALOG NUMBER NUMBER FHAC0001SXJ FHAC0001XP FHAC1BP FHAC0002SXJ FHAC0002XP FHAC2BP DETAILS WIRE DETAILS AMPERAGE INGRESS COVER GAUGE LENGTH COLOR Standard Heavy Duty 2-20A 25-30A IP67 IP67 16 12 3.5" 3.5" Black Orange • • * Please inquire about additional bulk quantities ATO® In-line Blade Fuse Holders - FHA Series Use with ATO 1 to 20A fuses. Supplied with two 4" wire leads of 16 gauge black wire. Heavy Duty ATO ® In-line Blade Fuse Holders - FHA Series: Use with ATO 25 and 30A fuses for air conditioner or other heavy duty applications. Supplied with two 4" wire leads of 12 gauge orange wire. FHA30BP includes 30 amp fuse. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/FHA BULK 20-PC 0FHA0001SXJ 0FHA0002SXJ Fuse ® – – PART NUMBERS CARDED BOXED MATERIAL CATALOG MATERIAL CATALOG NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER 0FHA0001XP FHA1BP – – 0FHA0002XP FHA2BP – – 0FHA0030XP FHA30BP 0FHA0030Z 0FHA0001XPGLO 20-1010 – FHA30 – DETAILS WIRE DETAILS AMPERAGE GAUGE LENGTH COLOR Standard Heavy Duty Heavy Duty with 30A Fuse Smart Glow 1-20A 25-30A 16 12 4" 4" Black Orange 25-30A 12 4" Orange – – 4" Red * Please inquire about additional bulk quantities ATO® In-line Panel Mount Blade Fuse Holders - AFH and 155 Series Versatile fuse holder for in-line or snap mount panel applications. Interlock body design allows fuse holders to be snapped together. Supplied with 8" loop of 14 gauge black wire. Heavy Duty ATO ® In-line Panel Mount Blade Fuse Holders - AFH and 155 Series: Use with ATO 25 and 30A fuses. Supplied with 8" loop of 10 gauge orange wire. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/AFH PART NUMBERS BOXED CARDED MATERIAL CATALOG MATERIAL CATALOG NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER 0AFH0001Z AFH1 0AFH0001XP AFH1BP – – 0AFH0002XP AFH2BP 01550300Z 155300 – – WIRE DETAILS DETAILS AMPERAGE Standard Heavy Duty Standard 1-20A 25-30A 20A GAUGE LENGTH COLOR 14 10 14 8" loop 8" loop 8" loop Black Orange Black * Please inquire about additional bulk quantities Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 34 Fuse Blocks & Holders JCASE & Glass Fuse Holders JCASE ® In-line Cartridge Fuse Holders - FHJC & FHJ Series In-line fuse holders for JCASE fuses available with brackets covers or wire sizes 10AWG (up to 40A) or 8AWG (up to 60A). Additional information: littelfuse.com/FHJC PART NUMBERS DETAILS BULK 250-PC BULK 50-PC 2 FHJC1001G FHJC1002G FHJC2002G 0FHJ1001G 0FHJ1002G 0FHJ2001G 0FHJ2002G – FHJC1002L FHJC2002L – – – – Standard Heavy Duty Heavy Duty Standard Heavy Duty Standard Heavy Duty WIRE DETAILS AMPERAGE INGRESS up to 40A up to 60A up to 60A up to 40A up to 60A up to 40A up to 60A GAUGE LENGTH COLOR IP67 IP67 IP67 – – – – 10AWG 8AWG 8AWG 10AWG 8AWG 10AWG 8AWG 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" BRACKET COVER – – • – – • • • • • – – – – Red Red Red Red Red Red Red * Please inquire about additional bulk quantities Glass Fuse In-line Twist-Lock Fuse Holders • FNY Series Constructed of weather resistant nylon. Simple “twist-lock” allows easy fuse removal and replacement. Supplied with 8" loop of 14 gauge black wire and one spring. Use with Glass SFE 4, 6, 71/2, 9, 14, 20, AGA, AGC, AGW and AGX Fuses up to 20 amps. Additional information: littelfuse.com/FNY CARDED PART NUMBERS MATERIAL CATALOG 0FNY0001XP FNY1BP DETAILS AMPERAGE Holder Only up to 20A WIRE DETAILS GAUGE LENGTH COLOR 14 8" loop Black * Please inquire about additional bulk quantities Glass Fuse In-line Heavy Duty Fuse Holders • FNY Series Spring loaded heavy duty glass fuse holder includes AGC 20A or 30A fuse for GM air conditioner, heater blower motors or other heavy duty applications. Supplied with two 4" wire leads of 12 gauge orange wire. FNY20BP includes 20A fuse, FNY30BP includes 30A fuse. Additional information: littelfuse.com/FNY CARDED PART NUMBERS MATERIAL 0FNY0020XP 0FNY0030XP CATALOG FNY20BP FNY30BP DETAILS AMPERAGE With 20A Fuse With 30A Fuse 20A 30A WIRE DETAILS GAUGE 12 12 LENGTH 4" 4" COLOR Orange Orange Glass Fuse In-line Bayonet Knob Fuse Holders • FHP Series Constructed of tough black thermoset (UL94V0). Includes 3 springs for various fuse sizes and springlocked, bayonet type knob. Supplied with 15" loop of 14 gauge red wire. Use with Glass SFE 71/2, 9, 14, 20, AGA, AGC, AGW and AGX Fuses up to 20 amps. Additional information: littelfuse.com/FHP BOXED PART NUMBERS MATERIAL 0FHP0001Z CATALOG FHP1 DETAILS AMPERAGE Holder Only up to 20A WIRE DETAILS GAUGE 14 LENGTH 15" loop COLOR Red Glass Fuse In-line Fuse Holders Holders accept SFE and AGC fuses through 30A. Supplied with wire loop which can be cut and spliced. Holder twist-locks the fuse in place. Available with the fuse. Additional information: littelfuse.com/3031 PART NUMBERS BULK 3031-0 3031-20 3031-30 BOXED 3031-0-BX 3031-20-BX 3031-30-BX RETAIL 3031-0-BP 3031-20-BP – DETAILS AMPERAGE Holder Only With 20A Fuse With 30A Fuse up to 30A 20A 30A WIRE DETAILS GAUGE 14 14 14 LENGTH 8" loop 8" loop 8" loop COLOR Black Black Black 3AG Shock-Safe Panel Mount Fuse Holders Designed to eliminate the possibility of electrical shock, as defined in IEC standards 65 and 257. Shock-Safe fuse­holders feature a low profile body, finger-grip knob and anti-tease feature that eliminates circuit interruption when knob is accidentally depressed. CARDED MATERIAL NUMBER 03453LF2XP 35 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog VOLTAGE 250V AMPERAGE 20A TERMINALS 1/4" straight NEMA/DIN quick connect Add-A-Circuit® & Power Feed ATO® Add-A-Circuit ® Allows easy installation of additional circuits without c­ utting or splicing. Turns one fuse slot into two while p ­ roviding protection for both circuits. Maintains new car warranty. Use with ATO Fuses up to 10 amps. Carded Kit Part Numbers include ATO 3, 5, 7.5 and 10 amp fuses. BULK PART NUMBERS 32 CARDED KIT PART NUMBERS MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 0FHA0200Z FHA200 0FHA0200ZP FHA200BP MINI® Add-A-Circuit ® Same as ATO Add-A-Circuit except for use with MINI Fuses up to 10 amps. Carded Kit Part Numbers include MINI 3, 5, 7.5 and 10 amp fuses. BULK PART NUMBERS CARDED KIT PART NUMBERS MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 0FHM0200Z FHM200 0FHM0200ZP FHM200BP LP MINI® Add-A-Circuit ® Same as ATO Add-A-Circuit except for use with LPMINI Fuses up to 10 amps. Carded Kit Part Numbers include LPMINI 3, 5, 7.5 and 10 amp fuses. BULK PART NUMBERS CARDED KIT PART NUMBERS MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER FHLM0200Z FHLM0200ZPA MICRO2 ® Add-A-Circuit ® Same as ATO Add-A-Circuit except for use with MICRO2 Fuses up to 10 amps. Carded Kit Part Numbers include MICRO2 3, 5, 7.5 and 10 amp fuses. BULK PART NUMBERS CARDED KIT PART NUMBERS MATERIAL NUMBER MATERIAL NUMBER FHM20200Z FHM20200ZPA Battery Power Feed Kit Attaches directly to battery terminal. Allows the addition of up to 3 circuits. Includes MINI fuse in-line fuse holder with protective cap. Also can be used as a frame ground. Constructed of durable brass for optimal conductivity.. CARDED PART NUMBERS MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 0BPF0001ZP BPF1BP Caution: Fusetaps are not a recommended alternative for adding circuits because they can stress the terminals in the fuse block. This situation can create a loose fitting fuse, which in turn produces excessive heat, which can cause ­nuisance blows, even melting of the fuse and fuse block and possibly an expensive repair in the future. When a fusetap is used, in many cases there is no fuse protecting the new circuit, a condition which can also present a hazard. Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 36 Fuse Blocks & Holders Fuse Pullers and Battery Accessories Fuse Tester and Puller 00970054N Conveniently and easily tests ATO and MINI blade fuses either in or out of the fuse block, with or without vehicle battery power. Indicator light on tester glows bright green when fuse is good. Fuse puller end allows for easy fuse removal and replacement. 24V maximum. 2 Fuse Pullers Fuse puller allows for easy fuse removal and replacement. 00970025N 097023 097019 097026 BOXED PART NUMBERS CARDED PART NUMBERS MATERIAL NUMBER 00970019X MATERIAL NUMBER 00970019XP – 097038 CATALOG NUMBER 097019 097023 CATALOG NUMBER 097019BP 00970023XP 097023BP DESCRIPTION ATO & MINI Fuse Puller / Tester Tri-Puller™ – Glass Fuses, Ceramic Type Fuses, ATO and MINI Blade Fuse Puller – 097026 00970026XP 097026BP MAXI Blade Fuse Puller – 097038 00970038XPA – ATO and MINI Fuse Puller – – 00970053XP – JCASE Fuse Puller – – 00970025XPA – MICRO2 / MICRO3 Fuse Puller – – 00970054XPA – MCASE Fuse Puller Anti-Theft Battery Master Switch • Available in two versions, Fused and Detachable. • Fused version maintains current to all electrical circuits such as the alarm, on-board computer, c­ entral locking system and radio memory p ­ resets. • Detachable version features a special disconnect that allows the battery to easily be removed for antitheft protection. Perfect for seasonal storage needs or easy off vehicle battery charging for Autos, Motorcycles, RV’s, Boats, etc. • Generate sales with the lowest cost anti-theft devices available on the m ­ arket today. • A simple turn of the knob isolates the battery and makes the vehicle unable to start. • Makes anti-theft protection affordable when compared to expensive alarm s­ ystems. • Eliminates complicated installation — no special electrical or mechanical e ­ xpertise required. • Fits all standard Top Mount Post batteries. Can be used with Side Mount Post batteries by using a Top Mount Adapter Post (not included). • Works on 12 to 24 volt systems up to 135 amperes. CARDED PART NUMBERS 37 MATERIAL NUMBER CATALOG NUMBER 0ATD0300ZBP ATD300BP Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog DESCRIPTION Anti-theft Battery Master Switch – Fused Multiple Position Fuse Blocks BMZ Series • Battery Mount ZCASE ® Fuse Holder The BMZ fuse holder allows you to mount fusing directly to a post style battery without any special hardware. The isolated bolts eliminate the traditional need for nylon nuts and fuses can be assembled using standard M8 threaded hardware. • Max Continuous Current: 275A • Mounts directly to a post style of battery • Available in 2 or 3 outputs • Fusing directly at the battery allows location of larger power distribution boxes outside of the engine compartment while assuring protection of the supply cable 3-Way 32 Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/BMZ PART NUMBERS POSITIONS DESCRIPTION – – – – 2 3 – – 2 Way Bus Bar & Stud Assembly 3 Way Bus Bar & Stud Assembly Battery Terminal Red Rubber 2 or 3 Way Cover 0FHZ00854-BX – 2 Kit: 882-854 (2 way bus bar), 876-199 (terminal mount), 901-325 (red cover), 1X M8 Bolt, 3x M8 Nuts 0FHZ00853-BX – 3 Kit: 882-853 (3 way bus bar), 876-199 (terminal mount), 901-325 (red cover), 3x M8 Nuts BULK BOXED RETAIL 882-854 882-853 876-199 901-325 – – – – – – 2-Way With Cover SMZ Series • Stud Mount ZCASE ® Fuse Holder The SMZ stud mount fuse holder allows you to mount fusing directly to a M8 or M10 stud on applications such as batteries, alternators, battery switches or electrical relays. • Mounts directly to a M10 or M8 stud • Uses high amp ZCASE fuses, (M8) available 40-600A • Tin plate coating on the busbar ensures corrosion resistance Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/SMZ PART NUMBERS MOUNTING SIZE FUSE TERMINAL NUT (M8) DETAILS 0FHZ0201Z M8 (8.5mm) • 901-525 Fuse/Stud Cover 0FHZ0202Z M8 (8.5mm) • 901-524 Fuse Cover 0FHZ0211Z M10 (10.5mm) • 901-525 Fuse/Stud Cover 0FHZ0212Z M10 (10.5mm) • 901-524 Fuse Cover ATO® Fuse Blocks with Common Feed Multi-position black thermoplastic fuse block for ATO fuses. Contacts are recessed for additional safety and a recession in the center of the block accepts a label. • Common hot feed – stud terminal is10-32 with hexnut, flat washer and lockwasher • Blade terminals are .25" wide (6.4mm) • Four .218" (5.5mm) diameter mounting holes take #10 screws • Size: 3.375" wide x .812" high (85.7 x 20.6mm) • Mounting holes 1.06" (27.0mm) on centers, widthwise. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/Fuseholders PART NUMBERS BULK VOLTAGE MAX CONTINUOUS CURRENT MAX FUSE RATING PER CIRCUIT FUSE POSITIONS DIMENSIONS MOUNTING HOLES ON CENTERS BOXED RETAIL 46377-6 46377-6-BX 46377-6-BP 12-24V DC 150A 25A 6 2.47"L x 3.375"W x .812"H .625" 46377-8 46377-8-BX – 12-24V DC 150A 25A 8 3.09"L x 3.375"W x .812"H 1.25" 46377-10 46377-10-BX – 12-24V DC 150A 25A 10 3.72"L x 3.375"W x .812"H 1.875" 46377-12 46377-12-BX – 12-24V DC 150A 25A 12 4.34"L x 3.375"W x .812"H 2.5" 46377-18 46377-18-BX – 12-24V DC 150A 25A 18 6.22"L x 3.375"W x .812"H 4.375" 46379-6 46379-6-BX – 12-24V DC 150A 25A 6 – – 46379-8 46379-8-BX – 12-24V DC 150A 25A 8 – – Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 38 Fuse Blocks & Holders Multiple Position Glass Fuse Blocks ATO® Fuse Blocks with 1/4" Quick Connect Terminals Use with ATO fuses up to 15 amps. Available in 5 pole unit with removable clear protective cover. Available in side or bottom positioned 1/4" Q.C. terminal configurations. Unit with bottom Q.C. terminals includes detachable side mounting brackets. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/Fuseholders 2 PART NUMBERS AMPERAGE PROTECTIVE COVER BULK 10-PC CARDED CATALOG NUMBER DETAILS 03500417TXN 03500417XP 350417BP 1/4” Q.C. side position 2-20A • 03500418TXN 03500418XP 350418BP 1/4” Q.C. bottom position (includes mounting brackets) 25-30A • * Please inquire about additional bulk quantities Omni-Blok® Fuse Blocks with 1/4" Quick Connect Terminals For 1/4" x 1-1/4" glass fuses. Available in one through twelve pole units. Units may be easily broken apart as needed to obtain the desired number of poles. Rated at 20A, 300 V Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/Fuseholders PART NUMBERS BULK CARDED 03540801ZXGY – POLES VOLTAGE AMP 1 300V 20A 03540802ZXGY 0OMN0002XP 2 300V 20A 03540804ZXGY 0OMN0004XP 4 300V 20A Common Hot Feed Glass Fuse Block Fiber base with 11/64" (4.4mm) diameter mounting holes. Solid brass busbar, phosphor-bronze fuse clips. Brass terminals and screws. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/Fuseholders PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL MAX FUSE RATING PER CIRCUIT FUSE POSITIONS DIMENSIONS BUSBAR M-414-01 – M-414-01-BP 20A 4 2.75"L x 2.24"W x .625"H • – – 20A 5 3.50"L x 2.24"W x .625"H • M-641-01 M-415-01 M-641-01-BX M-641-01-BP 20A 6 4.25"L x 2.24"W x .625"H • M-643-01 M-643-01-BX M-643-01-BP 20A 8 5.75"L x 2.24"W x .625"H • 20A 12 8.75"L x 2.24"W x .625"H • – – – M-674 • Combination Glass Fuse Block and Terminal Block Combination Fuse Block & Terminal Block For SFE 20A or 3AG (AGC) fuses. Common hot feed to four independently-fused circuits, and common ground strip for four circuits. Solid brass busbars, terminals and terminal screws. Nickel-plated phosphor-bronze fuse clips. Two eyelet holes for mounting with 3/16" (4.8mm) screws, 2.25" (57.2mm) on centers. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/Fuseholders PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL MAX FUSE RATING PER CIRCUIT FUSE POSITIONS DIMENSIONS BUSBAR – M-674-BX M-674-BP 20A 4 3.50"L x 2.75"W x .781"H • Laminated Base Fuse Block with Screw Terminals For 1/4" x 1-1/4" glass fuses. Available in one through twelve pole units. Rated at 20A, 300V. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/Fuseholders PART NUMBERS 39 POLES VOLTAGE BULK 03560001Z BOXED – 1 300V 03560002Z – 2 300V 03560004Z – 4 03560006Z – 6 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog AMP PART NUMBERS POLES VOLTAGE AMP 20A BULK 03560009Z BOXED – 9 300V 20A 20A 03560010Z – 10 300V 20A 300V 20A 03560011Z – 11 300V 20A 300V 20A 03560012Z – 12 300V 20A Terminal Blocks M-42X Individual Feed Screw Terminal Blocks Moisture-resistant molded Bakelite insulator base with barrier strips. Nickel-plated brass terminal links and 8-32 binding head screws. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/TerminalBlocks 32 PART NUMBERS TERMINALS BULK BOXED RETAIL NUMBER OF POSITIONS DIMENSIONS MOUNTING HOLE DIMENSION M-426 M-426-BX M-426-BP 4 Nickel-Plated Brass M-427 M-427-BX M-427-BP 6 Nickel-Plated Brass 8-32 3.22"L x 1.31"W x .67"H 2.81" (71.4mm) on centers 8-32 4.33"L x 1.31"W x .67"H M-428 M-428-BX M-428-BP 8 3.93" (99.9mm) on centers Nickel-Plated Brass 8-32 5.46"L x 1.31"W x .67"H 5.06" (128.5mm) on centers M-429 M-429-BX M-429-BP M-456 M-456-BX – 10 Nickel-Plated Brass 8-32 6.59"L x 1.31"W x .67"H 6.19" (157.2mm) on centers 14 Nickel-Plated Brass 8-32 8.84"L x 1.31"W x .67"H 8.44" (214.4mm) on centers MATERIAL SIZE 4721 Individual Feed Stud Terminal Blocks Moisture-repellent phenolic insulator base with brass stud terminals. Hexnuts, flat washers and lockwashers included. Two mounting holes accept 3/16" (4.8mm) screws (not included). Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/TerminalBlocks PART NUMBERS TERMINALS BOXED RETAIL NUMBER OF POSITIONS 4721-P2 4721-P2-BX – 2 Brass 4721-P3 4721-P3-BX – 3 Brass BULK DIMENSIONS MOUNTING HOLE DIMENSION 10-32 2.68"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 1.87" (47.5mm) on centers 10-32 3.25"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 2.50" (63.5mm) on centers 3.12" (79.2mm) on centers MATERIAL SIZE 4721-P4 4721-P4-BX – 4 Brass 10-32 3.87"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 4721-P5 4721-P5-BX – 5 Brass 10-32 4.5"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 3.75" (95.3mm) on centers 4721-P6 4721-P6-BX – 6 Brass 10-32 5.12"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 4.38" (111.3mm) on centers 4721-P8 4721-P8-BX – 8 Brass 10-32 6.37"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 5.62" (142.7mm) on centers 4721-P10 4721-P10-BX – 10 Brass 10-32 7.62"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 6.87" (174.5mm) on centers 4721-P12 4721-P12-BX – 12 Brass 10-32 8.87"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 8.12" (206.2mm) on centers 4721-P14 4721-P14-BX – 14 Brass 10-32 10.12"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 9.37" (238.0mm) on centers 4758 & 4755 Individual Feed Stud Terminal Blocks Moisture-repellent molded insulator base with barrier strips. Two mounting holes accept 1/4" (6.3mm) screws. Hardware sold separately. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/TerminalBlocks PART NUMBERS TERMINALS BULK BOXED RETAIL NUMBER OF POSITIONS 4758 4758-BX – 4 Steel 4755 4755-BX – 5 Steel DIMENSIONS MOUNTING HOLE DIMENSION 10-24 4.5"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 3.75" (95.3mm) on centers 10-24 5.25"L x .5/8"W x 27/32"H 4.5" (114.3mm) on centers MATERIAL SIZE Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 40 Fuse Blocks & Holders Terminal Blocks M-449 & M-448 Common Busbar Terminal Blocks Moisture-resistant molded thermoplastic insulator base with solid brass busbar that safely carries up to 50A. Two 1/4-20 brass studs with hexnuts. 8-32 round head screws for attachment of wires. Two mounting holes accept No. 10 countersink flathead screws that are 5.19" (131.5mm) on center for 10-gang version, and 8.31 (211.07mm) on center for 20-gang versions. 2 Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/TerminalBlocks PART NUMBERS TERMINALS BULK BOXED RETAIL NUMBER OF POSITIONS M-449 M-449-BX M-449-BP 10 Brass M-448 M-448-BX – 20 M-448-02 – – 20 DIMENSIONS BUSBAR 8-32 5.75"L x 1.25"W x 1.031"H • Brass 8-32 5.75"L x 1.25"W x 1.031"H • Tin-Plated Brass 8-32 8.875"L x 1.25"W x 1.031"H • MATERIAL SIZE 46206-04 Common Busbar Terminal Blocks Moisture-repellent thermoset plastic insulator base with 3/16" (4.76m) diameter mounting holes. Eyelets are 3.125" (79.4mm) on centers. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/TerminalBlocks PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL NUMBER OF POSITIONS 46206-04 46206-04-BX – 4 TERMINALS MATERIAL SIZE Brass 10-32 DIMENSIONS BUSBAR 3 7/8"L x 5/8"W x 27/32"H • 86099 Brass Busbars Solid Brass busbar meant for mounting circuit protection including fuses and circuit breakers. Busbars tested to 70A with temperature rise no greater than 55°C. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/TerminalBlocks PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL NUMBER OF POSITIONS MATERIAL DIMENSIONS – 86099-2-BX – 2 Brass 1.53” long (38.9mm) 86099-3 86099-3-BX – 3 Brass 2.43” long (61.7mm) 86099-4 86099-4-BX – 4 Brass 3.34” long (84.8mm) 86099-5 86099-5-BX – 5 Brass 4.24” long (197.7mm) MOUNTING HOLE DIMENSION 910” (23.1mm) on centers, 0.21” (5.3mm) diameter. 86126 Copper Busbars Solid copper busbars meant for mounting circuit protection including fuses and circuit breakers. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/TerminalBlocks PART NUMBERS 41 BULK BOXED RETAIL NUMBER OF POSITIONS MATERIAL 86126-2 86126-2-BX – 2 Copper 86126-4 86126-4-BX – 4 Copper 86126-6 86126-6-BX – 6 Copper 86126-8 86126-8-BX – 8 Copper 86126-12 86126-12-BX – 12 Copper Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog DIMENSIONS MOUNTING HOLE DIMENSION 1.41” x .560” (35.8 x 14.2mm) 3.23” x .560” (82.1 x 14.2mm) 5.05” x .560” (128.3 x 14.2mm) 6.87” x .560” (174.5 x 14.2mm) 10.51” x .560” (267.0 x 14.2mm) .910” (23.11mm) on centers 2.73” (69.34mm) on centers 4.55” (115.57mm) on centers 6.37” (161.79mm) on centers 10.01” (254.25mm) on centers AFTERMARKET FUSE HOLDERS COMPACT DESIGNS SAVE SPACE & REDUCE WIRE CONNECTIONS ___________________________________________________ SMZ SERIES STUD MOUNT ZCASE® FUSE HOLDER The SMZ stud mount fuse holder allows you to mount fusing directly to a M8 or M10 stud on applications such as batteries, alternators, battery switches or electrical relays. The SMZ stud mount fuse holder features a compact design which saves space and eliminates the need to wire in a separate fuse holder or power distribution module. 32 Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/SMZ Specifications Voltage Rating: 80V DC or max rating of the fuse Max Continuous Current: 400A Available Fuse Rating: 40- 600A Fuse Terminal Torque: M8 Nut: 14 ± 2 Nm Operating Temp: -40° to 105° C 0FHZ0202Z 0FHZ0212Z 0FHZ0201Z 0FHZ0211Z PART NUMBERS DESCRIPTION 0FHZ0201Z M8 SMZ Fuse Holder with Fuse and Stud Cover 0FHZ0202Z M8 SMZ Fuse Holder with Fuse Cover 0FHZ0211Z M10 SMZ Fuse Holder with Fuse and Stud Cover 0FHZ0212Z M10 SMZ Fuse Holder with Fuse Cover 3-Pole SMZ ZCASE Fuses sold separately ZCASE Fuses on Page 17 Single SMZ Datasheet Instructions Sheet 2D Print BMZ SERIES BATTERY MOUNT ZCASE® FUSE HOLDER KITS The BMZ battery post mount fuse holder allows you to mount fusing directly to a post style battery terminal. The BMZ series accepts the Littelfuse proprietary ZCASE fuse that is available in 40-600A ratings with similar characteristics to the MEGA® fuse. The BMZ post mount fuse holder mounts directly to the battery without any need for additional mounting hardware and is available in 2 or 3-pole versions. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/BMZ Specifications 3-Way Max Voltage Rating: 32V DC or max rating of the fuse Max Continuous Current: 275A Available Fuse Rating: 40- 600A Fuse Terminal Torque: M8 Nut: 14 ± 2 Nm Battery Terminal Torque: 5.4 ± 0.9 Nm @ 540 RPM Operating Temp: -40° to 125° C 2-Way Individual Components Fuses sold separately PART NUMBERS DESCRIPTION 0FHZ00854-BX Kit: 882-854 (2 way bus bar), 876-199 (terminal mount), 901-325 (red cover), 1X M8 Bolt, 3x M8 Nuts 0FHZ00853-BX Kit: 882-853 (3 way bus bar), 876-199 (terminal mount), 901-325 (red cover), 3x M8 Nuts With Cover Datasheet Instructions Sheet 2D Print Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 42 Power Distribution Modules Power Distribution Modules (PDMs) are devices that accept electrical power from one or more wires (inputs) and then distribute it to multiple cables (outputs). The PDMs also accept power protection and control devices from one or more fuse, circuit breaker, relay, diode, or even solid state and electronic circuitry and distribute to multiple outputs. Blade or Bolt-Down Fuse? DC (automotive) fuses are offered in two basic forms: Blade or Bolt Down. Blade & Cartridge fuses can be hand inserted into a fuse holder. These fuses provide protection for several amperage ratings up to 70A. They are well suited to protect smaller to medium diameter wires that are usually some distance from the battery. Single blade fuse holders are often called ‘In-Line’ fuse holders as they are spliced into the wiring. Remember to place the fuse holder as close to the battery and as far away from the load as possible, so that it protects the wire from a short anywhere along its length. Any short between the power source and the fuse is not protected. Littelfuse blade fuses include: MICRO2®, MICRO3®, MINI®, LP MINI®, ATO®, MAXI, MCASE®, MCASE+®, JCASE® and LP JCASE®. Bolt Down fuses need to be secured to the fuse holder with a screw or nut/bolt. These fuses provide protection from 30A to 600A. They are well suited to protect medium to large diameter wires that are usually closer to the battery. Ring terminals are crimped onto cables that are connected to these holders and spliced into the wiring. Remember to place the fuse holder as close to the battery and as far away from the load as possible, so that it protects the wire from a short anywhere along its length. Any short between the power source and the fuse is not protected which is why you should have master fusing as close the battery as possible. Littelfuse boltdown fuses include: MIDI®, MEGA®, CF8 and ZCASE®. Also, there are still a wide variety of applications that use glass tube fuses. These are typically lower current values and are becoming less popular for most automotive applications due to their size, form factors, and lack of color coding. 43 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Hard-Wired Boxes HWB Series - Compact Sealed Hard-Wired Boxes for 2.8mm Style Fuses & Relays The HWB series hard-wired boxes are sealed units that accept any 2.8mm style fuses, relays, circuit breakers or diodes depending on which HWB model is selected. The HWB series is the perfect fit for accessory circuits and overflow circuits from your main power distribution module. The series features durable construction, IP67 & IP69K ratings, compact sizes, gasket sealed covers and multiple mounting types. See chart below for specific details. The HWB series eliminates the use of internal bussing allowing the user or design engineer to customize the circuitry utilizing direct wire-to-component connections. TPAs (terminal position assurance locks) give secondary locking protection of the wire leads, which aid in prevention of leads from being pulled out and snap onto the back after wires are installed. • Accepts a combination of 2.8mm components – MINI® fuses, relays, circuit breakers or diodes. (sold separately) • Cover tethers available to prevent loss of component during service. • HWB60 series are modular and can be dovetailed together to expand circuit protection capacity. They can also be interlocked to other PDMs and fuse holders (FLEC Flexible Electrical Control Center and MEGA/MIDI Flex fuse holder) • HWB60 and HWB18 series uses Delphi Metri-Pack 280 terminals, cable seals and cavity plugs. Download datasheet for specific details. • HWB12 and HWB6 series are available with black or clear covers for easy component status identification. • HWB12 and HWB6 series use TYCO MCP terminals, cable seals and cavity plugs. See datasheet for specific details. 3 Datasheet, 3D Models, 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/HWB HWB60 HWB18 HWB12 HWB6 TERMINALS KIT CONTENTS (sold separately) AssureLatch GASKET TPAs HWB60-AL PDM71001ZXM – 250A 30A 60 4-6 Nm IP67 & IP69K 113x52x82mm • Black • • • HWB60-AL PDM71003ZXM – 250A 30A 60 4-6 Nm IP67 & IP69K 113x52x82mm • Black • • • SERIES BULK TYCO MCP COVER MAX MAX FUSE NUMBER OF MOUNTING INGRESS CONTINUOUS RATING PER DIMENSIONS CAVITIES TORQUE PROTECTION RETAIL CURRENT CIRCUIT DELPHI METRI-PACK PART NUMBERS HWB60 PDM21001LXM – 250A 30A 60 4-6 Nm IP67 & IP69K 113x52x82mm • Black • • HWB18 PDM31001ZXM – 200A 30A 18 5.5-6.5 Nm IP67 & IP69K 60x38x74mm • Black • • HWB18 PDM31002ZXM – 200A 30A 18 5.5-6.5 Nm IP67 & IP69K 60x38x74mm • Black • • HWB12 PDM33001ZXM – 130A 30A 12 5.5-6.5 Nm IP67 & IP69K 83x70x44mm • Clear • • • HWB12 PDM33003ZXM – 130A 30A 12 5.5-6.5 Nm IP67 & IP69K 83x70x44mm • Clear • • • HWB12 PDM33004ZXM – 130A 30A 12 5.5-6.5 Nm IP67 & IP69K 83x70x44mm HWB6 PDM32001ZXM – 68A 30A 6 5.5-6.5 Nm IP67 & IP69K 71x64x36mm • Clear • • • HWB6 PDM32003ZXM – 68A 30A 6 5.5-6.5 Nm IP67 & IP69K 71x64x36mm • Clear • • • HWB6 PDM32004ZXM – 68A 30A 6 5.5-6.5 Nm IP67 & IP69K 71x64x36mm Black BRACKET HWB60-AL • • • Black Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket • • 44 Power Distribution Modules Power Distribution Modules HWA20 Series • ATO® Fuse Hard-Wired Box Compact hard-wired fuse holder holds up to 10 ATO blade fuses, with a combined amperage up to 210A. Perfect for accessory circuits, overflow circuits from main power distribution module, or as a main module on smaller vehicles. • Without internal bussing: enables the user to customize the circuitry. • Dovetail slots on the sides of the box interlock with other units. • Easy to connect wires plug into the back of the unit using industry-standard Tyco sealed power terminals. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/HWA20 PART NUMBERS 3 SERIES BULK HWA20 PDM61001ZXM MAX CONTINUOUS CURRENT RETAIL – 210A CONTENTS MAX FUSE RATING PER CIRCUIT FUSE POSITIONS MOUNTING TORQUE INGRESS PROTECTION DIMENSIONS 40A 10 4-6 Nm IP67 161x40x52mm COVER GASKET TPAs • • • MTR Series • (2+2) MINI® & JCASE ® Fuse Hard-Wired Box Sealed low to medium current fuse holder houses two JCASE cartridge fuses and two MINI bladed fuses. Holder is gasket-sealed to protect fuses from moisture and contamination. Fuses are internally bussed to a single main power stud – one input powers four fuse circuits. Utilizes the MINI fuse for fast-acting 2-30A circuit protection and the JCASE cartridge style fuse with increased time delay for 20-60A medium current circuits. Output circuits are designed for use with Delphi terminals. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/MTR PART NUMBERS SERIES BULK MTR BPDMA104HXF1 MAX CONTINUOUS CURRENT RETAIL – 100A CONTENTS MAX INPUT CURRENT FUSE POSITIONS MOUNTING TORQUE INGRESS PROTECTION DIMENSIONS 2-60A 4 6-8 Nm IP67 86x34x77mm COVER GASKET TPAs • • • LTX Series • 4 position MEGA® & 2 position MIDI® Fuse Box The LTX Power Distribution Module is a high current sealed primary fuse box that can be placed in the battery box, or near the battery box to fuse major feeder cables. Featuring bussed input to all 6 MEGA and 2 MIDI fuses. All bolt down connections are made inside of the seals which enhances the environmental protection of the box. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/LTX PART NUMBERS SERIES LTX VOLTAGE BULK RETAIL 07981002ZXS – CONTENTS MAX CONTINUOUS CURRENT FUSE POSITIONS MOUNTING TORQUE INGRESS PROTECTION DIMENSIONS 240A 6 10-12 Nm IP66 231x312x60mm 6-32V DC COVER GASKET BUSBAR • • • SL Series • 350A • Power Distribution Module The SL Series provides main battery shutdown from a remote location, optional manual control knob switches high-amp circuits, three switched 30A to 200A MIDI® fuse location, four unswitched 24-hour 1A-20A ATO® fuse locations and eliminates significant factory or field interconnections • Littelfuse Remote Control Switch: 880092 Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/SL PART NUMBERS BULK MAX CONTINUOUS CURRENT 880076 350A SERIES SL 45 MAX FUSE RATING PER CIRCUIT MIDI ATO 170A 30A Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog CONTENTS FUSE POSITIONS TERMINAL STUD TORQUE INGRESS PROTECTION DIMENSIONS 7 20 Nm IP59K 152x102x45mm COVER • GASKET Power Distribution Modules MDB Series • MIDI® Fuse Distribution Box Internally bussed, water-proof and dust-proof fuse holder developed for high current loads, and harsh conditions. The unit is well-suited for near-the-battery applications and can be mounted in exposed locations to fit your design. Available for 2 or 3 MIDI fuses and includes the cover seal and M5 thread bolts for a fuse installation. Kits include seals, plugs and caps. Fuses are sold separately. • AssureLatch™ Technology keeps the cover securely in place while allowing for fast service. • Included tether connects cover to base preventing misplacement. • The module is internally bussed allowing for high current power distribution. • Sealed to IP67 and IP69K for maximum flexibility in mounting location. PART NUMBERS POLES Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/MDB MAX MAX FUSE VOLTAGE CONTINUOUS RATING PER CURRENT CIRCUIT 3 MOUNTING INGRESS TORQUE PROTECTION DIMENSIONS CONTENTS BULK BOXED 04980932ZXT – 2 6-58V DC 200A 200A 6-8 Nm IP67 & IP69K 131x68x38mm 2-pole box with busbar and nuts 04980933ZXT – 3 6-58V DC 200A 200A 6-8 Nm IP67 & IP69K 131x68x38mm 3-pole fuse box with busbar and nuts – 04980932.X 2 6-58V DC 200A 200A 6-8 Nm IP67 & IP69K 131x68x38mm – 04980933.X 3 6-58V DC 200A 200A 6-8 Nm IP67 & IP69K 131x68x38mm Input: 1x 25 mm² cap 1x 25 mm² seal Output: 2x 6-10 mm² seal 3x 10-16 mm² seal 1x plug & 1x 6-16 mm² cap LX Series • 200A & 600A • ATO® & MIDI® Fuse PDM Protect high and low-amp circuits while providing a collection point for ground returns, and eliminate battery box clutter and damage to battery terminals when adding circuits. Combines an ignition protected fuse block with screw termination. Holds four 30A-200A MIDI fuses and six 1A-30A ATO fuse locations. Negative bus provides common location for ground returns. 880089 • The 880094 provides one fused input feeding the unit and other fuses while, the 880089 has an unfused input feeding the fuse circuits. 880094 Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/LX PART NUMBERS SERIES BULK MAX CONT. CURRENT MAX FUSE RATING PER CIRCUIT MIDI ATO CONTENTS FUSE POSITIONS TERMINAL STUD TORQUE INGRESS PROTECTION DIMENSIONS COVER GASKET PULLER 880089 600A 170A 30A 10 20 Nm IP59K 165x127x51mm • • • 880094 200A 170A 30A 10 20 Nm IP59K 165x127x51mm • • • LX XT Series • 350A • ATO® & MIDI® Fuse PDM The XT combines an ATO fuse block that has integrated sealed plug outputs (FCI APEX 2.8mm female 4-way connector p/n 54200409) and a MIDI fuse block that consolidates up to seven circuits from 1–200A. Three 30–200A MIDI fuse locations are ideal for high-amp circuits and four 1–40A ATO fuse locations for low-amp circuits. Tin-plated copper busbar and stainless steel studs and hardware provides superior corrosion resistance. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/XT PART NUMBERS BULK MAX CONTINUOUS CURRENT 880073 350A SERIES XT MAX FUSE RATING PER CIRCUIT MIDI ATO 170A 30A CONTENTS FUSE POSITIONS TERMINAL STUD TORQUE INGRESS PROTECTION DIMENSIONS 7 20 Nm IP59K 152x102x45mm COVER GASKET • • Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 46 Power Distribution Modules Power Distribution Modules FLEC® Series • Configurable Flexible Electrical Center The Flexible Electrical Center (FLEC) is a power distribution module for the commercial vehicle market. It accommodates circuit protection components in a compact, sealed footprint. The PCB accepts active and passive devices. Part number below is a standard market version but FLEC is configurable to your custom electrical schematic and can be programmed to create a simple “plug-and play” system. • High component density maximizes available space and limits the number of additional units required. • The versatile nature of the FLEC unit means it can accept a large number of component types. • Rugged and sealed, the unit boasts an IP67 rating which allows it to be mounted in locations susceptible to moisture and dirt without any adverse effects 3 Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/FLEC SERIES VOLTAGE MAX LOAD MAX FUSE RATING FUSE CAPACITY RELAY CAPACITY INGRESS PROTECTION OUTPUT CONNECTORS PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION FLEC FLEC3000Z-0 With MINI Fuses & Relays 12-24V DC 300A 30A 28 18 IP67 Delphi GT FLEC FLEC3000Z-0U No Fuses or Relays 12-24V DC 300A 30A 28 18 IP67 Delphi GT MiniFlec Series • 150A • Connectorized Power Distribution Module The standard MiniFlec is a compact, front access, internally bussed, connectorized, sealed power distribution module, suitable for mounting in rugged commercial vehicle applications An internally mounted Printed Circuit Board (PCB) allows bussed connections to a large number of devices. • Designed for panel mounting (rear fed connectors). Base compression limiters prevent over-torquing when unit is mounted • Tethered cover securely latches to base, with positive AssureLatch yellow latches Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/MINIFLEC SERIES MINIFLEC PART NUMBERS BULK LFMX0007Z-01 MAX LOAD FUSE RATING RANGE 150A MINI® Fuse: 2-30A MCASE+® Fuse: 15-60A INPUT MOUNTING STUD TORQUE M8 12-15Nm INGRESS PROTECTION DIMENSIONS RELAY CAPACITY IEC 529 IP67/69K 157mm x 96mm x 126mm 3 Form C 280 Series Micro Relays, 3 Form A Ultra Micro Relays, 1 ISO Micro Relay EPC Series • 200A • Connectorized Power Distribution Module The standard EPC is an internally bussed, connectorized, sealed power distribution module, suitable for mounting in rugged commercial vehicle applications. The EPC is a product that has dense concentration of high power circuits and accepts plug devices like automotive fuses, diodes and relays to protect and control complex electrical systems. An internally mounted Printed Circuit Board (PCB) allows bussed connections to a large number of devices. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/EPC SERIES EPC PART NUMBERS BULK LFMX0006Z-01 MAX LOAD FUSE RATING RANGE MOUNTING TORQUE INGRESS PROTECTION DIMENSIONS RELAY CAPACITY 200A 5 to 30A 6 - 8 Nm IP67 / IP69K 179mm x 155mm x 69 mm Tailor to application - Up to 3 Form C 280 and 6 Form A 280 Relays FHZ Series • 400A • Power Distribution Module The 5 Stud ZCASE Fuse Holder uses a single power input (usually with a ZCASE shunt) and a common busbar to feed up to 4 additional ZCASE fused circuits. Freely interchangeable ZCASE fuse ratings; configurable stud size (M6, M8, or M10); and available 2-, 3-, 4-, or 5-position busbars allow for a wide range of possible configurations. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/5StudZCASE 47 SERIES PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION FHZ 0FHZ0001Z Assembly with Bolts and Bus Bar FHZ 0FHZ0002Z Full Assembly with M10 Input FHZ 0FHZ0003Z Box Only for Configuration FHZ 0FHZ0005Z Full Assembly with M8 Input Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog AMPERAGE MAX FUSE RATING 400A 40-600A FULL ASSEMBLY • • CONTACT TEMP DIMENSIONS -40° to 105° C 217mm x 86mm x 59mm Ingress Protection Explained Harsh Environments and Ingress Protection Ratings Environmental factors play a huge role in a product’s ability to do its job and survive the lifetime of the equipment. Ingress Protection, or IP, indicates the degree of protection of a power distribution module. IP ratings are a measure of how resistant a part is to environmental contaminants such as debris, dust, and water. IP rating selections should be based on where the PDM will be mounted and what type of environment the equipment will be used in. The numbers following IP represent levels of sealing and can range from no sealing (IP00) to protection against dust and continuous immersion in water (IP68). The table below provides a description of the protection at each level. 1st Digit - SOLID 2nd Digit - LIQUID Degree of protection against solid objects 3 Degree of protection against water 1 Protected against a solid object greater than 50mm 2 Protected against a solid object greater than 12.5mm 3 Protected against a solid object greater than 2.5mm 1 Protected against vertically falling water drops 2 Protected against vertical water drops when enclosure tilted up to 15 degree angle 3 Protected against spraying water from up to a 60 degree angle 4 Protected against a solid object greater than 1.0mm 4 Protected against splashing water 5 Dust Protected. Prevents ingress of dust sufficient to cause harm 6 Dust tight. No ingress of dust. Example IP67 Dust tight. No ingress of dust. Protected against effects of temporary submersion in water. 5 Protected against water jets 6 Protected against powerful water jets 7 Protected against the effects of temporary immersion in water between 15cm and 1m for 30 minutes 8 Protected against the effects of continuous immersion in water under conditions agreed between manufacturer and user 9K Protected against close-range high pressure, high temperature spray downs Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 48 Battery Management Isolators or Combiners? Battery Isolators are passive (not intelligent) devices. They are a basic technology that prevents current from draining from one battery into the other. As current passes through the internal diodes there’s a loss of efficiency, that equates to a voltage loss of 10-15%. Another problem arises when battery isolators are used with the more recent ‘smart alternators’. Such alternators incorporate sensors which ‘read’ the state of the battery, but the isolator’s diodes interfere with the alternator’s sensors. It is therefore important to use a battery combiner in such application. Battery combiners provide the same function as isolators, but without the substantial voltage loss, and they work in harmony with smart alternators. They also may have additional useful features, such as boost; they are smaller and lighter; and since they are installed between the battery banks, there is no need to cut the original OEM heavy cable from alternator to battery. No More Dead Batteries! If you leave a fully charged battery connected in an inactive vehicle, it could be dead in as little as two months. Vehicles have electronics that continue to draw small quiescent currents to maintain their memory, even when the vehicle is off. Over an extended period of time this small current can drain the battery. Complete discharge of the battery can cause permanent damage and prevent proper battery recharging. If your vehicle requires short or long term storage and has a lot of electronics (computer, TV, stereo, etc) a Low Voltage Disconnect can be installed to automatically disconnect these components when battery voltage falls below a critical threshold and automatically reconnects when the battery is recharged. This lengthens the storage life of your battery. 49 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Battery Isolators 85-200A Smart Battery Isolators Battery Combiners are hybrid electronic/electromechanical relays that prevent loads on the auxiliary battery from draining the starting battery. This type is more flexible than Diode Battery Isolators: works with all types of alternator; it is smaller and lighter; no efficiency loss due to diodes; allows bi-directional charging from the alternator or from shore power; reduces the load on the charging system by not connecting the auxiliary battery until the primary battery is charged to 13.2V. • Works with most types of alternators • Smaller and lighter than traditional isolators • No efficiency losses due to diodes • Allows bi-directional charging from the alternator or from shore power • Reduces the load on the charging system by not connecting the auxiliary battery until the primary battery is charged to 13.2V extending the life of expensive charging components. Datasheet, wiring diagram, and 2D prints: littelfuse.com/BatteryManagement PART NUMBERS AMPS VOLTAGE TERMINAL INGRESS STUDS PROTECTION CONNECT VOLTAGE DISCONNECT VOLTAGE QUIESCENT CURRENT TERMINAL STUD TORQUE BULK BOXED 48525 48525-BX 85A 9-16V DC 5/16-24" IP66 13.2V typical after 2min 12.7V after 1min 5mA typical, 8mA max 35 in-lbs (3.95Nm) 48530 48530-BX 200A 9-16V DC 5/16-24" IP66 13.2V typical after 2min 12.7V after 1min 5mA typical, 8mA max 35 in-lbs (3.95Nm) 4 3 & 4 Stud Diode Battery Isolators For vehicles with two batteries, these devices electrically isolate the batteries to prevent the battery with the higher charge from draining into that with the lower charge. In addition, both batteries can be charged simultaneously from one source. The solid-state components are embedded to give excellent protection from adverse conditions, such as contamination and vibration. The integral heat sink provides efficient heat dissipation. The amp rating of each item is the maximum alternator rating. Some alternators on vehicles have an integral electronic voltage regulator that requires the use of the 4-stud battery isolator. The small 4th stud is for connection to a circuit switched by the ignition switch. These alternators were first introduced by Delco and are therefore sometimes called ‘Delcotron-type alternators’. Battery Isolators have a ‘per leg’ rating which indicates the maximum current that it can deliver to each battery. All Battery Isolators have a per leg rating equal to half the alternator rating. Thus a 48122 battery isolator with an alternator rating of 140A has a per leg rating of 70A per leg. Additional information: littelfuse.com/BatteryManagement Schottky Diode - Comply to KKK-A-1822B spec for Ambulances 48122 48162 48070 PART NUMBERS TERMINALS AMPS BULK 48090 VOLTAGE BOXED NUMBER OF STUDS DIMENSIONS THREADS 48051 48051-BX 75A 12V DC Only 2 2x 1/4" 3-1/2" x 4-15/16" x 3-11/32" 48161 48161-BX 250A 12-36V DC 3 3x 5/16" 8-1/2" x 4-3/16" x 3-13/32" 48122 48122-BX 140A 12-36V DC 4 3x 5/16" & 1 #10 6" x 4-3/16" x 3-11/32" 48162 48162-BX 200A 12-36V DC 4 3x 5/16" & 1 #10 8-1/2" x 4-3/16" x 3-13/32" 48070 48070-BX 70A 12-36V DC 3 3x 1/4" 5" x 3-1/4" x 2-3/16" 48090 48090-BX 90A 12-36V DC 3 3x 1/4" 6-1/2" x 3-1/4" x 2-13/16" 48120 48120-BX 140A 12-36V DC 3 3x 5/16" 6" x 4-3/16" x 3-11/32" 48160 48160-BX 200A 12-36V DC 3 3x 5/16" 8-1/2" x 4-3/16" x 3-13/32" 48120 ALTERNATOR TYPE 48051 48161 3- Stud Wiring Diagram 48070, 48080, 48090, 48160 and 48161 ALT – Delcotron-Type BAT + IGN BATTERY ISOLATOR Without Integral Electronic Voltage Regulator + BAT OPTIONAL CIRCUIT BREAKER L MAIN LOAD L SECONDARY LOAD Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 50 Battery Management Battery Combiners & FlexMod™ Devices FlexMod™ Electronic Devices The FlexMod Series of products are compact, robust electronic modules with two inputs (one analog and one digital) and two solid state outputs (one 10A, one 200 mA) that can be programmed to do almost any job. Littelfuse offers standard units listed below to meet the most common application needs. Additional technical information: Littelfuse.com/FlexMod • Auto-ranging to automatically senses the voltage of the system (12 or 24V) and selects the presets appropriate to that voltage. • Ultra low 1mA standby current means minimal battery drain – especially valuable when vehicle is in storage or not in use. • Factory programmable unit is versatile with a broad range of presets available for special applications. • Rated for more than 1,000,000 on-off cycles – unit operates for the lifetime of the vehicle. Solid state technology gives long life and low maintenance. • Provides overvoltage and overcurrent protection to every direct load in that circuit– for extra protection. • Small lightweight sealed design – Uses less space; mounts outside or inside. Saves money by eliminating other hardware, and provides better wire routing 4 PART NUMBERS TYPE HARNESS INCLUDED 48636-01-BX Timer for Trailer Lighting • 48610 48610-BX Low Voltage Disconnect – 48541-01-BX Voltage Sensing Relay & Timer 48540 – Smart Battery Isolator Controller – 48540-01-BX Smart Battery Isolator Controller BULK BOXED – Low Voltage Disconnect - 48610: Preserves battery charge and protects battery banks by automatically disconnecting loads when battery voltage drops to a critical level. Smart Battery Isolator Controller - 48540: Monitors two battery banks and controls one relay or contactor to make sure starting power is protected by isolating the starting and auxiliary battery banks. • • Low Voltage Disconnect Accessories Accessories for 48513 and 48514 series low voltage disconnects. 58326-06 PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED 12804 DETAILS NOTES - FlexMod Unit Programmable FlexMod LVD Unit • 10A • 9V DC 58326-06 - Rocker Switch SPDT • On-Off-Mom On • 5 Blade Terminals • Red LED 55088 55088-BX Toggle Switch SPDT • On-Off-Mom On • 3 Screw Terminals 48710 51 55088 12804 - Harness Deutsch DT06-4S connector • 0462-201-1641 terminal • W4S wedge and wiring 12805 - FlexMod Harness FlexMod 8-Pin Deutsch Harness Accessory Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog How A Smart Battery Isolator Works Normal Operation Sequence 1 When the vehicle has been running, the alternator charges both battery banks through the Smart Isolator. 2 When the engine is turned off, the alternator no longer supplies a charge to the batteries, and the loads on the batteries begin to deplete them. 4 3 When batteries reach 12.7V, the Smart Battery Isolator senses it, opens the solenoid relay to separate the battery banks, and turns off the status light. This protects the starting battery while allowing the auxiliary battery to continue to power the auxiliary loads. 4 When the vehicle is restarted, the starting battery has enough power to crank the engine, but the auxiliary battery is significantly depleted. The Smart Battery Isolator is open and the battery banks are separated. 5 The engine is powering the alternator, and the starting battery has reached 13.2V. Only now does the Smart Battery Isolator reconnect, enabling the depleted auxiliary battery to be charged. By not reconnecting until the main battery is charged, the alternator is protected from excessive loads. 6 Now both batteries are charged again. Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 52 Relays & Solenoids DC solenoids are relays used for remote switching of electrical currents from 20A to 600A. Littelfuse offers a variety of DC solenoids and relays, such as solid state relays, plug-in relays, compact relays among others. Solenoids or Relays? The terms solenoid and relay are interchangeable and refer to a type of remote switch. In the automotive context, solenoid refers to the metal can device. A relay refers to all other such devices including the small micro relays referenced later in this section. The word solenoid actually refers to the helical windings that create the magnetic force which pulls the plunger in the core. Littelfuse manufactures a very broad range of remote switches. Intermittent or Continuous? Relays are rated for Intermittent Duty or Continuous Duty. Intermittent duty relays are rated with maximum On times and minimum Off times, which is a workable situation in many applications. Exceed those specs and you run the risk of burning out the coil windings. You cannot use an Intermittent Duty relay for continuous service, but you can use a Continuous Duty relay for intermittent service – although you would be purchasing a relay that is in excess of your needs. Bistable & Latching? When it comes to solenoids or relays, both bi-stable and latching refer to the same function. A bi-stable state is one in which a moving contact is at rest in two configurations, either the On or Off position. This is achieved by a mechanical or magnetic latching mechanism which maintains contact in the ON of OFF position while device is not energized. A more well-known example of the mechanical style is the mechanism of a retractable ballpoint pen, where the user pushes to move the ballpoint out of the housing, and pushes again to retract the ballpoint. The point remains in either of two stable states until the user presses the actuator. In standard solenoids or relays, a control current has to be maintained in order to keep the plunger in the On position; in a bi-stable relay, control current is only applied when changing between the two states of Off and On. This provides many advantages – no current is used in the On or Off states, and bi-stable relays generate less heat. 53 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Bi-Stable Latching Relays HD Series • 300A General Purpose Bi-Stable Relays • Very low current draw to maintain closed circuit • Remotely-operated 300A disconnect for high-amperage circuits • Small control wires: eliminates the cost and weight of routing large copper cables • Bi-stable (latched) operation draws no current in On or Off: eliminates a continuous demand on batteries. • LED output wire enables remote indication of relay status – Open or Closed. • Silver alloy contacts assure the lowest voltage drop / resistance and extends cycling life of the device. • Stainless steel hardware and tin-plated copper contacts maximize resistance in harsh environments. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/HD-Relay PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL VOLTAGE AMPERAGE INGRESS NOTES 880086 – – 12V DC 300A IP66/IP69k – 880088 – – 24V DC 300A IP66/IP69k – HD Time Delay Series • 250A Bi-Stable Relay The Heavy Duty Time Delay Bi-Stable Relay is able to disconnect the battery from the electrical system of vehicles in 12V and 24V, with voltage self-recognition. 5 • It includes immediate switch ON, controlled switch OFF with programmable delay time and service state managing (service switch OFF and switch ON). • This Heavy Duty Time Delay Bi-Stable Relay has a non-volatile memory, low battery alert system and is thermal protected. Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/HDTimeDelay PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE VOLTAGE RANGE INGRESS NOTES 08070900 12/24V DC 250A 8.5V to 32V @ 23°C IP67 Light Line Current Rating: 1.3A continuous (6.5A protected) SD Series • 300-600A Bi-Stable Relay An all-vehicle battery disconnect, designed to support remote power switching applications. Great for high continuous current passage, large engine starting needs and high ambient temperatures. • Small control wires: eliminates the cost and weight of routing large copper cables to an accessible switch • Dedicated 24-hour output, thermally protected, for tachograph or other keep-alive functions. • Supports multiple Off switch control applications. • Ignition protected to SAE J1171 and ISO 8846 for installation in battery box or with hazardous loads. • Auxiliary relay contacts (normally open & normally closed) for Alternator Field Disconnect (AFD) or for additional vehicle system control Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/SD-Relay PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL 880107 880107S – VOLTAGE AMPERAGE CIRCUITRY INGRESS NOTES 12V DC 300A Dual Pole IP66/IP69k 4/0 input/output cables 48785 • 85A Electronic Relay/Switch BAT + Fully solid-state with no moving parts to wear out that is completely sealed, ignition protected and designed to withstand vibration for harsh environments. Relays can be used in both high side and low side switching application and are suitable for high inrush demand circuits. • Resistance: • Control Current: • Temperature Range: • On-Off Cycles: PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL 48785 48785-BX – VOLTAGE 9-31V DC Red Black + – LOAD High side switching application .005 Ω .02A max -40˚C to +85˚C 20 million BAT + LOAD Red Black + – Low side switching application AMPERAGE CONTINUOUS INTERMITTENT 85A 175A INGRESS DIMENSIONS IP67 3.0 x 5.0 x 2.9 in Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 54 Relays & Solenoids Standard High Current Relays 6-36V DC • 35-200A • Continuous Duty Solenoids • Hex nuts and lock washers are included • Steel housing mounting holes: 5/16 x 19/32,” 2 13/64” on centers (7.9 x 15.1, 56.0mm) • Plated steel housing available with optional PVC coating available to protect critical components from environmental hazards Datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes: littelfuse.com/ContinuousDutySPST 85 Insulated SPST NO Copper DIAGRAM 36 IMAGE – UL LISTED 24080-BX PVC COATED 24080 SMALL RETAIL E TERMINALS LARGE BOXED INSULATED / GROUNDED D CONTACT BULK AMPS 5 VOLTAGE PART NUMBERS C FORM / CONTACTS B CIRCUITRY A A 1 24063 24063-BX – 85 Insulated SPST NO Copper 24063-08 24063-08-BX – 85 Insulated SPST NO Copper 24214 24214-BX – 24 200 Insulated SPST NO Silver A 1 – 24107-BX – 85 Insulated SPST NO Copper D 2 24124 24124-BX – 85 Grounded SPST NO Copper D 4 • • A 1 B 1 – 85 Insulated SPST NO Copper D 3 – 85 Insulated SPST NO Copper A 1 24059-15 – – 85 Insulated SPST NO Silver A 1 65 Insulated SPST NO Copper A 1 85 Insulated SPST NO Copper B 1 65 Insulated SPST NO Copper B 1 1 24059-08 24117 24059-08-BX 24059-08-BP – 24117-BX 24117-01 24117-01-BX 24117-01-BP 12 Steel 10-32” 24115-BX 24059-BX Copper 5/16”-24 24115 24059 • • • • F NOTES Intermittent rating: 750A Make, 100A Break 10 sec on, 30 min off Intermittent rating: 750A Make, 100A Break 10 sec on, 30 min off 24213 24213-BX – 200 Insulated SPST NO Silver A 24213-01 – – 200 Insulated SPST NO Silver A 1 Potted Coil - IP66 24213-03 – – 200 Insulated SPST NO Silver C 1 Black Coating • 24106 24106-BX – 85 Grounded SPST NO Copper D 4 24106-07 24106-BX – 85 Grounded SPST NO Copper C 4 24082 24082-BX – 85 Grounded SPST NO Copper E 4 – 24420-BX – 35 Insulated SPST NC Copper F 5 24097 24097-BX – 85 Grounded SPST NO Copper A 1 6 P/N, Date Code, Voltage ink stamped on surface Curved Bracket Continuous Duty Solenoid Wiring Diagrams 2 3 1 2 4 3 BAT + 1 3 BAT + 1 1 2 2 1 2 3 3 Diagram 1 55 Diagram 2 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Diagram 3 Diagram 4 4 Diagram 5 Standard High Current Relays 12V DC • Intermittent Duty Solenoids • Hex nuts and lock washers are included • Steel housing mounting holes: 5/16 x 19/32,” 2 13/64” on centers (7.9 x 15.1, 56.0mm) • Phenolic housing mounting holes: 9/32 x 25/64,” 2 7/64” on centers (7.1 x 9.9, 53.6mm) • Solenoids available in phenolic, plated steel or PVC coated housings to protect critical components from environmental hazards • Resistor shorting circuit solenoids (p/n 24103/24021) feature a 3 that is normally open and becomes common with 1 and 4 when the solenoid is energized. Commonly used in engine starting applications. Datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional information: littelfuse.com/IntermittentDutySPST 24037 24037-BX – 12 750A 100A 24071 24071-BX – 12 750A 100A 24044 24044-BX – 12 750A 100A 24022 24022-BX – 12 750A 100A 24103 24103-BX – 12 750A 100A 24021 24021-BX – 12 750A 100A 24047 24047-BX – 12 750A 100A 24076 24076-BX – 12 750A 100A 24060 24060-BX – 12 750A 100A – 24046-BX – 12 750A 100A 24023 24023-BX – 12 750A 100A 24008-03 – – 24 750A 120A 24008 24008-BX – 24 750A 120A – 24041-BX – 6 750A 100A DIAGRAM MAKE BREAK IMAGE RETAIL On: 10 sec Off: 20 min On: 10 sec Off: 20 min On: 10 sec Off: 20 min On: 10 sec Off: 20 min On: 10 sec Off: 20 min On: 10 sec Off: 20 min On: 10 sec Off: 20 min On: 10 sec Off: 20 min On: 10 sec Off: 20 min On: 10 sec Off: 20 min On: 10 sec Off: 20 min On: 10 sec Off: 20 min On: 10 sec Off: 20 min On: 10 sec Off: 20 min F Grounded Plated Steel A 1 Grounded PVC Coated B 1 Grounded Plated Steel C 1 Grounded Phenolic D 1 Grounded Plated Steel E 3 Resistor Shorting Circuit Grounded Phenolic D 3 Resistor Shorting Circuit E 4 F 4 A 5 Insulated HOUSING MATERIAL Plated Steel SPST NO Copper 10-32 BOXED INSULATED / GROUNDED Copper 5/16” -24 threads BULK DUTY CYCLE SMALL TERMINALS AMPS E CONTACT TERMINALS D FORM / CONTACTS PART NUMBERS C CIRCUITRY B VOLTAGE A Insulated PVC Coated Insulated Plated Steel Insulated Plated Steel A 6 Insulated Phenolic D 2 Insulated Plated Steel E – Insulated Plated Steel E – Insulated Plated Steel A – NOTES 5 Curved Bracket Components shipped unassembled Special spring for stronger contact return force Intermittent Duty Solenoid Wiring Diagrams 2 2 1 3 Diagram 1 3 1 4 Diagram 2 2 3 RESISTOR SHORTING 2 3 2 2 CIRCUIT 1 4 Diagram 3 1 4 Diagram 4 1 3 BAT + Diagram 5 1 BAT + 3 Diagram 6 Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 56 Relays & Solenoids Standard High Current Relays Continuous Duty Two Circuit Solenoids Special applications: Forward and reverse systems in electric golf carts, garden tractors, fork lift trucks, winches, etc. • Hex nuts and lock washers are included • Mounting holes: 5/16 x 19/32,” 2 13/64” on centers (7.9 x 15.1, 56.0mm) Datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional information: littelfuse.com/ContinuousDutyDPST 2 3 1 4 5 24401-01 24401-04 5 1 3 6 4 Diagram 1 5 Diagram 2 AMPS CONTACTS BULK BOXED RETAIL VOLTAGE PART NUMBERS 2 NC 24402 24402-BX – 24 35 85 Insulated DPST 24401 24401-BX – 12 35 85 Insulated DPST 24401-04 24401-04-BX – 12 35 85 Insulated 24401-01 24401-01-BX – 12 35 85 Grounded COIL TYPE CIRCUITRY PVC COATED NO TERMINALS DIAGRAM 5/16”-24 Steel 10-32” 1 5/16”-24 Steel 10-32” 1 Copper 5/16”-24 Steel 10-32” 1 Copper 5/16”-24 Steel 10-32” 2 MATERIAL THREADS – Copper – Copper DPST • DPST – 100-225A • Heavy Service Plastic Body Solenoids 2 2 3 3 2 For starting small engines, including lawn tractors, golf carts and sweepers. 1 Additional information: littelfuse.com/PlasticBodyRelays 24512-10 - Bracket OTHER 24848 – – 48 48 225 600 Insulated SPST NO L-Bracket Silver 5/16”-24 10-32 studs 1 – 24 – 225 600 Insulated SPST NO L-Bracket Silver 5/16”-24 10-32 studs 1 12 14 225 600 Insulated SPST NO L-Bracket Copper 5/16”-24 10-32 studs 1 12 14 225 600 Insulated SPST NO L-Bracket Silver 5/16”-24 10-32 studs 1 24 27 100 400 Insulated SPST NO F-Bracket Silver 5/16”-24 10-32 studs 2 12 14 100 400 Insulated SPST NO F-Bracket Silver 5/16”-24 Blade 2 24812-BX – 24812-01 24812-01-BX – 24624-10 24624-10-BX – 24512-10 24512-10-BX – Continuous Duty 24812 TYPE BOXED MAX VOLTAGE FORM / CONTACTS Diagram 3 BULK 24824-01 24824-01-BX 57 AMPS 3 VOLTAGE PART NUMBERS Diagram 2 24612-10 - F-Bracket CIRCUITRY 24624-10 - F-Bracket 41 1 Diagram 1 COIL TYPE 24848 - L-Bracket 4 DIAGRAM • Small ignition and ground terminals are 10-32 thread • Large contact terminals are 5/16” -24 thread. MAKE/ BREAK INRUSH MOUNTING BRACKET CONTACTS COIL TERMINALS 24612-BX 24610-G10-BX 12 - 225 400 Insulated SPST NO L-Bracket Silver 5/16”-24 10-32 stud 1 24612-10-BX – 12 14 100 400 Grounded SPST NO F-Bracket Silver 5/16”-24 10-32 stud 3 24612-03 24612-03-BX – 12 – 200 300 Insulated SPST NO L-Bracket Copper 5/16”-24 10-32 studs 2 Intermittent Duty 24612 24612-10 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Reversing & Latching Solenoids 70A • Forward & Reverse Relay Module Ideal for tarp or lift applications. Also use on hoists, hatches, winches, snowplows, intake/exhaust fans, vehicle outriggers and other reversing applications. Module automatically reverses the direction of the motor when the appropriate control circuit is energized with a pulse from a control switch. Dynamic braking stops the motor when the switch returns to Off. • Dimensions: 2.91”× 3.51” × 1.86” H (73.9 × 91.7 × 47.2mm Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/24450 PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL 24452 24452-BX – AMPERAGE VOLTAGE 12V DC INTERMITTENT CONTINUOUS 70A (On: 5 min max, Off: 3 min) 50A INRUSH SEALING CONTACTS 150A IP67 Silver 5 12-24V DC • 150A Motor Reversing Intermittent Duty Solenoid + T1 A combination of two solenoids in one package to reduce cost and maximize space savings while also providing simpler wiring. • 75A Make/Break: 5 min On, 5 min Off • 125A Make/Break: 30 sec On, 5 min Off • 150A Make/Break: 0.5 sec On, 5 min Off T2 + Forward BAT Reverse MOTOR Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/24450 PART NUMBERS BAT VOLTAGE AMPS COIL TYPE CIRCUITRY CONTACTS – 12V DC (14.5 max) 75-150A Common Ground DPDT Copper Two Blade Coil 5/16”-24 Large Studs – 24V DC 75-150A Common Ground DPDT Copper Two Blade Coil 5/16”-24 Large Studs BULK BOXED RETAIL 24450 24450-BX 24450-02 – TERMINALS Momentary Switch 24200 • 110A Standard High Current Latching Solenoid Requires only a momentary application of coil power to operate Minimal heat is generated, because the coil is de-energized when the solenoid is On. + BAT 2 3 • Continuous Duty Style (Rated at 110A carry only) 1 Download additional technical information at: littelfuse.com/24200 PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL 24200 24200-BX – 4 LOAD VOLTAGE AMPS COIL TYPE CIRCUITRY FORM / CONTACTS HOUSING MATERIAL CONTACTS TERMINALS 12V DC 110A Insulated SPST NO Plated Steel Copper 5/16”-24 Steel 10-32” Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 58 Relays & Solenoids Plug-In Relays Heavy Duty High Power and Micro Plug-In Relays General purpose relays fit many vehicles and applications. Typical applications include: lighting, starting, horn, heating and cooling. Standard ISO terminal footprint for Form A, Form C and Form 2A. Relays are available sealed and unsealed (unsealed 40 & 70A relays are supplied with snap-in brackets.) Datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional information: littelfuse.com/Plugin-Relays Part Numbering System R A - 40 01 12 - R S • Pull-in voltage: 7.8V maximum at 12V DC, 15.6 V at 24V DC Relay Type • Release voltage: 1.2 V minimum at 12V DC, 2.4 V at 24V DC R = Relay M = MicroRelay • Temperature range: -40°C to 85°C • Operational life: E  lectrical to 100,000 cycles. Form Mechanical to 10,000,000 cycles A = Form A • Contact Material: Silver alloy C = Form C • Dielectric strength: 500 V rms between coil and contact 2 = Form 2A • Insulation resistance: 100 MΩ minimum (500V DC) Amperage • Relays are rated based on a steady state resistive load. De-rate 15 = 15A at 24V DC according to the type of load. 20 = 20A at 24V DC Motor load: Inrush can be 5 to 10 x steady state current. 25 = 25A at 12V DC Solenoid load: Inrush can be 10 to 20 x steady state current. 35 = 35A at 24V DC 40 = 40A at 12V DC Incandescent lamp load: Inrush can be 10 to 15 x steady 70 = 70A at 12V DC state current. • Available with PCB terminals, contact Littelfuse for details. Relay Part Numbers High Power Relays • 70A at 12V DC • Contact rating (Resistive load) at 20°C: 12V DC: Normally Open 70A, Normally Closed 60A 24V DC: Normally Open 35A, Normally Closed 30A • Contact arrangement: Available as Form A (SPST) and Form C (SPDT) • Vibration resistance: 10-40Hz double amplitude 1.5m 59 R = Resistor D = Diode N = No Suppressor Voltage 12 = 12V DC 24 = 24V DC Bracket 00 = No Bracket 01 = S  nap-In Bracket SUPPRESSOR TYPE • Resistor BULK BOXED RELAY TYPE R2-400112-RN – 12 40 Relay 2 SPST RA-200024-DS – 24 20 Relay A SPST Diode • RA-400012-DS – 12 40 Relay A SPST Diode • FORM RA-400112-DN RA-400112-DN-BX 12 40 Relay A SPST • Diode RA-400112-NN RA-400112-NN-BX 12 40 Relay A SPST • None RA-400112-RN RA-400112-RN-BX 12 40 Relay A SPST • Resistor RA-700112-RN RA-700112-RN-BX 12 70 Relay A SPST • Resistor RA-700112-DN RA-700112-DN-BX 12 70 Relay A SPST • Diode RA-700112-NN RA-700112-NN-BX 12 70 Relay A SPST • None RC-200024-DS – 24 20 Relay C SPDT RC-200124-DN RC-200124-DN-BX 24 20 Relay C SPDT • Micro Relays • 25A at 12V DC RC-200124-NN RC-200124-NN-BX 24 20 Relay C SPDT • None • Contact rating (Resistive load) at 20°C: 12V DC: Normally Open 25A, Normally Closed 20A Contact arrangement: Available as Form A (SPST), and Form C (SPDT). • Vibration resistance: 10-40Hz double amplitude 1.27mm RC-200124-RN RC-200124-RN-BX 24 20 Relay C SPDT • Resistor RC-400012-DS RC-400012-DS-BX 12 40 Relay C SPDT Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog SEALED • Contact rating (Resistive load) at 20°C: 12V DC: Normally Open 40A, Normally Closed 30A 24V DC: Normally Open 20A, Normally Closed 15A • Contact arrangement: Available as Form A (SPST), Form C (SPDT) and Form 2A (SPST, 2 terminals) • Vibration resistance: 10-40Hz double amplitude 1.5mm PART NUMBERS Suppressor AMPS Heavy Duty Relays • 40A at 12V DC S = Sealed N = No Sealing VOLTAGE 5 Sealing BRACKET Specifications Diode • Diode Diode RC-400112-DN RC-400112-DN-BX 12 40 Relay C SPDT • Diode RC-400112-NN RC-400112-NN-BX 12 40 Relay C SPDT • None RC-400112-RN RC-400112-RN-BX 12 40 Relay C SPDT • Resistor RC-700112-DN RC-700112-DN-BX 12 70 Relay C SPDT • Diode RC-700112-NN RC-700112-NN-BX 12 70 Relay C SPDT • None RC-700112-RN RC-700112-RN-BX 12 70 Relay C SPDT • Resistor MC-250012-DN – 12 25 Micro C SPDT Diode MC-250012-NN – 12 25 Micro C SPDT None MC-250012-RN – 12 25 Micro C SPDT Resistor • Plug-In Relays Modular Relay Sockets • Bi-Stable Relay Accepts Littelfuse brand relays and standard ISO relays. • Modular – sockets dovetail together • Accepts standard quick-connect terminals • Easy mount bracket • Constructed of rugged glass-filled polyamide • Temperature range: -40°C to 85°C PART NUMBERS RELAY TYPE FORM BULK BOXED RETAIL CLAMSHELL AMPERAGE TERMINAL WIDTH 99025 99025-BX – 70A .375” A 99026 99026-BX – 40A .250” A or C NOTES Use with Tyco (AMP) terminals 280756 or 280755 (consult terminal manufacturers for full specs) Use with Tyco (AMP) terminals 42281 or Ark-Les 3000H112A series (consult terminal manufacturers for full specs) 5 Plug-In Relay & MicroRelay Schematics and Terminal Layout General purpose relays fit many vehicles and applications. FORM RELAY SCHEMATICS RELAY TERMINAL LAYOUTS (40A .250” terminals – 70A .375” terminals MICRORELAY TERMINAL LAYOUTS Form A 0.315 87 30 85 (-) 86 (+) 0.705 (17.91) 87 0.551 0.551 0.662 (16.81) 86 RESISTOR OR DIODE (optional) 0.354 0.331 (8.40) 30 85 86 85 0.453 30 0.662 (16.81) 0.551 0.551 0.315 0.315 87 0.315 (8.00) Form C 30 85 (-) 86 (+) 87 87a 86 RESISTOR OR DIODE (optional) 0.354 87 0.354 87a 85 30 0.331 30 85 (8.40) 86 87 0.705 (17.91) 0.453 0.354 85 87 86 30 87 0.177 0.453 0.662 (16.81) 87 0.315 (8.00) Form 2 30 85 (-) 86 (+) 87 87 RESISTOR OR DIODE (optional) 86 87 30 0.331 (8.40) 85 – Not Available – 1.043 (26.5) Sq. Ref. Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 60 Battery & Master Disconnect Switches Master Disconnect Switches are available for any application and suitable for 12V to 48V and up to 500A continuous (at 12V). Other features include: single or dual pole configurations, stem or flange mount, with lockout/tagout and lever or keyed actuators. Lockouts & Tagouts Lockouts and tagouts prevent operators, technicians and maintenance personnel from unanticipated power-ups that might cause injury or death. According to OSHA, “A lockout device utilizes a positive means such as a lock to hold an energy isolating device in a safe position and prevent the energization of a machine.” A tagout is a tag or seal that states ‘Do not operate or remove this tag’ and is signed by the person who places the tagout. Procedures specify that nobody but that person may remove the tag. A lockout on a battery switch not only keeps a vehicle safe, but also immobilizes it. A locked out vehicle is less vulnerable to battery drain or theft. What is a Hencol Key? Hencol is a Cole Hersee brand name used to describe our nonbitted common keys. Hencol keys are often used for ignition switches installed in forklifts or equipment that will have multiple operators. The non-bitted key allows any authorized user with a Hencol key to start and operator the vehicle. The term Hencol is named after one of the Cole Hersee founders and is a truncation of his name, Henry Cole. 61 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Battery Disconnect Switches TR Series • 500A Dual Pole Battery Disconnect Switch Cuts all battery power from vehicle electrical system, or for applications needing switching of two circuits, or both positive and negative. • 500A continuous current rating for each of the two circuits (2x 4/0 input and 2x 4/0 output cables) • Can be used to switch two vehicle voltage circuit simultaneously (12 & 24V DC) • Built-in lockout satisfies OSHA requirements for an energy isolation device • Ignition protected to SAE J1171 and ISO8846 for installation in a battery box or on vehicles carrying hazardous loads • Ingress protection to IP67 and IP69k means that the switch can be mounted in exposed locations. For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit: littelfuse.com/TRswitch PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL 880175 880175S – VOLTAGE AMPERAGE CIRCUITRY INGRESS MOUNTING METHOD 12-24V DC 500A DPST IP67 & IP69K Surface Mount 75920 Series • 400A Sealed Battery Disconnect Switch Protects vehicles against tampering, theft and battery drain. Switch protects from hazards during vehicle servicing and provides an effective emergency power cutoff. Can be used in both positive or in negative path applications. Built-in lockout satisfies OSHA requirements for an energy isolation device. 6 • 400A continuous at 12V DC — 3000A intermittent at 12V DC (15sec on 5 min off) • Waterproof and dustproof to IP68 - switch can be mounted in exposed locations • Built-in lockout satisfies OSHA requirements for an energy isolation device • Large red knob is easy to operate with gloves • Large divider on base prevents accidental shorting of high energy cables For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit: littelfuse.com/75920 PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL 75920 75920-05 75920-10 75921-10 75920-BX 75920-05-BX 75920-10-BX – 75920-BP – – – VOLTAGE AMPERAGE CIRCUITRY INGRESS 12-36V DC 12-36V DC 12-36V DC 12-36V DC 200-400A 200-400A 200-400A 200-400A SPST SPST SPST SPST IP68 IP68 IP68 IP68 MOUNTING TYPE Through-Hole Through-Hole Through-Hole Through-Hole NOTES Bezel marked “off - on” Bezel marked “O - I” symbols Stainless Steel Hardware Stainless Steel Metric Hardware SR Series • 300A Flange Mount Battery Disconnect Switches Isolates high current DC circuits from battery sources. Available in multiple case designs with optional padlock capability. • 300A continuous current rating • Tin-plated copper studs provide maximum conductivity and lower contact resistance. • Stainless steel hardware provides superior corrosion resistance. • Ignition protected to SAE J1171 and ISO8846 for installation in a battery box or on vehicles carrying hazardous loads. For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit: littelfuse.com/SRswitch PART NUMBERS MAX VOLTAGE AMPERAGE (AT 12V DC) CRANKING RATING (12V DC, 30sec) INGRESS MOUNTING METHOD NOTES – 48V DC 300A 1250A (1 x 4/0 cable) IP67 & IP69K Through-Hole – 880064S – 48V DC 300A 1250A (1 x 4/0 cable) IP67 & IP69K Surface Mount Lock-Out – – 36V DC 600A 2500A (1 x 4/0 cable) IP67 & IP69K Surface Mount High-Cranking with Lock-Out – – 12 V DC 5A – – Panel Mount – BULK BOXED RETAIL 880062 – 880064 880154 888842000A Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 62 Battery & Master Disconnect Switches Battery Disconnect Switches 100-150A • SPST • UP4X/IP43 • Compact Battery Disconnect Switch 08098700 is Standard Compact Manual Battery Disconnect Switch that features a removable handle with a plastic body. Rated to 100A continuous current this switch is ideal light-duty applications. 08099080 is an upgraded design with bigger contacts (M10) and improved components for heavier 150A current loads within the same compact dimensions, which make it one of the most popular products for 12V applications. This Manual Battery Disconnect Switch features a removable handle with a plastic body and rubbed cap is included for protection while switch is removed from the socket. For additional information visit: littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches 08098700 Mounting Diagram Electrical Diagram 08099080 PART NUMBERS 6 MOUNTING TERMINALS TERMINAL HARDWARE NOTES IP4X Flange Mount M8 Copper Brass – SPST IP4X Flange Mount M10 Copper Brass – SPST IP43 Flange Mount M10 Copper Zinc-Plated Steel Key Seal and Cap INTERMITTENT CIRCUITRY INGRESS CURRENT VOLTAGE AMPERAGE – 12-24V DC 100A 500A at 5s SPST 08098780-BX – 12-24V DC 150A 1000A at 5s 08099080-BX 08099080-BP 12-24V DC 150A 1000A at 5s BULK BOXED RETAIL 08098700 08098700-BX 08098780 08099080 150A • SPST • IP65 • M10 Studs • Push to Off Compact Battery Disconnect Switch Manual Battery Disconnect Switch features a push button for fast push to off operation in the event where a quick reaction is necessary. Rotate knob for ON. Switch status is indicated though a window on the top of the knob. For additional information visit: littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches 08080200 PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED 08080200 08080200-BX VOLTAGE AMPERAGE INTERMITTENT CURRENT CIRCUITRY INGRESS MOUNTING TERMINALS NOTES 12-24V DC 150A 1200A at 5s SPST IP65 Through-Hole M10 SilverPlated Copper Push to off 200A • SPST • IP67 • Marine Single Pole Main Battery Switch Marine single pole main battery switch with a metal body. Heavy duty and resistant against corrosion, to be used on heavy trucks, farm tractors, buses, commercial vehicles end especially on boats. Switch features 200A continuous current rating, removable handle,. the “V” shape of the terminals allows for easy cable connections, and reduces risk of arcing. This switch is also RINA ISO-8846 approved and is equipped a white rubber protection cap 08081400 PART NUMBERS 63 BULK BOXED 08081400 08081400-BX For additional information visit: littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches VOLTAGE AMPERAGE INTERMITTENT CURRENT CIRCUITRY INGRESS MOUNTING TERMINALS NOTES 24V DC 200A 1000A at 5s SPST IP67 Through-Hole M10 Brass Removable Key Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Battery Disconnect Switches 250A • SPST • IP65-IP69K • M10 Studs • Battery Disconnect Switch Manual battery switch with removable or fixed handle and available with weather protective boots. For additional information visit: littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches 08098800 - Base unit with removable handle 08098881 - Unit with removable handle and chain. Red and yellow rubber boots for weather protection and to help identify different applications. Interchangeable with Bosch 0341002003 switches 08098882 - Unit with fixed handle and integrated lock-out tag-out. Red, yellow and black rubber boots for weather protection and to help identify different applications. Latest design that does not require accessory for lockout tagout. Interchangeable with Bosch 0341002003 switches 08098800 Mounting Diagram Electrical Diagram 08098882 PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE AMPERAGE TERMINAL INTERMITTENT CIRCUITRY INGRESS MOUNTING TERMINALS HARDWARE CURRENT NOTES BULK BOXED 08098800 08098800-BX 24V DC 250A 2500A at 3s SPST IP65 Flange Mount M10 Copper Zinc-Plated Steel Removable Handle 08098881 08098881-BX 24V DC 250A 2500A at 3s SPST IP65/IP69k Flange Mount M10 Copper Zinc-Plated Steel Removable Handle w/ Chain, Keyhole Cover Red & Yellow Boots 08098882 08098882-BX 24V DC 250A 2500A at 3s SPST IP65/IP69k Flange Mount M10 Copper Zinc-Plated Steel Fixed Handle w/ Integrated Lock-Out Tag-Out Black, Red & Yellow Boots 6 250A • SPST • IP65 • Push to Off Battery Disconnect Switch Manual Battery Disconnect Switch features a turn to on and a push to off operation. Easy to operate and shut off vehicle power in emergency situations. Switch features and identical mounting patter to metal body removable key switches so the same application has multiple options with minimal design changes. For additional information visit: littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches 08010200 PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED 08010200 08010200-BX VOLTAGE AMPERAGE INTERMITTENT CURRENT CIRCUITRY INGRESS MOUNTING TERMINALS NOTES 24V DC 250A 2500A at 3s SPST IP65 Flange Mount M10 Silver Plated Copper Push-to-Off 300A • SPST • IP65 • 360˚ Rotation Battery Disconnect Switch Manual Battery Disconnect Switch features a fixed handle and metal body. The handle and contacts are designed with a unique 360˚ operation for activating the switch ON-OFF. The handle can be rotated either left or right to switch the circuit status. Switch is ON when handle is aligned with the terminals and OFF when perpendicular with the terminals. For additional information visit: littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches 08010100 PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED 08010100 08010100-BX VOLTAGE AMPERAGE INTERMITTENT CURRENT CIRCUITRY INGRESS MOUNTING TERMINALS NOTES 24V DC 300A 1000A at 10s SPST IP65 Flange Mount M10 Copper 360˚ Handle Rotation Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 64 Battery & Master Disconnect Switches Battery Disconnect Switches 350A • SPST • IP65-IP69K • M12 Studs • Battery Disconnect Switch Manual switches with a removable or fixed handle and weather protective boot depending on part number selected. For additional information visit: littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches 08098900 - base unit with removable handle 08098980 - s witch with removable handle with black boot and chain 08098981 - switch with fixed handle and black boot 08098900 Mounting Diagram Electrical Diagram 08098980 PART NUMBERS 6 VOLTAGE AMPERAGE TERMINAL INTERMITTENT CIRCUITRY INGRESS MOUNTING TERMINALS HARDWARE CURRENT NOTES BULK BOXED 08098900 08098900-BX 12-24V DC 350A 2500A at 3s SPST IP65 Flange Mount M12 SilverPlated Copper Zinc-Plated Steel Removable Handle 08098980 08098980-BX 12-24V DC 350A 2500A at 3s SPST IP65 Flange Mount M12 SilverPlated Copper Zinc-Plated Steel Removable Handle w/ Chain Keyhole Cover 08098981 08098981-BX 12-24V DC 350A 2500A at 3s SPST IP65/IP69K Flange Mount M12 SilverPlated Copper Zinc-Plated Steel Fixed Handle w/ Black Boot 250-500A • DPST • IP67/IP69K • Dual Pole Battery Disconnect Switch 250A-500A Dual Pole manual battery master switch with removable or fixed handle. High performance design with industry leading mechanics and materials featuring modern advancements in the design evolution of manual battery disconnects. • Smartkey allows handle to removable or fixed, locking it in either the OFF or ON position • Protective rubber cap with an auto-protection feature ensures protection when the handle is removed For additional information visit: littelfuse.com/ManualBatterySwitches Electrical Diagram 08084300 & 08084400 PART NUMBERS 65 INTERMITTENT CIRCUITRY CURRENT VOLTAGE AMPERAGE 08084300-BX 24V DC 250A 1000A at 2s 08084400-BX 24V DC 500A 1500A at 2s BULK BOXED 08084300 08084400 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog INGRESS MOUNTING TERMINALS TERMINAL HARDWARE NOTES DPST IP67/IP69K Flange Mount M10 SilverPlated Copper Nickel Plated Brass – DPST IP67/IP69K Flange Mount M12 SilverPlated Copper Nickel Plated Brass – Single-Pole Battery Switches 2484 Series • 175A • SPST • Single Pole Metal Body Battery Disconnect Switches Designed to disconnect the battery circuit on 6-36V DC systems. • Two positions: Off-On. • Mounting Stem: Brass, 3/4” -16 thread with one of two lengths: 23/32” (18.3mm) long, fits panels up to 3/16” (4.8mm) thick 17/32” (13.5mm) long, fits panels up to 1/4” (6.4mm) thick • Torque: Mounting Stem 20 ft/lb max - 3/8” nuts 70-90 in/lbs • Electrical ratings on UL labels are conservative For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit: littelfuse.com/2484 2484-BX – 2484-16 2484-16-BX – 24024 – – 2484-A 2484-A-BX – 2484-06 2484-06-BX – 2484-09 2484-09-BX – 2484-02 2484-02-BX – 2484-03 2484-03-BX – 2484-19-BX 6V DC 12V DC CONTINUOUS INTERMITTENT 40A 20A 250A 125A CASE MATERIAL ACTUATOR SIZE Lever 800A (15s On–5m Off) 3/4-16 23/32 long 6-36V DC Plated Two 3/8”-24 Steel 175A Brass Hencol Key Lever 1000A Hencol Key 1000A (30s On–5m Off) BAT • Silver • Brass 6 • Silver • • Copper 3/4-16 17/32” long SPST Wiring Diagram Copper Silver (15s On–5m Off) – UL LISTED 2484 VOLTAGE TERMINAL SEAL RETAIL Silver • Silver • • Silver • • • TERMINAL SEAL BOXED MOUNTING STEM TERMINAL STUDS O-RING SEAL BULK 2-position lever model O-RING SEAL AMPERAGE PART NUMBERS 2484-19 Dimensions INDEXING PIN 2484-03 with steel case and Hencol lock CONTACTS 2484 with steel case and diecast lever + SWITCH STARTER SOLENOID STARTER MOTOR 75908 Series • 300A • SPST • Single Pole High Current Battery Switches Designed to disconnect the battery circuit on 6-36V DC systems. Two positions: Off-On. • Mounting Stem: Brass, 3/4” -16 thread, 17/32” (13.5mm) long fits panels up to 1/4” (6.4mm) thick • Torque: Mounting Stem 20 ft/lb max - 3/8” nuts 70-90 in/lbs For additional information visit: littelfuse.com/75908 BOXED RETAIL 75908 75908-BX – VOLTAGE 12V DC CONTINUOUS INTERMITTENT 300A (30s On–3m Off) 2000A CASE MATERIAL SIZE Plated Steel Two 1/2”-20 – 3/4-16 17/32” long ACTUATOR Lever Copper UL LISTED BULK MOUNTING STEM TERMINAL STUDS CONTACTS AMPERAGE PART NUMBERS INDEXING PIN 75908 • Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 66 Battery & Master Disconnect Switches Double-Pole Battery Switches 75900 Series • 125A • DPST • Double Pole Metal Body Battery Switches Designed to disconnect the battery circuit and the alternator or generator field circuit on 6-36V DC systems. • Mounting Stem: Brass, 3/4” -16 thread with one of two lengths: 23/32” (18.3mm) long, fits panels up to 3/16” (4.8mm) thick 17/32” (13.5mm) long, fits panels up to 1/4” (6.4mm) thick • Torque: Mounting Stem 20 ft/lb max - 3/8” nuts 70-90 in-lbs For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit: littelfuse.com/75900 75903-BX – 75904 75904-BX – 75904-01 75904-01-BX CONTINUOUS INTERMITTENT CONTINUOUS – 75904-03 75904-03-BX – 75912-BX SIZE 3/4-16 23/32 long 1000A – 75904-02 75904-02-BX MATERIAL ACTUATOR 15s On 5m Off 6-36V DC 20A Plated Steel 125A 750A – 15s On 5m Off – Two 3/8”-24 Two 10-32 Four 3/8-24 3/4-16 23/32 long – • • • Silver • Silver • • Silver • • Brass Chrome Lever Brass 3/4-16 17/32 long Silver UL LISTED 75903 MOUNTING STEM TERMINAL STUDS O-RING SEAL RETAIL SMALL STUDS CASE TERMINAL SEAL BOXED LARGE STUDS INDEXING PIN VOLTAGE BULK 75912 75912 AMPERAGE PART NUMBERS 6 75904-02 / 75904-03 CONTACTS 75903 / 75904 2-position lever model Hencol Key Chrome Lever Silver • Note: 75912 has epoxy seal at case, mounting stem and indexing pin. Operating Temp: -40˚ to 85˚F DPST Wiring Diagram 75912 Wiring Diagram (For two high current loads) REGULATOR B F A BAT + SWITCH A + BAT B A STARTER SOLENOID A or B B STARTER MOTOR STARTER SOLENOID F STARTER MOTOR GENERATOR OR ALTERNATOR 75907 Series • 300A • DPST • Double Pole High Current Battery Switches Designed to disconnect the battery circuit and the alternator or generator field circuit on 6-36V DC systems. Two positions: Off-On. • Mounting Stem: 3/4” -16 thread, 23/32” (18.3mm) long, fits panels up to 3/16” (4.8mm) thick • Torque: Mounting Stem 20 ft/lb max - 3/8” nuts 70-90 in-lbs For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit: littelfuse.com/75907 67 RETAIL 75907 75907-BX – TERMINAL STUDS CONTINUOUS INTERMITTENT CONTINUOUS 6-36V DC 300A Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog 2000A (30s On–3m Off) 20A Plated Two 1/2”-20 & Steel Two 10-32 MOUNTING STEM MATERIAL SIZE – 3/4-16 23/32 long ACTUATOR Diecast Lever Copper • • UL LISTED BOXED SMALL STUDS CASE O-RING SEAL BULK LARGE STUDS TERMINAL SEAL VOLTAGE INDEXING PIN AMPERAGE PART NUMBERS CONTACTS 75907 Marine Battery Switches M-284 Series • 175A • SPST • Single Pole Brass Marine Battery Switches Designed to disconnect the battery circuit on 6-36V DC systems. • Mounting Stem: Brass, 3/4” -16 thread, 1 13/32” (46.1mm) long fits panels up to 15/16” (23.8mm) thick • Torque: Mounting Stem 20 ft/lb max - 3/8” nuts 70-90 in/lbs • M-284-09BP includes Faceplate 82065 • Electrical ratings on UL labels are conservative For additional information visit: littelfuse.com/M-284 2-position lever model M-284 M-284-BX M-284-BP M-284-A M-284-A-BX M-284-01 M-284-01-BX M-284-01-BP M-284-02 M-284-02-BX – – – M-284-09-BP VOLTAGE CONTINUOUS – – – M-289-BX – MATERIAL SIZE 1000A (15s On–5m Off) – M-284-26 CASE INTERMITTENT 800A (15s On–5m Off) 6-36V DC Brass 175A Two 3/8” (9.5mm Ø) Brass ACTUATOR Lever Copper Lever Silver Lever Silver • 3/4-16 Dichromate 1 13/32” long Lever Silver • • Dichromate Lever Silver • • Lever Silver Lever Silver 1000A (15s On–5m Off) UL LISTED RETAIL TERMINAL SEAL BOXED O-RING SEAL BULK MOUNTING STEM TERMINAL STUDS CONTACTS AMPERAGE PART NUMBERS INDEXING PIN M-284-01 6 M-284-09-BP Kit includes M-284-02 Switch and 82065 Faceplate. † M-290 Series • 125A • DPST • Double Pole Brass Marine Battery Switches Designed to disconnect the battery circuit and the alternator or generator field circuit on 6-36V DC systems. Two positions: Off-On. • Mounting Stem: Brass, 3/4” -16 thread with 1 13/32” (46.1mm) long, fits panels up to 15/16” (23.8mm) thick • Torque: Mounting Stem 20 ft/lb max - 3/8” nuts 70-90 in-lbs • M-290-05 is UL Listed to 707B For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit: littelfuse.com/7590X RETAIL M-290 M-290-BX – TERMINAL STUDS CONTINUOUS INTERMITTENT CONTINUOUS 6-36V DC MOUNTING STEM MATERIAL SIZE Brass 3/4-16 1 13/32” long ACTUATOR 125A M-290-01 M-290-01-BX – 6-36V DC 125A M-290-05 M-290-05-BX – 6-36V DC 125A UL LISTED BOXED SMALL STUDS CASE TERMINAL SEAL BULK LARGE STUDS O-RING SEAL VOLTAGE INDEXING PIN AMPERAGE PART NUMBERS CONTACTS M-290-05 Silver 1000A (15s On–5m Off) 20A 3/8”-24 & Brass Two Two 10-32 Lever Silver • Silver Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket • 68 Battery & Master Disconnect Switches Battery Selector Disconnect Switches M-750 • Dual Battery Selector / Master Disconnect Switch For any vehicle that needs to use two batteries where one battery is used for starting the engine, while the other is used to power auxiliary loads. This is a common situation in trucks, boats, RVs, police and rescue vehicles, and in ambulances and fire equipment. A selector switch allows use of the first battery, the second battery, or both batteries simultaneously. This provides back-up starting power in an emergency. Either or both batteries can be selected to supply power. These switches combine the functions of Battery Selector and Master Disconnect Switches to give four battery power options: • Power cut off at the source. • Power On, Battery 2. • Power On, Battery 1. • Power On, both Batteries. Electrical Ratings Labeled UL 707B. Rating: 500A intermittent, 310A continuous, 6-36V DC Electrical ratings on UL labels are conservative. Use with either alternators or generators. Make before break design permits operation through the three On positions with the engines running. Engines should always be shut down before turning to Off. Wiring instructions are included. For datasheet, wiring diagram, and additional pack sizes visit: littelfuse.com/M750 M-754 Back is shown. Three small terminals in the middle are for connection to the pilot light circuit. M-752 has two small terminals in the middle marked F1 and F2 for connection to the Alternator Field Disconnect circuit. M-750 has no small terminals in the middle. Full wiring instructions are included. – M-750-BP M-754 69 – M-754-BP Copper Studs 3/8” (9.5mm) Brass hexnuts Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog MOUNTING TYPE SEALING Surface Mount Vaporproof, Weather-Resistant, Dust-Resistant, and CorrosionResistant Panel Mount (3 5/16" Ø hole) PILOT CIRCUIT M-750 TERMINALS ALTERNATOR FIELD DISCONNECT RETAIL CLAMSHELL AMPERAGE BOXED 500A intermittent 310A continuous BULK VOLTAGE PART NUMBERS CERTIFICATION M-754 Back UL 707B M-750 Standard Switch 6-36V DC 6 Heavy-Duty Construction • Vaporproof, weather-, dust- and corrosion-resistant. • Durable, fracture-resistant high temperature plastic case, knob and insulator. • Switches conform to USCG section 183.410 for ignition protection. Resistant to impact, and temperature extremes. • Heavy duty copper stud terminals, with brass hexnuts. Can be surface mounted, or installed through a 3 5/16” diameter hole in the panel • Dimensions: Flange: 6” (152.4mm) diameter, overall height 2 5/8” (66.7mm). Terminals: 3 copper studs, 3/8” (9.5mm) diameter.. • Alternator field disconnect circuit switch. Prevents possible alternator diode failure if the switch is accidentally turned to Off with the engines running. • Battery Switch & Battery Accessories Metal Body Master Disconnect Switches - Accessories Replacement levers, faceplates, terminal caps and lockout kits for Battery Disconnect Switches. 24505 - Lockout lever kit 80101-B - Lever PART NUMBERS 83353 - Hencol Key 82065 - Faceplate with On-Off Marking DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION – Lockout Lever Kit Lever and flange plate accept a padlock to securely lock a Disconnect Switch in the Off position. For use with lever actuated switches with a 3/4” Ø diameter mounting stem. Use a padlock with a 5/16” Ø shackle – – Lever Battery Disconnect Switch Lock Out Kit w/Mounting Panel and Lever 80101-B 80101-B-BX – Lever Replacement chrome-plated diecast lever 83353 83353-BX – Hencol Key Replacement Hencol Key - Heavy gauge plated steel resists corrosion 82065 82065-BX – Faceplate Polished aluminum with enamel finish - 2 1/2” (63.5mm) Ø 82065-02 82065-02-BX – Faceplate With indexing hole - Polished aluminum with enamel finish - 2 1/2” (63.5mm) Ø BULK BOX RETAIL 24505 24505-BX 24505-01 Battery Jumper Terminals and Feeder Studs 6 Battery Jumper Terminals are used to make easily-accessible battery connections, inside or outside the vehicle. They can be used individually or in pairs and are easy to install. Featuring solid brass posts, including a brass hexnut and lockwasher. Feeder Studs bring power through bulkheads or firewalls and feature an impact-resistant plastic insulator/mounting bushing. 46210-02 46210-03 PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED 46210-02 46210-03 46211-R 46211-01 46210-02-BX 46210-03-BX 46211-R-BX 46211-01-BX 46211-R 46211-01 VOLTAGE DESCRIPTION COLOR TERMINAL/STUD SIZE DIMENSIONS NOTES 6-48V DC 6-48V DC 6-36V DC 6-36V DC Terminal Post Terminal Post Feeder Stud Feeder Stud Red Black Red Black Terminal: 13/16” (20.6mm) Ø 1-1/8” (29.9mm) long ­– Replacement Cap: 97846-A Replacement Cap: 97846-B Two 3/8” -16 threads 5/8” (15.9mm) long 1 17/64” (32.1mm) Ø 5/8” (15.9mm) long – JBPT Single Stud Junction Blocks Connection points for distribution of power in feed-thru and non-feed-thru styles. Simplifies cabling and serves as convenient tap points. Stainless steel studs of various threads and sizes, in red or black thermoplastic body. 3/8” zinc-plated steel studs have electrical rating of 400A and low resistance due to large contact area. High installation torque values allow the use of large cable sizes for high current applications. PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL JBPT2P01ZXR JBPT2N02ZXB JBPT3P01ZXB JBPT3P02ZXB JBPT3N03ZXB JBPT0001Z – – – – – – – – – – – – COLOR FEED TYPE STUD SIZE MOUNTING BASE Red Black Black Black Black Red Feed-Thru Non-Feed-Thru Feed-Thru Non-Feed-Thru Feed-Thru Feed-Thru ½”-13 ½”-13 3/8”-18 3/8”-18 3/8”-18 – 69.8 x 47.6mm 69.8 x 47.6mm 52.4 x 19.1mm 52.4 x 19.1mm – – Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 70 Ignition Switches Littelfuse offers the broadest range of 12V to 48V Ignition Switches which are suitable for any application. Variations include those with plastic or traditional metal body, leveractuated, tumbler keyed, or patented Hencol keyed. Benefits of Anti-Restart Feature Several ignition switches, including the 95060 series, feature an anti-restart mechanism. An operator can damage the starter motor if the ignition switch is inadvertently turned the when the engine is running. This can happen in noisy environments where it may be difficult to hear the engine. The switch must be turned to the Off position before the start circuit can be re-energized. 95060 – Not Just for Ignitions The 95060 series is widely used in ignition systems. However, there are many other applications where a keyed, water-resistant rotary switch (two, three, or four positions) is required for 12V, 24V, or 36V systems What is a Hencol Key? Hencol is a Cole Hersee brand name used to describe our non-bitted common keys. Hencol keys are often used for ignition switches installed in forklifts or equipment that will have multiple operators. The non-bitted key allows any authorized user with a Hencol key to start and operator the vehicle. The term Hencol is named after one of the Cole Hersee founders and is a mash-up of their name, Henry Cole. 71 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Sealed Ignition Switches 95060 Series • 12-48V DC • Sealed Ignition Switches Durable engineering thermoplastic construction withstands impact, and will not corrode, even on continual exposure to road salt. 95060 switches have integrated Deutsch-type connector for easy installs. • Voltages: 10A at 12V, 5A at 24V, 3A at 36V and 2A at 48V • Options: key boot, anti-restart, or spring return • Sealing: contacts are sealed front and back to IP67 standard, with connector (p/n 31101) installed • Ignition Protection: Tested to SAE J259 and UL-Recognized • Deutsch connectors & Wires Part Number: 31101 (included in -50, -51 and -60 items) 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/95060 BULK BOXED RETAIL 95060 95060-01 95060-02 95060-23 95060-24 95060-BX 95060-01-BX – 95060-23-BX – – – – – – 95060-34 95060-34-BX – – – – 95061-01 95062-10 – 95060-03 – 95060-04 95060-21 95060-26 95060-36 95060-43 95061-04 95061-05 – 95061-36 95062-13 95060-07 95060-29 95061-07 95062-17 – 95060-50-BP – 95061-BX – 95061-50-BX – – – – – 95062-50-BX – 95060-03-BX – – 95060-60-BP 95060-04-BX – – – – – – – – – 95061-04-BX – – – 95061-60-BX – 95061-36-BX – – – 95060-07-BX – – – – – – – 95062-57-BX – Technical Details POS 1 ACC POS 2 OFF 4 KEYS ACTUATOR 1 2 3 4 Acc Acc Acc Acc Acc Off Off Off Off Off Ign/Acc Ign/Acc Ign/Acc Ign/Acc Ign/Acc Start Start Start Start Start Keys Keys Keys Keys Keys Mixed Mixed Mixed CH601 CH601 Acc Off Ign/Acc Start Keys 10 Codes Start Start Start Start Start Start – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Keys Lever Lever Lever Knob Knob Keys Keys Keys Keys Keys Keys Keys Lever Lever Lever Lever Knob Keys Keys Lever Knob Knob 10 Codes – – – – – Mixed Mixed Mixed 10 Codes CH601 CH545 Mixed – – – – – Mixed CH601 – – – Acc Off Ign/Acc Acc Off Ign/Acc Acc Off Ign/Acc Acc Off Ign/Acc Acc Off Ign/Acc Acc Off Ign/Acc Off Ign/Acc Start Off Ign/Acc Start Off Ign/Acc Start Off Ign/Acc Start Off Ign/Acc Start Mom On 1 Off Mom On 2 3 Mom On 1 Off Mom On 2 Off Ign/Acc Start Off Ign/Acc Start Off Ign/Acc Start Mom On 1 Off Mom On 2 Off Ign/Acc Start Off Ign/Acc – Off Ign/Acc – 2 Off Ign/Acc – Off Ign/Start – Off Ign/Start – MOUNTING STEM, M22 x 1.5 POS 3 IGN & ACC POS 4 START BLACK PLASTIC FACENUT CODE BOOT POSITIONS TOTAL PART NUMBERS 95062 Series • • • SPRING RETURN ANTIRESTART 95061 Series HARNESS 95060 Series • Actuators: single or multiple key codes, lever, knob or D-shaft. -K  eyed switches ship with 2 keys (removable in Off position) Replacement blanks: 83451-6 (600 series) or 83451-7 (700 series). › CH601: Single tumbler code - all locks are identical › Mixed: 200 random key codes › 10 code:10 random key codes - Lever: Chrome-plated diecast lever p/n 81254 - Soft touch knob: p/n 81397 - D-shaft: 1/4” D-shaft to accept customer’s actuator • • SWITCH W/ REPLACEMENT ACTUATOR HARNESS OR KEY BLANK (P/N 31101) 83451-6 or 83451-7 83451-6 or 83451-7 83451-6 or 83451-7 83451-6 83451-6 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 95061 • 95062-10 95060-03 • • • 95061-04 • • • 7 83451-6 or 83451-7 95060 95062-17 83451-6 or 83451-7 81254 81254 81254 81397 81397 83451-6 or 83451-7 83451-6 or 83451-7 83451-6 or 83451-7 83451-6 or 83451-7 83451-6 - no logo Yale Y13 83451-6 or 83451-7 81254 81254 81254 81254 81254 83451-6 or 83451-7 83451-6 81254 81397 81397 BRASS HEXNUT CONNECTOR TO ACCEPT DEUTSCH DT06-6S CONNECTOR OR EQUIVALENT BLACK PLASTIC HOUSING TERMINALS 1 = Battery 2 = Start 3 = Accessory 4 = Ignition 5 = Ignition 6 = Battery Terminals 1 and 6 are connected internally. Terminals 4 and 5 are connected internally. Ø2.011 [51.07] 4-position model shown 1.248 [31.69] 1.950 [49.52] Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 72 Ignition Switches Heavy Duty Ignition Switches 956 Series • Heavy Duty General Purpose Metal Body Ignition Switches Dependable diecast zinc housing switches with an array of options for every application. Switches mount through the panel and have lever action or are keyed (hencol key or coded tumbler lock). On keyed switches the key is removable at Off position only. • Two Terminal Options: B  rass blade 1/4” (6.4mm) wide accept Delphi (Packard) connector 2962912 or equivalent Screw Terminals include lock washers • Two Mounting Sizes: 1  ”-24 bushings fit panels .030”- .090” (.76mm - 2.3mm) 3/4”-24 bushings fit panels .060”- .110” (1.5mm - 2.7mm) 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches 1 956-4107 956-4107-BX – 10 10 5 1 Acc – 956-4111-BX – 10 10 5 1 Acc 956-4113 – – 30 10 5 – Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Hencol 4 blade • 956-4124 956-4124-BX – 10 10 5 1 Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start S. Lever 4 screw • 956-4138 956-4138-BX – 30 20 10 – Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Coded 4 blade • 4 Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Coded 4 blade • • Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Hencol 4 screw • • Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start S. Lever 4 blade • 956-4141 956-4141-BX – 30 20 10 – Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Hencol 4 screw • 956-4154 956-4154-BX – 10 10 5 1 Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Coded 5 screw • 956-4307 956-4307-BX – 10 10 5 1 Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Hencol 4 screw • 956-4311 956-4311-BX – 10 10 5 1 Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Coded 4 blade • 956-9100 956-9100-BX – 10 5 5 – Fuel Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Hencol 5 screw • 956-3122 956-3122-BX – 10 10 5 – 956-3124 956-3124-BX – 10 10 5 – 3 • • • BUSHING SIZE 5 O-RING 10 GASKET 10 4 SILVER CONTACTS – 3 SEAL TYPE SHUTTER LOCK 956-4100-BX 2 GROUND TERMINAL 956-4100 1 Military Lever (956-5109) ANTI-RESTART SPRING RETURN RETAIL GROUND TERMINALS BOXED TOTAL BULK START POSITIONS IGN 7 AMP RATING (12V DC) Short handle lever (81254) ACC PART NUMBERS Patented Hencol lock with 2 keys (83357) ACTUATOR / KEY TYPE Coded tumbler lock with 2 keys REPLACEMENT KEY BLANK 1”-24 Unavailable - OB • 1”-24 83357 1”-24 81254 • 1”-24 83357 • 1”-24 1”-24 • • Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start – Coded 5 screw • • • Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start – S. Lever 5 screw • • • • • 1”-24 • 1”-24 • • ¾”-24 83357 • ¾”-24 Unavailable - OB • • 1”-24 83357 • • 1”-24 Unavailable - OB • 1”-24 81254 • 83357 Unavailable - OB 956-3125 956-3125-BX – 30 10 10 – Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start – Coded 4 screw • • • 1”-24 Unavailable - OB 956-3126 956-3126-BX – 10 10 5 – Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start – Hencol 4 screw • • • 1”-24 83357 956-3127 956-3127-BX – 30 10 10 – Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start – S. Lever 3 screw • • • • 1”-24 81254 956-3135 – – 10 10 5 1 Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start – S. Lever 5 screw • 956-5109 956-5109-BX – 20 10 10 – Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start – Mil. Lever 4 screw • 956-5124 – – 10 10 5 – Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start – Hencol 4 screw • • • ¾”-24 83357 956-5307 956-5307-BX – 10 10 5 1 Acc Off Ign/Acc – Hencol 3 screw • • • ¾”-24 83357 956-6307 – – 10 10 – – Acc Off Ign/Acc – Hencol 3 screw • • ¾”-24 83357 956-6310 – – 30 10 – – Acc Off Ign/Acc – Hencol 3 screw • • ¾”-24 83357 Typical Hencol Switch Dimensions 5 Screw Terminals Acc Off • • • 1”-24 n/a 1”-24 n/a Off Ign/Acc 4 Position Off 3-position Off-Ign-Ign/Start Ign/Acc Ign/Start 3-position Off-Ign/Acc-Ign/Start (includes anti-restart switches) Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Ign Ign/Start Ign/Start 73 81254 Unavailable - OB Fuel Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start 4-position diesel ignition (956-9100) General Purpose Ignition Switches 95 Series • General Purpose Metal Body Ignition Switches • Zinc diecast housing • Coded tumbler locks (2 keys) • Screw terminals with lock washers • Fit panels up to 3/8” (9.5mm) • Key removable at Off positions (except 9518) • Spring return to IGN or IGN/ACC on all switches.† (except 9578) IGN 9579-BX 9579-02-BX 9513-BX 9578-BX 9579-BP – – – 10 10 – 10 10 10 10 10 95539 95539-BX – 10 1 95582 9577 95535 95593 95582-BX 9577-BX 95535-BX 95593-BX – – – – – 10 10 – 10 5 10 10 TOTAL ACC 9579 9579-02 9513 9578 START RETAIL 1 2 5 5 5 – 4 4 3 3 Acc Acc Off Acc Off Off Ign Off 5 3 Off Run 5 – 5 – 3 2 – – Off Off Acc Rev 3 Coded Coded Coded Coded 4 screw 4 screw 3 screw 3 screw ¾”-20 ¾”-20 ¾”-20 ¾”-20 – Coded 4 screw – – Coded Coded 3 screw 2 screw Key Key 4 screw 3 screw 4 Ign/Acc Ign/Start Ign/Acc Ign/Start Ign/Start – Ign/Acc – Start Ign Ign/Start On (Ign) – Off Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Run – BUSHING SIZE NOTES REPLACEMENT KEY BLANK – – Key code CH-505 – – – – – ¾”-20 1A Magneto – ¾”-20 ¾”-20 – – – – 13/16” 3/4” – – – – • Switch does not have a spring return to IGN or IGN/ACC feature. 95 Series • General Purpose Metal Body Ignition Switches 7 • Zinc diecast housing • Military style lever • Screw terminals with lock washers • Fit panels up to 11/64” (4.4mm) • Spring return to IGN or IGN/ACC on all switches 95634-01-BX – 95633-A-BX – TOTAL 95634-01 START RETAIL IGN BOXED ACC BULK 95633-A POSITIONS (12V DC) 1 10 5 3 Off 10 10 2 Off 2 3 4 Ign Ign/Start – Ign/Acc – ACTUATOR / KEY TYPE Mil. Lever 3 screw – Mil. Lever O-RING SEAL AMP RATING PART NUMBERS TERMINALS 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches BUSHING SIZE • ¾”-20 – ¾”-20 Moisture & fungus-resistant per MIL-JAN-T-152 3 screw NOTES 95 Series • General Purpose Metal Body Ignition Switches • Plated steel housing • Hencol locks (2 keys) • Screw terminals with lock washers • Fit panels up to 1/8” (3.2mm) • Key removable at Off positions • Spring return to IGN or IGN/ACC on all switches 95525-A 95524-A 95522-A 95525-A-BX 95524-A-BX – – – – 10 10 – 10 – 10 TOTAL RETAIL START BOXED IGN BULK 1 5 5 – 4 3 2 Acc Off Off 2 3 4 Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Ign Ign/Start – On/Ign – – ACTUATOR / KEY TYPE TERMINALS POSITIONS (12V DC) Hencol Hencol Hencol 4 screw 3 screw 2 screw O-RING SEAL AMP RATING PART NUMBERS SILVER CONTACTS 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches ACC † BOXED ACTUATOR / KEY TYPE POSITIONS (12V DC) BULK TERMINALS AMP RATING PART NUMBERS O-RING SEAL 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches • • • BUSHING REPLACEMENT KEY BLANK SIZE 5/8”-32 5/8”-32 5/8”-32 83357 83357 83357 Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 74 Ignition Switches General Purpose Ignition Switches 95 Series • General Purpose Metal Body Ignition Switches • Plated steel housing • Lever actuator (short or long) • Fit panels up to 1/8” (3.2mm) • Spring return to IGN or IGN/ACC on all switches BOXED RETAIL IGN START 95591 95610 95612 – 95591-BX 95610-BX 95612-BX 95613-BX – – – – 10 25 25 20 5 20 20 20 TOTAL BULK 1 2 3 3 3 3 3 Off Off Off Off Ign/Acc Ign Ign Ign Ign/Start Ign/Acc Ign/Acc Ign/Acc ACTUATOR / KEY TYPE Lever Short Lever Short Lever Short Lever 4 screw 3 screw 3 screw 3 blade • • • • O-RING SEAL POSITIONS (12V DC) SILVER CONTACTS AMP RATING PART NUMBERS TERMINALS 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches BUSHING SIZE • 5/8”-32 5/8”-32 5/8”-32 5/8”-32 • • NOTES Zinc Diecast Lever Short Chrome Lever Short Chrome Lever Short Chrome Lever 95 Series • General Purpose Metal Body Ignition Switches • Plated steel housing • Hencol locks come with 2 keys • Screw terminals come with lock washers • Fit panels up to 1/4” (6.4mm) • Key removable at Off positions • Spring return to IGN or IGN/ACC on all switches BOXED RETAIL START 95521-B 95521-01 95033 95597 M-288 95521-B-BX 95521-01-BX 95033-BX 95597-BX M-288-BX – – – – – 25 25 50 50 50 70 70 10 – – TOTAL BULK 1 2 TERMINALS POSITIONS (12V DC) IGN 7 ACTUATOR / KEY TYPE 3 3 Off Ign Start Long Hencol 3 Off Ign Start Lever 3 Glow Off Glow/Start Lever 2 Off On (Ign) – Long Hencol 2 Off On (Ign) – Lever 3 screw 3 screw 3 screw 2 screw 2 screw O-RING SEAL AMP RATING PART NUMBERS SILVER CONTACTS 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches • • • • • • • • BUSHING SIZE REPLACEMENT KEY BLANK NOTES 5/8”-32 5/8”-32 5/8”-32 5/8”-32 5/8”-32 – 83353 Dichromate Lever 80101-A 50A Glow - Diesel 80101-A Heavy-Duty 83353 Heavy-Duty – 5A-10A Compact Ignition Switches Level Lock Ignition Switch (9500) Key removable at Off and On • 3/4” -24 mounting stem fits panels to 3/4” (19.1mm) • Compact - Plated steel case, stainless steel bezel & face washer Coded tumbler lock with 2 keys (9622-01) PART NUMBERS BULK • BOXED RETAIL 9500 9500-BX – 9622-01 9622-01-BX – POSITIONS TOTAL 1 2 ACTUATOR / KEY TYPE TERMINALS MOUNTING STEM 10A at 12V DC 2 Off On (Ign) Lever 2 screw 1/2”-20 fits panels to 13/64” (5.2mm) 5A at 12V DC 2 Off On (Ign) Tumbler Key Coded 2 screw ¾”-24 RATING 10A Reversing Switch with Tumbler Key Reversing Switch in a plated steel case. Key is removable in Off position only with Spring return to Off. O-ring seal in mounting stem. PART NUMBERS 75 BULK BOXED RETAIL 75705-01 75705-01-BX – RATING 10A at 12V DC Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog POSITIONS On Reverse Off On Forward TOTAL 1 2 3 ACTUATOR / KEY TYPE TERMINALS BUSHING SIZE 3 Mom Forward Off Mom Reverse Coded 3 screw 13/16”-24 Marine Grade Ignition Switches Marine or General Purpose Brass Body Keyed Ignition Switches Marine switches are highly suitable for harsh environments on land or at sea. They are corrosion-resistant, with brass cases. Moisture-repellent insulators, coded locks with 2 brass keys. • Brass housing and mounting hardware, chrome-plated brass facenut. • Coded tumbler locks (2 keys) • Screw terminals with lock washers • Fit panels up to 1” (25.4mm) • Key removable at Off positions • Spring return to IGN or IGN/ACC on all switches M-712 • M-550 • M-489 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches AMP RATING PART NUMBERS – – 10 10 – – – – TOTAL M-6110-05 – – M-700 M-700-BX – M-712 M-712-BX M-712-BP M-712-09 M-712-09-BX M-712-09-BP M-550 M-550-BX M-550-BP M-550-14 M-550-14-BX M-550-14-BP M-489 M-489-BX M-489-BP M-489-03 – – IGN RETAIL START BOXED ACC BULK POSITIONS (12V DC) 1 10 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 – – 3 4 4 4 3 3 2 2 Off Acc Acc Acc Off Off Off Off 2 3 4 ACTUATOR / KEY TYPE Ign Ign/Start – Coded Key Off IgnAcc Ign/Start Coded Key Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start Coded Key Off IgnAcc Ign/Start Coded Key Ign Ign/Start – Coded Key Ign Ign/Start – Coded Key On/Ign – – Coded Key On/Ign – – Coded Key TERMINALS M-712-09 • M-550-14 BUSHING SIZE 3 screw 4 screw 4 screw 4 screw 3 screw 3 screw 2 screw 2 screw 13/16”-24 3/4” 13/16”-24 13/16”-24 13/16”-24 13/16”-24 13/16”-24 13/16”-24 NOTES REPLACEMENT KEY BLANK Bitted CH-523 Code Bitted Mixed Codes Rubber Boot Rubber Boot Keyhole shutter Marine or General Purpose Brass Body Lever Ignition Switches 7 Marine switches are highly suitable for harsh environments on land or at sea. They are corrosion-resistant, with brass cases. • Brass housing and mounting hardware, chrome -plated diecast long lever. • Fit panels up to 7/8” (22.2mm) 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches M-497 AMP RATING PART NUMBERS POSITIONS (12V DC) BULK BOXED RETAIL IGNITION TOTAL 1 2 M-497 M-497-BX – 10 2 Off On/Ign ACTUATOR / KEY TYPE TERMINALS BUSHING SIZE Lever 2 screw 1/2’-20 15A Marine Plastic Body Ignition Switches Durable plastic case and stem with PVC boot for added weather protection. Key is removable only in the Off position. Off-Run-Start Spring return to IGN. • Electrical ratings at 6-36V DC: 15A ignition, 5A start • Mounting stem fits panels up to 7/8” (22.2mm) thick, with 7/8” diameter hole 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches M-850 BULK PART NUMBERS BOXED RETAIL 1 POSITIONS 2 3 M-850 M-850-BX M-850-BP Off Run Ign/Start ACTUATOR TERMINALS SPRING RETURN MOUNTING STEM REPLACEMENT KEY Key 3 screw • Fits panels to 7/8” (22.2mm) with 7/8” Ø hole – Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 76 Ignition Switches Ignition Switches Delco Replacement Ignition and Start Switches Replacement switches sold without a lock cylinder. To receive a new lock cylinder and 2 keys order part number 95874. Both part numbers feature a 1”-24 UNS-2A thread and key is only removable in Off position. Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start/Ground • 7 Blade Terminals accept Delphi (Packard) 6288702. Includes 2 ground terminals for checking indicator bulbs. 1 additional battery terminal provides continuous hotfeed for optional equipment. • Replaces Delco D-1403-A, D-1406-A, D-1480, D-1498-A, • Chevrolet Trucks 67-83, 85-89, GMC 1116712, 1116683, 1116695, 1116704, 1116709, 1116711, 2234285 • GMC Trucks 67-83, 85-89 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches PART NUMBERS POSITIONS BULK BOXED RETAIL 1 2 3 4 95410 – – Acc Off Ign/Acc Ign/Start/Ground ACTUATOR TERMINALS SPRING RETURN GROUND TERMINAL O-RING None 7 screw • • • Ignition Switch Keys, Protective Boots, Caps, Facenuts and Cover Accessories 7 83353 - Long Hencol Key 83357 - Short Hencol Key 83379 - 500 Series Blank Tumbler Key 83285-01 & 83288 - Protective Boot 8367 - Face nut 98635-01 - Key Cover PART NUMBERS 77 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION – Harness Harness populated with Wires that mates to the 95060 Series Switches 83353-BX – Heavy Gauge Steel Plated Hencol L Long Key 83357 83357-BX – Heavy Gauge Steel Plated Hencol S Short Key 83274 – – Aluminum Face Nut 83379 83379-BX – Brass Design for 95 Series & M-XXX Marine Switches 83285-01 – – Aluminum Mounting nut containing a rubber self-closing key slot - 3/4”-20 threads 7/16” thick – 83288-BX 83288-BP Chrome Brass Mounting nut containing a rubber self-closing key slot - 13/16”-24 thread 7/32” thick 8367 8367-BX – Aluminum Face Nut Knurled Edges - 3/4”-20 thread 19/64” thick - Clears 5/8” Hole 98635-01 – – Plastic Black Slip-On Cover for Tumbler Keys 83379 BULK BOX RETAIL 31101 31101-BX 83353 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Anti-Restart Ignition Switches What Are They, and Where Should They Be Used? The 95060 and 956 Series Ignition Switches include an Anti-Restart safety feature. On occasion, vehicle operators do not realize the engine is running and turn on the ignition resulting in a squealing and grinding of gears. If this happens repeatedly, the starter motor will likely burn out. Cole Hersee AntiRestart Ignition Switches prevent this from happening. 95060 How They Work Most regular Ignition Switches have three positions. Off: key can be removed. Ignition and accessories (radio, lights etc) are activated when the key is in. 956-3122 7 Momentary Start position runs the starter motor. This position is springloaded to return to position 2 once the engine is running. If the Ignition Switch is in position 2 and you think it’s in position 1, you may be tempted to turn it to position 3 while thinking it is in position 2. This results in the grinding sound. Cole Hersee Anti Restart Ignition Switches prevent the operator from turning to Position 3 when the engine is running. This safeguard against burnt-out motors can be retrofitted into any kind of vehicle, such as forklifts or mining vehicles where the ambient noise is high. This kind of ‘lockout ignition’ is available with a standard ignition key or with a lever for off-road applications. 95061 For additional information, 2D Prints and more: littelfuse.com/IgnitionSwitches 956-3124 POS 1 ACC POS 2 OFF MOUNTING STEM, M22 x 1.5 POS 3 IGN & ACC POS 4 START BLACK PLASTIC FACENUT BRASS HEXNUT CONNECTOR TO ACCEPT DEUTSCH DT06-6S CONNECTOR OR EQUIVALENT BLACK PLASTIC HOUSING TERMINALS 1 = Battery 2 = Start 3 = Accessory 4 = Ignition 5 = Ignition 6 = Battery Terminals 1 and 6 are connected internally. Terminals 4 and 5 are connected internally. Ø2.011 [51.07] 4-position model shown 1.248 [31.69] 1.950 [49.52] 95062 Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 78 Rocker Switches What is Dependent and Independent Illumination? Dependent: The actuator is illuminated only when the switch is turned on. Independent: Illumination is not affected by the actuation of the switch. The illumination can be switched on or off by another switch, such as headlight or interior lighting controls. This is especially useful when locating switches in the dark. What Does SPST or DPST Mean? The first two letters, SP or DP, refer to single pole or double pole. The second two letters, ST or DT refer to single throw or double throw. Pole refers to the number of circuits controlled by the switch. SP switches control one circuit and DP switches control two independent circuits (which act like two identical switches that are mechanically linked). Pole is often confused with terminal, which is a common mistake. Terminals are used for wire connections on the back of the unit and are specified separately. Throw refers to the extreme position of the actuator. ST switches close a circuit at only one position and the other position is off. DT switches close a circuit in the Up position, as well as the down position and can be configured with two positions (On-On) or three positions (On-Off-On). 79 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Sealed Rocker Switches 0.83" L 25A LED Sealed Rocker Switches • • • • Weather-resistant with contact areas sealed to IP66 (high pressure wash resistant) Super-bright LED illumination and high-visibility wrap-around lenses LEDs give visibility, even in sunlight and have a long life Silver contacts and corrosion-resistant nickel-plated brass blades for superior performance and electrical contact 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches 58312-A2 & A4 58312-R2 & R4 PART NUMBERS BULK 1.45" B Standard mounting hole 58312-C4 _ 1 4 2 5 + B Forward-Reverse switch 58312-G4 58312-AG LED PILOT LIGHTS BOXED RETAIL CLAMSHELL RATING POLE & THROW ACTION ILLUMINATION LENS COLOR 1 LENS COLOR 2 TERMINALS CONTACTS SEALING 58312-R2 – – 25A at 12V DC SPST On-Off Independent Red – 4 blade Silver IP66 58312-A4 58312-A4-BX – 25A at 12V DC SPST On-Off Dependent Amber – 3 blade Silver IP66 58312-C4 – – 25A at 12V DC SPST On-Off Dependent Clear – 3 blade Silver IP66 58312-G4 58312-G4-BX – 25A at 12V DC SPST On-Off Dependent Green – 3 blade Silver IP66 58312-R4 58312-R4-BX – 25A at 12V DC SPST On-Off Dependent Red – 3 blade Silver IP66 58312-AG 58312-AG-BX – 25A at 12V DC SPDT On-Off-On Dependent Amber Green 4 blade Silver IP66 8 Note: 24V DC versions can be made available for volume exceeding 1000 pieces. Please contact Littelfuse for more details. 25A & 15A Non-Illuminated Sealed Rocker Switches • Weather-resistant with contact areas sealed to IP66 (high pressure wash resistant) • Silver contacts and corrosion-resistant nickel-plated brass blades for superior performance and electrical contact PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL CLAMSHELL RATING POLE & THROW ACTION TERMINALS CONTACTS SEALING 58311-01 – – SPST On-Off 2 blade Silver IP66 58311-02 – – SPST Mom On-Off 2 blade Silver IP66 58311-07 – – DPDT On-Off-On 6 blade Silver IP66 58311-08 – – DPDT On-On 6 blade Silver IP66 58311-11 – 58311-11-BP DPDT On-Off-On 4 blade Silver IP66 25A at 12V DC 15A at 24V DC NOTES Forward & Reverse 58311-13 58311-13-BX – DPDT Off-On-Mom On 4 blade Silver IP66 Ignition & Start 58311-18 – 58311-18-BP DPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On 4 blade Silver IP66 Forward & Reverse 58336 – – SPST On-Off (Lockable) 2 blade Silver IP66 Black Rocker and Orange Lock 58337 – – DPDT Open-Off-Close 2 blade Silver IP66 Black Rocker with White Text “Open TARP - Close” Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 80 Rocker Switches Sealed Rocker Switches 58328 Series • 25A Incandescent Pilot Light Rocker Switches 58328-01 • Series available with small pilot lights, large pilot lights or unlit • Dependent or independent illumination • Faceted lenses are on the actuator • Matte black finish on the plastic housing, bezel and actuator • Brass blade or screw terminals available • See accessories section for bezels and mounting kits 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches 58328-02 PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED POLE & THROW RATING RETAIL CLAMSHELL 0.83" 1.45" Standard mounting hole LED PILOT LIGHTS ACTION ILLUMINATION LENS COLOR 1 LENS COLOR 2 TERMINALS CONTACTS SEALING 58328-01 58328-01-BX – SPST On-Off Independent Red – 4 blade Silver IP66 58328-02 – – SPST On-Off Independent Green – 4 blade Silver IP66 – – 58328-101-BP SPST On-Off Independent One lens of each color – 4 blade Silver IP66 58328-04 58328-04-BX – SPST On-Off Dependent Red – 3 blade Silver IP66 58328-11 58328-11-BX – SPST On-Off Dependent Green – 3 blade Silver IP66 – 58328-12-BX – 58328-13 58328-13-BX – SPST On-Off Dependent Clear – 3 blade Silver IP66 SPST On-Off Dependent Amber – 3 blade Silver IP66 58328-55 – – SPST On-Off Dependent Blue – 3 blade Silver IP66 58328-58 – – SPST On-Off Dependent Red – 3 blade Silver IP66 SPST On-Off Dependent Amber – 3 blade Silver IP66 SPST On-Off Dependent One lens of each color – 3 blade Silver IP66 Red Amber 25A at 12V DC 58328-62 – – 58328-100-BP 58328-35 58328-35-BX – SPDT On-Off-On Dependent – – 58328-103-BP SPDT On-Off-On Dependent One lens of each color 4 blade Silver IP66 4 blade Silver IP66 58332 Series • 20A Sealed Rocker Switches 58332 switches are supplied in retail BP only and are supplied with one black and one gray snap-on actuator. These general-purpose switches are suitable for all kinds of applications. 8 • • • • • They are weather-resistant with contact areas sealed to IP66 (high pressure wash-resistant). Recognized at UL 1500 (Ignition protection for marine products). With neoprene gasket/panel seal. Conveniently snap into a standard rectangular mounting hole 1.48” x 0.83” (36.8 x 21.1mm) in panels from 0.09” to 0.19” thick (2.4 x 4.7mm). Plastic housing, bezel and actuator. Silver contacts, Brass blade terminals. 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches PART NUMBERS BOXED POLE & THROW ACTION ILLUMINATION LED PILOT LIGHTS LENS COLOR 1 LENS COLOR 2 TERMINALS 58332-04-BP SPST On-Off Green Red 4 Blade 58332-20-BP SPST Mom On-Off – – 2 Blade 58332-21-BP SPDT On-Off-On Amber Amber 4 Blade 58332-22-BP SPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On – – 3 Blade 58332-23-BP SPDT On-Off-Mom On Amber – 3 Blade 58332-25-BP DPDT On-Off-Mom On Amber – 7 Blade 58332-26-BP DPDT On-Off-On Amber Amber 7 Blade DPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On – – 6 Blade 58332-27-BP 81 RATING 25A at 12V DC Independent 58332-28-BP DPST Mom On-Off – – 5 Blade 58332-29-BP DPST On-Off Amber – 5 Blade 58332-30-BP SPDT On-Off-On Amber Amber 4 Blade 58332-31-BP SPDT On-Off-Mom On Amber – 4Blade 58332-32-BP DPDT On-Off-Mom On Amber – 7 Blade 58332-33-BP DPDT On-Off-On Amber Amber 7Blade 58332-34-BP DPDT On-Off Amber – 5Blade Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog CONTACTS SEALING Silver UL1500 IP66 Sealed Rocker Switches 56327 & 58327 Series • 25A Small Round Lens Pilot Light Rocker Switches • • • • • • 58327-01 Series available with small pilot lights, large pilot lights or unlit Dependent or independent illumination Faceted lenses are on the actuator Matte black finish on the plastic housing, bezel and actuator Brass blade or screw terminals available See accessories section for bezels and mounting kits 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches 58327-06 PART NUMBERS RETAIL CLAMSHELL BULK BOXED 56327-01 56327-01-BX 56327-01-BP 58327-01 58327-01-BX 58327-01-BP 58327-06 58327-06-BX 58327-06-BP LED PILOT LIGHTS RATING POLE & THROW SPST On-Off Dependent 25A at 12V DC SPST On-Off Dependent SPDT On-Off-On Dependent Red ACTION ILLUMINATION CONTACTS SEALING Red 3 screw Silver IP66 Red 3 blade Silver IP66 F 4 blade Silver IP66 J LENS COLOR 2 Red Series available with small pilot lights, large pilot lights or unlit Matte black finish on the plastic housing, bezel and actuator Brass blade or screw terminals available See accessories section for bezels and mounting kits PART NUMBERS BULK B 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches 58027-01 BOXED RETAIL CLAMSHELL RATING page 82 F L 56027 & 58027 Series • 25A Non-Illuminated Rocker Switches • • • • DIAGRAM TERMINALS LENS COLOR 1 _ 1 4 2 5 + B Forward-Reverse switch POLE & THROW ACTION TERMINALS CONTACTS SEALING NOTES 56027-01 56027-01-BX 56027-01-BP SPST On-Off 2 screw Silver IP66 – 58027-01 58027-01-BX – SPST On-Off 2 blade Silver IP66 – 58027-02 58027-02-BX 58027-02-BP SPST Mom On-Off 2 blade Silver IP66 – 58027-03 58027-03-BX 58027-03-BP SPDT On-Off-On 3 blade Silver IP66 – 58027-04 58027-04-BX 58027-04-BP SPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On 3 blade Silver IP66 – 58027-06 58027-06-BX – DPST On-Off 4 blade Silver IP66 – 58027-07 58027-07-BX 58027-07-BP DPDT On-Off-On 6 blade Silver IP66 – 58027-08 – – DPDT On-On 6 blade Silver IP66 – 58027-11 58027-11-BX 58027-11-BP DPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On 6 blade Silver IP66 – 58027-18 58027-18-BX – DPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On 4 blade Silver IP66 Forward & Reverse 25A at 12V DC 8 Dual & Wide Body Rocker Switches 25A Wide Body Dual Rocker Switches • • • • • • Two Single Pole switches in one body Universal application switches Snap-in mounting Silver contacts, copper blade terminals Black or white actuators, imprinted in contrasting black or white Snaps into panel hole 1.0”x1.125” (25.4x28.6mm) and fits panels .030” thru .250” thick (.76 - 6.35mm) 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches PART NUMBERS LEFT SWITCH BULK BOXED RETAIL CLAMSHELL RATING 54204-01 – – 10A at 12V DC RIGHT SWITCH ACTION ACTUATOR PRINT ACTION ACTUATOR PRINT On1-Off-On2 Black Rocker Hi, Lo On1-Off-On2 Black Rocker Hi, Lo TERMINALS BEZEL WIDTH 6 Blade Wide Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 82 Rocker Switches Sealed Rocker Switches M-58031 Series • 20A Rocker Switches • • • • Certified to IP66 for protection against dust and prolonged spray Recognized at UL 1500: Ignition Protection for Marine Products Neoprene gasket/panel seal with black nylon bezel and black plastic housing 20A at 12V DC. Blade terminals, silver contacts 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches PART NUMBERS BULK BOX RETAIL CLAMSHELL RATING POLE & THROW ACTION TERMINALS CONTACTS SEALING M-58031-01 M-58031-01-BX M-58031-01-BP 20A at 12V DC SPST On-Off 2 Blade Silver IP66 M-58031-02 – M-58031-02-BP 20A at 12V DC SPDT On-Off-On 3 Blade Silver IP66 M-58031-04 – M-58031-04-BP 20A at 12V DC DPST On-Off 4 Blade Silver IP66 M-58031-07 – M-58031-07-BP 20A at 12V DC SPST Mom On-Off 2 Blade Silver IP66 M-58031-08 – – 20A at 12V DC SPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On 3 Blade Silver IP66 M-58031-09 M-58031-09-BX – 20A at 12V DC DPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On 6 Blade Silver IP66 58326 Series • 20A Rocker Switches with Pilot Lights Single or dual pilot lights. Faceted lenses inset into the actuator. Matte black plastic housing, bezel and actuator. Silver contacts. Internal seal. • Certified to IP66 for protection against dust and prolonged spray • Neoprene gasket/panel seal with black nylon bezel and black plastic housing • 20A at 12V DC. Blade terminals, silver contacts • Other imprints available upon request. Contact Littelfuse for details 8 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches 58326-01 58326-06 PART NUMBERS 83 58326-11 IMPRINT RATING POLE & THROW ACTION ILLUMINATION LED PILOT LIGHT ACTUATOR LENS SYMBOL TERMINALS CONTACTS SEALING BULK BOX – 58326-01-BX 20A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Independent Red None None 4 Blade Silver IP66 58326-06 – 20A at 12V DC SPDT On-Off-Mom On Independent Red Override - LVD Auto Mode - System Off Battery 5 Blade Silver IP66 58326-11 58326-11-BX 20A at 12V DC DPST Off-On-Mom On Independent White Amber - Warning (On) - Off SAE lamp symbol 6 Blade Silver IP66 58326-15 – 20A at 12V DC SPST On-Off Independent White On-Interior-Off Dome Light 4 Blade Silver IP66 58326-27 58326-27-BX 20A at 12V DC DPDT On-On-On Independent White Lo/Hi-Pass Heater-Off Fan 8 Blade Silver IP66 58326-29 58326-29-BX 20A at 12V DC DPDT On-On-On Independent White Lo/Hi-Fan-Off Fan 8 Blade Silver IP66 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Rocker Switches & Accessories 10A Narrow Body Curved Rocker Switches • • • • Curved matte finish narrow body rocker switches Fits panels .025” through .200” (.64 to 5.2mm) Universal application switches Snap-in mounting 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches PART NUMBERS ACTUATOR RATING POLE & THROW ACTION TERMINALS BULK BOXED RETAIL CLAMSHELL 54003 54003-BX – 10A at 12V DC SPST On-Off 54007 – 54007-BP 10A at 12V DC SPDT 54010 54010-BX – 10A at 12V DC 54012 54012-BX – 10A at 12V DC COLOR ILLUMINATION 3 Blade Red – On-On 3 Blade Black Face - Red Edges – SPDT On-On 3 Blade Black – SPST Off-On 3 Blade Red Lit in ON Position Rocker Switch Bezel and Mounting Accessories Snap-in mounting of any regular size switch such as 56027, 58030, 58332, 58311, 58312 or 58328 series. • Bezels can be arranged in a parallel array of any length. Bezels themselves can snap into a panel, or be mounted with the bracket mounting kit. • Mounting hole in panel should be 2.02”W x 1.90”H (51.3 x 48.3mm) for two bezels. Add 1.03”W (26.2mm) for each additional unit. 8 Additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches 82159-1 82159-2 82159-3 98628 82159-02-BP 87167-01-BP Assembled Example PART NUMBERS NOTES DIMENSIONS End Bezel Can be used as left or right end Two units are 2.37”W x 2.30”H (60.2 x 58.4mm) Center Bezel Can be ganged and used with end bezels Two units are 2.37”W x 2.30”H (60.2 x 58.4mm) Independent Bezel Fits Panel Openings: 1.90" x 0.984" (48.3 x 25.0mm) – – Bezel Panel Plug Fits Panel Hole: .83" x 1.45" (21.1 x 36.8mm) Face Dimensions: 1.91" x 0.96" (24.4 x 48.8mm) 82159-02-BP 2 End Bezels, 1 Center Bezel, 1 Plug Bezel Retail Kit – Bracket Mounting Retail Kit (holds 2 to 6 bezels) Assembled kit mounts on top of or under the panel. Mounting holes .710”x.235” (18.0x6.7mm) BULK BOXED RETAIL CLAMSHELL 82159-1 82159-1-BX 82159-1-BP 82159-2 82159-2-BX – 82159-3 82159-3-BX – 98628 98628-BX – – – – 87167-01-BP DETAILS 2 Brackets, 1 Brass Stabilizing Rod Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 84 Rocker Switches Standard Heavy Duty Rocker Switches .12" (3.1mm) .23" (5.8mm) 25A Standard Heavy-Duty Rocker Switches with and without Pilot Lights • Narrow or wide, moisture-resistant plastic, nickel plate or black housings, bezels and actuators • Snap-in mounting to fit panels • Brass blade or screw terminals 1.57" (39.9mm) 1.75" (44.5mm) Narrow Bezel Wide Bezel .16" (4.1mm) 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/RockerSwitches .26" (6.6mm) Metal Body Part Numbers 56000-01 56300-01 PART NUMBERS 8 1.12" (28.4mm) .90" (22.9mm) 57000-04 57000-10 POLE & THROW ACTION TERMINALS WIDTH COLOR ACTUATOR – SPST On-Off 2 Screw Narrow Nickel Plated White Silver 56000-04 56000-04-BX SPST On-Off 2 Screw Narrow Nickel Plated Black Silver 56300-01 56300-01-BX SPST On-Off 3 Screw Narrow Nickel Plated White 57000-01 57000-01-BX SPST On-Off 2 Blade Narrow Nickel Plated White BULK BOXED 56000-01 RATING 57000-01 PILOT LIGHT • CONTACTS Silver Silver 57000-04 – SPST On-Off 2 Blade Narrow Black Black Silver 57000-10 – SPST On-Off 2 Blade Narrow Black Black Silver 57003-01 57003-01-BX SPDT On-Off-On 3 Blade Narrow Nickel Plated White Silver 57004-10 57004-10-BX SPDT Mom-Off-Mom 3 Blade Narrow Black White Silver 57006-01 – DPDT On-Off-On 6 Blade Narrow Nickel Plated White Silver 57006-07 57006-07-BX DPDT On-Off-On 6 Blade Narrow Black White Silver 57007-11 – SPDT On-On-Off 3 Blade Narrow Black Black Silver 57014-03 57014-03-BX DPDT Mom-Off-Mom 4 Blade Narrow Black White Silver 57300-01 57300-01-BX SPST On-Off 3 Blade Narrow Nickel Plated White 57300-22 57300-22-BX SPST On-Off 3 Blade Narrow Black White 25A at 12V DC • Silver Silver 57300-11 57300-11-BX SPST On-Off-On 4 Blade Narrow Black White • Silver 57300-03 57300-03-BX SPST On-Off 3 Blade Narrow Nickel Plated Black • Silver 57300-02 – SPST On-Off 3 Blade Wide Nickel Plated White • Silver Plastic Body Part Numbers 57000-08 57000-23 PART NUMBERS 85 RATING POLE & THROW ACTION TERMINALS ACTUATOR CONTACTS – 25A at 12V DC SPST On-Off 2 Screw White Silver 57000-23 57000-23-BX 25A at 12V DC SPST On-Off 2 Blade White Silver 57013-08 57013-08-BX 25A at 12V DC DPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On 6 Blade White Silver BULK BOXED 56000-08 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog FAQ’s Rocker & Toggle Switches Can I replace the bulb in any of your Toggle or Rocker Switches? The bulbs are wired inside the Switch and therefore cannot be replaced. We use a long lasting bulb so the need for bulb replacement is unlikely in a normal automotive application. We also have LED switches such as 58312 Series that never need replacement. 58312 Series can be found on page 80. Can I use your Non-Lighted Toggle or Rocker Switches in 110V AC applications? 5507 Except for Switches M-493, 5507 and similar Switches, none of our Switches are officially rated for AC voltage application. While we are confident some of them can, it is entirely up to the end user to determine their suitability for such application. M-493 and 5507 cane be found on page 90. Can I use your Lighted Rocker and Toggle Switches at 110V AC? No. The lamps inside the Switches have specific voltage ratings. 54007 Can I use your Lighted Rocker and Toggle Switches at 24V DC? You need to select only the ones rated for 24V because the lights function only at the designed voltage. Can I use your Non-Lighted Toggle and Rocker switches at 24V DC? Yes. If they are rated at 12V, you must reduce the current rating by half to obtain the same durability. 8 58312-A2 & A4 Can I get any of your Toggle or Rocker Switches modified to meet my special application? Yes, in most cases. It is possible we make a suitable item already that isn’t listed because of its specialized use. Alternatively, we can make it for you. We have a minimum quantity requirement for special orders. Do your Lighted Toggle or Rocker Switches have incandescent or LED lamps? 58312-R2 & R4 We have both. Contact us if you need a special order with LEDs. Can I have my company’s imprinting placed on a rocker switch? Yes. Contact us. If it’s a standard legend or SAE symbol, there’s a chance that it’s already available. M-58031-01 Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 86 Toggle Switches Dependent or Independent Illumination? Dependent: The actuator is illuminated only when the switch is turned on. Independent: Illumination is not affected by the actuation of the switch. The illumination can be switched on or off by another switch, such as headlight or interior lighting controls. This is especially useful when locating switches in the dark. What Does SPST or DPST Mean? The first two letters, SP or DP, refer to single pole or double pole. The second two letters, ST or DT refer to single throw or double throw. Pole refers to the number of circuits controlled by the switch. SP switches control one circuit and DP switches control two independent circuits (which act like two identical switches that are mechanically linked). Pole is often confused with terminal, which is a common mistake. Terminals are used for wire connections on the back of the unit and are specified separately. Throw refers to the extreme position of the actuator. ST switches close a circuit at only one position and the other position is off. DT switches close a circuit in the Up position, as well as the down position and can be configured with two positions (OnOn) or three positions (On-Off-On). 12V, 24V, 36V Ratings Generally, our 12V non-illuminated toggle switches can be used at higher voltages (and lower current ratings). By proportional calculation a 25A 12V can be used at 8.3A at 36V or 12.5A at 24V. This ‘de-rating’ actually gives a conservative result. 25A at 12V toggles can actually be used at 15A at 24V and 10A at 36V. Warning: Switches with pilot lights must be used only at the stated voltage, since the lighting elements function at a specific voltage. 87 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Toggle Switches 55025 Series • 25A Sealed Toggle • • • • • • • Waterproof and dustproof to IP68 standard – allows mounting in demanding or harsh locations Bushing, handle and hardware – nickel-plated brass Standard handle, 0.60” long (15.3mm) Standard mounting panel hole 0.468 – 0.474” diameter (11.9-12.0mm) Standard bushing diameter 0.47 (12.0mm) 15/32” thread, 0.32” long (5.8mm) Wires: 14AWG (2mm²), 12” long (304.8mm) Switch body: 1.24” deep x 0.87” wide x 1.46” high (31.6 x 22.0 x 37.1mm) 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/55025 PART NUMBERS BULK RATING RETAIL CLAMSHELL BOXED POLE & THROW ACTUATOR ACTION TERMINALS CONTACTS SEALING 55025 55025-BX 55025-BP SPST On-Off 2 wire 55025-01 55025-01-BX 55025-01-BP SPST Mom On-Off 2 wire 55025-02 55025-02-BX 55025-02-BP On-Off-On 3 wire 55025-03 55025-03-BX 55025-03-BP SPDT On-On 3 wire IP68 55025-04 55025-04-BX 55025-04-BP SPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On 3 wire IP68 25A at 12V DC Nickel-plated brass handle SPDT 15A at 24V DC IP68 IP68 Silver IP68 54100 Series • 25A Standard or Illuminated Toggle Switches Available in a standard black nylon handle or a lighted clear plastic handle, that is 11/16” (17.5mm) long. • Mounting stem 15/32”-32 thread, 15/32” (11.9mm) long, fits panels up to 1/8” (31.8mm) thick • Includes mounting hardware: black metal facenut and nickel-plated hexnut • Terminals: .250” blade or 6-32 screw 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/54100 Standard Switch B + L1 4 2 3 RATING PART NUMBERS + 3 3 6 1 L1 2 L1 54109 independent wiring Illuminated Switch B 1 L1 B 6 + 54109 dependent wiring 3 3 ACTION ILLUMINATION 3 3 6 9 6 J 54110 dependent wiring ILLUMINATION COLOR ACTUATOR 4 2 L2 54110 independent wiring POLE & THROW + B 2 L2 J 4 CONTACTS 1 4 TERMINALS 1 SEALING RETAIL CLAMSHELL 54100 54100-BX 54100-BP SPST Black Plastic Paddle On-Off – – – – 2 screw – 54100-01 – 54100-01-BP SPST Black Plastic Paddle On-Off – – – – 2 blade O-ring in bushing 54101-01 – – SPST Black Plastic Paddle Mom On-Off – – – – 2 blade – 54109 54109-BX 54109-BP SPST Clear Plastic Paddle On-Off White – Red 4 screw 54109-01 54109-01-BX – SPST Black Plastic Paddle On-Off White – Red 4 blade 54103 – 54103-BP SPDT Black Plastic Paddle On-Off-On – – – – 3 screw – 54104 54104-BX 54104-BP SPDT Black Plastic Paddle Mom On-Off-Mom On – – – – 3 screw – 54110 – – SPDT Clear Plastic Paddle On-Off-On Independent or Dependent White White Red 4 screw O-ring in bushing 54107-01 – 54107-01-BP DPDT Black Plastic Paddle On-Off-On – – – – 6 screw – Independent or Dependent Independent or Dependent DOWN CENTER UP Silver BOXED 25A at 12V DC BULK O-ring in bushing O-ring in bushing Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 88 Toggle Switches Toggle Switches 25A Heavy Duty Toggle Switches Standard or long handle. Universal application. Mounting stem is nickel-plated brass 15/32”-32 thread, 15/32” (11.9mm) long, and fits panels up to 9/32” (7.1mm) except where stated otherwise. Phenolic housing, with plated steel cap. 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/ToggleSwitches Standard handle, 11/16" (17.5mm) long. PART NUMBERS BULK RETAIL RATING POLE & THROW MATERIAL ACTION TERMINALS 5520 5520-BX 5520-BP SPST Standard On-Off 2 screw 5582-BX 5582-BP SPST Standard On-Off 2 screw – - 5582-30-BP SPST Standard On-Off 2 wire 5582-36 – – SPST Standard On-Off Aptiv 12010973 5582-10 5582-10-BX – SPST Standard On-Off 2 wire 55014 55014-BX 55014-BP SPST Standard On-Off 2 blade 55014-05 55014-05-BX – SPST Standard On-Off 2 blade 55016-06 – 55016-06-BP SPDT Standard On-Of-On 3 blade 2 screw 55023 55023-BX – SPST Standard On-Off 55055 55055-BX 55055-BP SPST Long On-Off 2 blade 55020 55020-BX 55020-BP SPST Standard Off-Mom On 2 screw 2 blade 55020-02 – 55020-20-BP SPST Standard Off-Mom On 55020-04 55020-04-BX 55020-04-BP SPST Standard Off-Mom On 2 wire 5584 5584-BX – SPDT Standard On-On 3 screw 5584-15 – – SPDT Standard On-On 3 wire 5586 5586-BX 5586-BP SPDT Standard On-Off-On 3 screw 55015 55015-BX – SPDT Standard On-On 3 blade 55016 55016-BX – SPDT Standard On-Off-On 3 blade 55036 55036-BX – 55021 55021-BX 55021-BP 55021-04 55021-04-BX 55021-04-BP 55021-07 55021-07-BX 55021-07-BP SPDT Standard On-Off-On 3 wire SPDT Standard Mom On-Off-Mom On 3 screw SPDT Standard Mom On-Off-Mom On 3 blade SPDT Standard Mom On-Off-Mom On 3 wire 3 blade Nickel-Plated Brass 55033-01 55033-01-BX – SPDT Standard Mom On-Off-Mom On 55033-02 55033-02-BX – SPDT Long Mom On-Off-Mom On 3 blade 55088 55088-BX 55088-BP SPDT Standard On-Off-Mom On 3 screw 4 screw 5588 5588-BX 5588-BP DPST Standard On-Off 55017 55017-BX – DPST Standard On-Off 4 blade 55017-02 55017-02-BX – DPST Long On-Off 4 blade 5590 5590-BX – DPDT Standard On-On 6 screw 5592 5592-BX 5592-BP DPDT Standard On-Off-On 6 screw 55018 55018-BX – DPDT Standard On-On 6 blade 55019 55019-BX 55019-BP DPDT Standard On-Off-On 6 blade 55054 55054-BX 55054-BP DPDT Standard Mom On-Off-Mom On 6 screw 55054-04 55054-04-BX – DPDT Long Mom On-Off-Mom On 6 screw 55065-02 55065-02-BX – DPDT Long Mom On-Off-Mom On 6 blade 55065-03 55065-03-BX – DPDT Standard Mom On-Off-Mom On 6 blade 55046 55046-BX – DPDT Standard Mom On-Off-Mom On 4 blade 55046-04 55046-04-BX – DPDT Long Mom On-Off-Mom On 4 blade 55049-01 55049-01-BX – SPST Long On-Mon-Off 2 blade – 55107-01-BX – SPDT Standard On-0n 9 blade * Please inquire about additional bulk quantities 89 ACTUATOR LENGTH PVC coated housing with wire leads. 5582 25A at 12V DC, 15A at 24V DC 9 BOXED Long handle, 1 1/2" (38.1mm) long. Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog CONTACTS PVC COATED O-RING SEAL • • • • • • • • • Silver Toggle Switches 10A Light Duty Toggle Switches • Standard handle: 11/16” (17.46mm) long • Ball handle: 3/8” (9.52mm) long • Mounting stem has 15/32”-32 thread, 15/32” (11.9mm) long, and fits panels up to 9/32” (7.2mm) thick 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/ToggleSwitches PART NUMBERS BULK 5507 - Ball Handle 5558 - Standard Handle BOXED RETAIL RATING POLE & THROW 5507 5507-BX – 10A at 12V DC SPST 5558 5558-BX 5558-BP 10A at 12V DC SPST 5568 5568-BX – 10A at 12V DC SPST ACTUATOR TYPE MATERIAL Ball ACTION TERMINALS CONTACTS Nickel-Plated Brass Off-On 2 screw Silver Standard Nickel-Plated Brass Off-On 2 screw Silver Nickel-Plated Brass Off-On 2x 6” wire leads Silver Ball 5570 5570-BX – 10A at 12V DC SPST Standard Nickel-Plated Brass Off-On 2x 6” wire leads Silver 55013 55013-BX – 10A at 12V DC SPST Standard Nickel-Plated Brass Off-On 2 blade Silver M-484 M-484-BX M-484-BP 10A at 12V DC SPST Standard Chrome-Plated Brass Off-On 2 screw Silver M-493 – M-493-BP 10A at 12V DC SPST Chrome-Plated Brass Off-On 2 screw Silver M-584 M-584-BX M-584-BP 10A at 12V DC SPST Standard Chrome-Plated Brass Off-On 2x 6” wire leads Silver Ball 551800 Series • 30A Extra Heavy Duty Toggle Switches Universal application. Diecast housing. For stem- or bracket-mounting. 15/32”-32 thread mounting stem, with keyway. • Brackets: .170” (4.3mm) diameter holes, 1.72” (43.7mm) on centers • Fits panels up to 3/16” (4.8mm) thick • Chrome plated brass handle, 1 1/16” long (27.0mm) 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/ToggleSwitches PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL – 551001-BX – RATING POLE & THROW ACTION SPST Mom On-Off 20A at 6-12V DC ACTUATOR TERMINALS 2 blade – 551800-BX – SPST On-Off 2 screw 551802 – – SPDT On-Off-On 3 screw 551840 551840-BX 551840-BP SPST On-Off 551841 551841-BX – SPST Mom On-Off 551842 551842-BX – SPDT On-Off-On 30A at 6-12V DC 15A at 24-36V DC 2 screw Chrome-plated brass handle 2 screw 551844-BX – SPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On 3 screw – 551846-BX – DPDT On-Off-On 6 screw 551849 – – SP3C On-On-Off 4 screw B + Tip of handle is illuminated Red in the On position, illuminated Clear in the Off position. 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/ToggleSwitches L1 4 B 2 L 3 BULK BOXED RETAIL CLAMSHELL RATING POLE & THROW ACTION ACTUATOR + 9 1 4 2 L2 6 M-54111-01 wired for dependent PART NUMBERS Silver 3 screw 551844 M-54111 Series • 25A Lighted Tip Toggles CONTACTS 3 6 M-54111-02 wired for dependent B20 M-54111-02 Diagram B20 M-54111-01 Diagram ILLUMINATION COLOR ILLUMINATION ON OFF TERMINALS CONTACTS M-54111-01 M-54111-01-BX M-54111-01-BP 25A at 12V DC SPST On-Off Black plastic handle w/ illuminated tip Independent or Dependent Red White 4 blade Silver M-54111-02 M-54111-02-BX M-54111-02-BP 25A at 12V DC SPDT On-Off-On Black plastic handle w/ illuminated tip Independent or Dependent Red White 5 blade Silver Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 90 Toggle Switches Toggle Switches 59024 Series • 25A Long Handle “Duck Bill” Toggle Switches • 15/32”-32 thread mounting stem • Fits panels up to 1/4” (6.4mm) thick • Includes mounting hardware: black knurled facenut, hexnut • Keyway is in the down position. 1” (25.4mm) handle, black plastic, matte finish • Terminals: .250” blade or 8-32 screw 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/ToggleSwitches PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL CLAMSHELL RATING POLE & THROW ACTION ACTUATOR TERMINALS CONTACTS SEALING 59024-100 59024-100-BX – SPST On-Off 2 blade – 59024-104 – – SPDT On-On 3 blade – 59024-106 59024-106-BX – SPDT On-Off-On 3 blade – SPDT Mom On-Off-Mom On DPST On-Off – 59024-108-BX – 59024-110 59024-110-BX – 59024-116 – – DPDT On-On 59024-118 – – DPDT 59024-200 59024-200-BX – SPST 59024-218 – – DPDT 25A at 12V DC Black Plastic Duck Bill Paddle 3 blade 4 blade – Silver – 6 blade – On-Off-On 6 blade – On-Off 2 screw – On-Off-On 6 screw – 59024-00 Series • Freightliner Replacement “Duck Bill” Toggle Switches Black phenolic switch housing with metal cap. Terminals are arranged to match OEM wiring connectors with or without brackets. • Fits panels to .093” (2.4mm) with spacer provided, or to .25” (6.4mm) without spacer • 15/32”-32 thread mounting stem • Includes mounting hardware: black metal facenut. Keyway is in the down position • Black plastic 1” (25.4mm) handle, matte finish • Dual contacts for extra durability 9 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/ToggleSwitches PART NUMBERS 91 POLE & THROW ACTION – SPST On-Off 2 blade – DPST On-Off 4 blade RATING ACTUATOR TERMINALS BULK BOXED RETAIL CLAMSHELL 59024-33 59024-33-BX 59024-35 59024-35-BX 59024-36 59024-36-BX – 59024-38 59024-38-BX – 59024-12 59024-12-BX – 59024-14 59024-14-BX – DPST On-Off 4 blade 59024-15 59024-15-BX – DPDT On-Off-On 6 blade 25A at 12V DC Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog DPDT On-Off-On DPDT Mom On-On-Mom On SPST On-Off Black Plastic Duck Bill Paddle CONTACTS DUAL CONTACTS MOUNTING BRACKET • • • 6 blade 6 blade 2 blade • Silver • • Toggle Switches & Accessories Specialized Application Toggle Switches • Specialized toggle switches have specific functions and applications. See the “APPLICATION NOTES” column below for details • 15/32”-32 thread mounting stem, .46” (11.9mm) long, mounts in panels up to 9/32” (7.1mm) thick • Nickel-plated brass handle: standard .687” (17.5mm) or long 1.5” (38.1mm) 2D Prints and additional information: littelfuse.com/ToggleSwitches PART NUMBERS POLE & THROW RATING BULK BOXED/BP 55064 55064-BX 25A at 12V DC 55071 ACTION UP ACTUATOR CENTER HANDLE LENGTH DOWN MATERIAL DPDT Park, Tail & Park, Tail & AuxilOff Long 4-circuit Headlamps iary Lamps DP Mom On B, 1&2 Mom Off 25A at 12V DC On 1&2 Standard 2-circuit (Day Signaling) (Night Signaling) – 55015-03 55015-03-BX 25A at 12V DC SPDT DP On – Mom On 1. 4&5 On 4&5 On Standard Off Standard 59071 59071-BX 25A at 12V DC 55093 55093-BX SPDT On On Off Standard M-597 M-597-BP SPST On – Mom On Standard TERMINALS CONTACTS APPLICATION NOTES 6 blade Silver 4-Circuit Headlamp Switch 3 blade Silver 3 blade Silver 3 blade Silver Ignition/Start 3 blade Silver Two Speed Heater Fan Toggle Switch 3 Leads Silver Marine Safety Switch Nickel-Plated Brass Nickel-Plated Brass Nickel-Plated Brass White Plastic Nickel-Plated Brass Nickel-Plated Brass 3-WAY LIGHTING 3- and 4-way Lighting 3-waylighting permits a light (or a set of lights) to be controlled from two switches usually mounted in different locations. Similarly, 4-way lighting enables control from three switch locations. 1 B + 3 4-WAY LIGHTING 1 1 2 B 2 + 1 2 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 3 Use two SPDT On-On switches such as 55015-03 or 55015 Toggle Accessories 2-Circuit Marker Lamp Switch 3-way Lighting Switch See Diagrams Below 2 3 55015 SPDT 55018-01 DPDT reversing polarity 55015 SPDT 9 82468 (Open) 82468 (Closed) PART NUMBERS 5543 5543-15 81255 81264 DESCRIPTION BULK BOXED RETAIL 82468 82468-BX – Flip Cover Switch Guard 5543 5543-BX – 5558 switch mounted in 5543-15 Recessed Faceplate Switch Guard 5543-15 5543-15-BX – Recessed Faceplate Switch Guard 81255 81255-BX 81255-BP Half-Boot Seal 81264 81264-BX 81264-BP Grey Boot Seal (other colors available, please contact Littelfuse) 81264-01 81264-01-BX 81264-01-BP Black Boot Seal (other colors available, please contact Littelfuse) 81264-05 81264-05-BX – Red Boot Seal (other colors available, please contact Littelfuse) 5543-09 – – 55015-12 switch mounted Recessed Faceplate Switch Guard 81264-02 81264-02-BX – Blue Boot Seal (other colors available, please contact Littelfuse) 81264-07 81264-07-BX – Yellow Boot Seal (other colors available, please contact Littelfuse) 8250 8250-BX – Toggle Switch "ON - OFF" Face Plate Cover M-598 – M-598-BP Toggle Marine Emergency Lanyard * Please inquire about additional bulk quantities 81264-01 Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 92 Toggle Switches Switch Diagrams Switch Reference Guide - SPST, SPDT, DPST, DPDT SP and DP refer to single pole and double pole, ST and DT refer to single throw and Double throw. SP: Single Pole, one circuit controlled by the switch. DP: Double Pole, two independent circuits controlled by the switch which are mechanically linked. Note: “Pole” should not be confused with “Terminal”. The DPST switch, for example has four terminals however it is a Double Pole (DP) and not a four pole (4P) switch. ST: Single Throw, closes a circuit at only one position and with one throw. DT: Double Throw, closes a circuit in the up or down position (On-On). A Double Throw switch can also have a center position such as On-Off-On. The following switch diagrams illustrate the most common types of toggle and rocker switch. SPST On-Off DPST On-Off Both load terminals can be energized at the same time. They are independent of each other and could be of different voltages. SPDT On-On Only one of the loads can be energized at a time. DPDT On-On Functions like two separate SPDT switches operated by the same actuator. Only two loads can be On at a time. SPDT On-Off-On Only one of the loads can be energized at a time. DPDT On-Off-On Functions like two separate SPDT switches operated by the same actuator. Only two loads can be On at a time. 9 93 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Switch Diagrams Single-Pole (SP) & Double-Pole (DP) Switch Wiring Diagrams Diagrams represent both momentary contact or maintained contact switches. Switches without Pilot Lights SPST Off-ON (2 terminals) SPDT On-Off-On (3 terminals) DPST Off-On (4 terminals) DPDT On-On (6 terminals) DPDT On-Off-On (6 terminals) Diagram A Diagram B Diagram C Diagram D Diagram E B + L1 1 B + 2 L2 3 L 1 Diagram A1 3 B L + B + L1 – 4 2 5 3 6 + B L2 B L2 Diagram C1 B 2 + 1 + 4 L 3 + 4 2 5 3 6 L3 + 1 L1 B B L4 L2 + 4 2 5 3 6 – – – – L3 + B L4 B – 3 1 L1 L 6 Switches with One Pilot Light SPST Off-ON – Dependent Illumination (Three terminals) SPST Off-On – Independent Illumination (Four terminals) SPST Off-On – Independent converted to Dependent (4 terminals) Connect jumper wire from T3 to T6 and connect T4 to ground Diagram F Diagram G1 Diagram G2 4 B + B 3 L 4 4 2 + 2 L 3 B 6 9 + 2 3 L 6 Jumper Switches with Two Pilot Lights SPST Off-On with Dependent & Independent Lights (Four terminals) SPDT On-Off-On or On-On with Dependent & Independent Lights (Four terminals) SPDT On-Off-On or On-On with 2 Independent Lights (Four terminals) Diagram H Diagram J Diagram K 4 B + L B 2 3 6 1 L1 L2 + 2 3 4 L1 B L2 + 1 4 2 5 3 6 Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 94 Momentary Switches Momentary switches operate by pushing a button either by thumb or by the closing of a door and will remain in their switched state as long as they are being actuated. Momentary Switches are either “normally Off, spring return to Off” or “normally On, spring return to On”. What Does Momentary Mean? A momentary switch, also known as a “mom”, is spring-loaded. When pressed the actuator moves, remove your finger and it returns to its original position. Opposite of a momentary switch is a maintained contact switch. When the actuator is pressed it stays in the position until it is pressed in the other direction. More Momentary Switches in Other Sections Find more momentary switches (moms) in the following catalog sections. 95 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog • Ignition Switches • Rocker Switches • Toggle Switches • Push-Pull Switches • Rotary Switches • Foot Operated Switches Momentary Push-Button Switches 35A • Heavy Duty Cylindrical Housing Push-Button Switches For applications to 36V DC. On with button depressed, spring return to Off. Additional information: littelfuse.com/Push-Button-Switches 90036-02 9155 9231 ACTUATOR NORMAL POSITION PART NUMBERS DETAIL CAP Normally Off Chrome Plated Button – 9245-BP Normally Off Black Plastic Button 90036-02-BX – Normally Off 9231 9231-BX – 90030 90030-BX 90030-01 90030 CONTACTS 9245 TERMINALS 9095 MOUNTING STEM NOTES 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread 21/32” long – Snap-On Black Rubber 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread 21/32” long O-ring Seal Chrome Plated Button – 2 Blade 5/8”-32 thread Fits Delphi (Packard) 2-way 21/32” long Connector 2973407 Normally Off Recessed Chrome Plated Button – 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread 21/32” long Protected Button with Recessed Design 90030-BP Normally Off Black Plastic Button Screw-On Black Rubber 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread 21/32” long – 90030-01-BX – Normally Off Black Plastic Button Screw-On Brown Oil-Resistant Rubber 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread 21/32” long – 90030-04 90030-04-BX – Normally Off Black Plastic Button Screw-On Red Rubber 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread 21/32” long – 90030-12 – – Normally Off Chrome Plated Button Black Cap 2 Terminal Wire 5/8"-32 thread 5/8" long – 90030-24 – – Normally Off Chrome Plated Button Black Cap 2 Screw 5/8"-32 thread 5/8" long – 90030-33 – – Normally Off Chrome Plated Button Black "Push" Cap 2 Screw 5/8"-32 thread 5/8" long – BULK BOXED RETAIL CLAMSHELL 9095 9095-BX – 9245 9245-BX – RATING 35A at 12V DC 20A at 24V DC POLE & THROW SPST Silver 90030-43 – – Normally Off Chrome Plated Button Black Cap 2 Screw 5/8"-32 thread 5/8" long – 90030-53 – – Normally Off Chrome Plated Button Black Cap 2 Screw 5/8"-32 thread 5/8" long Assembled 90036-10 – – Normally Off Chrome Plated Button Black Cap 2 Blade 5/8"-32 thread 5/8" long Horn Imprinted 9216-03 9216-03-BX – Normally Off Chrome Plated Button Screw-On Black Rubber 2 Screw 5/8"-32 thread 5/8" long Gold Dichromate Dipped Case 9100 9100-BX – Normally Off Chrome Plated Plunger – 2 Screw 15/32”-32 thread 9/16” long – 9216-10 – – Normally Off Chrome Plated Button Black Cap Aptiv 12010973 (Sealed) 5/8"-32 thread Sealed Gold Dichromate 5/8" long Dipped Case 9216 9216-BX – Normally Off Chrome Plated Button – 2 Screw 5/8"-32 thread Sealed Gold Dichromate 5/8" long Dipped Case 9276-09 9276-09-BX – Normally Off Black Plastic Button Screw-On Black Rubber 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread Two circuits 21/32” long simultaneously energized 9238-07 – – Normally Off Chrome Plated Button – 2 Blade 5/8"-32 thread 7/8" long – 90018 – – Normally Off Chrome Plated Button – 2 Screw 5/8"-32 thread 5/8" long – Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 10 96 Momentary Switches Momentary Push-Button Switches 10A • Heavy Duty Rectangular Housing Push-Button Switches For applications up to 36V DC. On with button depressed, spring return to Off. Additional information: littelfuse.com/Push-Button-Switches 9115 9211 9109 NORMAL POSITION 9023 ACTION 9044 DETAIL CAP Off-On Off Chrome Plated Button Off-On Off Off-On SPST 10A at 12V DC 9109-BX 9212 RATING POLE & THROW PART NUMBERS 10A at 12V DC SPST 9023-BX 15A Resistive, 10A Inductive at 12V DC SPST 8A Resistive, 5A Inductive at 24V DC 9238 9238-BX 15A Resistive, 10A Inductive at 12V DC SPST 8A Resistive, 5A Inductive at 24V DC 9115 9115-BX 10A at 12V DC 9211 9211-BX 9109 9212 ACTUATOR TERMINALS MOUNTING STEM NOTES – 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread 1.06” long Gasket Seal Chrome Plated Button – 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread .87” long – Off Chrome Plated Button – 2 Blade 5/8”-32 thread .87” long – On-Off On Chrome Plated Button – 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread 7/8” long – DPST On-Off On White Plastic .33"Ø Button – 4 Blade 7/16”-20 thread Commonly used in school bus stepwell and door control 10A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Off Shaft has 3/32" hole for cable or lever attachment – 2 Screw 1/2”-20 thread 5/8” long Pull On, Spring Return to Off 9212-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST On-Off On 1/2” Plunger Nylon Cap 2 Blade 7/16”-20 thread 1/2” long Brass Contacts 9165 9165-BX 10A at 12V DC DPST Off-On Off Chrome Plated Button – 3 Screw and facenut 5/8”-32 thread 21/32” long 2 steel hexnuts on stem 91126 91126-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST Off-Mom On Off Chrome Plated Plunger – 2 Wire 7/16”-20 thread 7/16” long – 92116 92116-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST Off Chrome Plated Plunger Black Cap 2 Blade 5/8”-32 thread 1” long Hencol Sealed On Chrome Plated Button – 2 Screw 5/8"-32 thread 1.25" long – On Chrome Plated Button Black Cap 4 Wire 5/8"-32 thread 3/4" long Cir. A Normally On, Cir. A Off/ Cir. B On when depressed (spring return to A On). BULK BOXED – 9044-BX 9023 Off-On 90002 90002-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST On-Mom Off 91109-03 – 20A at 12V DC 10A at 24V DC DPST On-On 20A • Heavy Duty Rectangular Housing Push-Button Switches for Mechanical Activation 10A at 24V DC, 20A at 12V DC. On with button depressed, spring return to Off. 10 • Steel button protrudes through the cap. Black rubber cap snaps into a special groove on the nut, which is deep-threaded and gives a positive seal • Steel button feature is ideal for mechanical actuation 90043 Additional information: littelfuse.com/Push-Button-Switches PART NUMBERS ACTUATOR BULK BOXED RETAIL CLAMSHELL RATING POLE & THROW ACTION NORMAL POSITION DETAIL CAP 90043 90043-BX – 20A at 12V DC 10A at 24V DC SPST Off-On Off Steel Plunger 90043-07 90043-07-BX – 20A at 12V DC 10A at 24V DC SPST Off-On Off 90043-31 90043-31-BX – 20A at 12V DC 10A at 24V DC SPST Off-On Off 90043-07 TERMINALS MOUNTING STEM GASKET SEAL NOTES Snap-On Black Rubber 2 Blade 5/8”-32 thread .625” long • Fits Delphi (Packard) 2-Pole Connector 2977647 Steel Plunger Snap-On Black Rubber 2x 7” wire leads 5/8”-32 thread .625” long • PVC-Coated Steel Plunger Snap-On Black Rubber 2 Wire 5/8”-32 thread .625” long • Hencol Sealed Body Horn Push Buttons Surface and clamp mount push-button horn switches. Clamp mount allows attachment on a steering column up to 1-1/2" (38.1mm) diameter. PART NUMBERS 96101 97 BULK BOXED RETAIL 96101 96101-BX – Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog RATING TYPE SIZE DETAIL TERMINALS 5A at 12V DC Surface Mount 13/16"Ø Black Plastic 2 Screw Momentary Push-Button Switches 35-10A • Heavy Duty Marine-Grade Push-Button Switches For applications to 36V DC. On with button depressed, spring return to Off ACTION POLE & THROW PART NUMBERS RATING NORMAL POSITION Designed for universal applications within harsh environments. Their mounting, body, and actuator features are designed for ease-of-use and extended product lifecycle. With heavy duty brass bodies, the Marine Push Pull Switches are designed for circuit control within the Marine environment. BULK BOXED RETAIL CLAMSHELL M-490 M-490-BX M-490-BP SPST Off-On M-612 M-612-BX M-612-BP SPST Off-On M-626 M-626-BX M-626-BP SPST Off-On SPST Off-On M-626-02 35A at 12V DC 20A at 24V DC 10A at 36V DC M-626-02-BX M-626-02-BP M-626 M-485 ACTUATOR TERMINALS MOUNTING STEM FITS PANELS NOTES Off Chrome Plated Button 2 screw 5/8"-32 thread 1-3/8" long 1" (25.4mm) thick – Off Chrome Plated Button 2 screw 5/8"-32 thread 1-3/8" long 1" (25.4mm) thick With Protected Bezel Off Black Rubber Cap (407-03) 2 screw 5/8"-32 thread 1-3/8" long as M-490, but 1" (25.4mm) thick Same with snap-on cap Off Black Rubber Cap (83280-03) 2 screw 5/8"-32 thread 1-3/8" long 1" (25.4mm) thick – M-485 M-485-BX M-485-BP SPST Off-On Off Chrome Plated Button 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread 1.0” long 3/4" (19.1mm) thick Gasket Seal M-492 M-492-BX M-492-BP SPST Off-On Off Chrome Plated Button 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread 1.0” long 1" (25.4mm) thick – SPST Off-On Off Black Rubber Cap (407-03) 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread 1.0” long 3/4" (19.1mm) thick Gasket Seal SPST Off-On On Chrome Plated Button 2 Screw 5/8”-32 thread 1.0” long 3/4" (19.1mm) thick – M-524 – – M-914-01 M-914-01-BX – 10A at 12V DC Engine Start / Engine Stop Buttons • Diecast housing, with knurled aluminum facenut • Two screw terminals with lockwashers • Mounting stem 7.8”-24 thread, keyed to prevent turning, fits panels .04” - .10” thick (1.0 - 2.5mm) • Impact-resistant molded plastic button with white imprint, repels oil, water and other liquids • 2 7/32”L x 1 1/8”D (50.8 x 28.6 x 3.18mm) 90047 IMPRINT TERMINALS CONTACTS MOUNTING STEM PART NUMBERS 90047 90047-BX SPST Off-On Off Black Plastic Button Start 2 Screw Silver 7/8”-24 thread – 90047-01 90047-01-BX 35A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Off Black Plastic Button Start 2 Screw Silver 7/8”-24 thread Built-In Seal Around Lip 90048 90048-BX 20A at 24V DC SPST Off-On Off Red Plastic Button Stop 2 Screw Silver 7/8”-24 thread – 90048-01 90048-01-BX SPST Off-On Off Red Plastic Button Stop 2 Screw Silver 7/8”-24 thread Built-In Seal Around Lip BULK RATING BOXED POLE & THROW ACTION NORMAL POSITION DETAIL SEALING 10A • PVC-Coated Heavy Duty Rectangular Housing Push-Button Switches For applications to 36V DC. On with button depressed, spring return to Off. • Corrosion-resistant brass case • PVC-Coated body sealed against moisture and dirt, with black rubber snap-on cap (407-03) • Fits panels up to 1/2” (12.7mm) thick 10 Additional information: littelfuse.com/Push-Button-Switches PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL CLAMSHELL M-608 M-608-BX M-608-BP ACTUATOR RATING POLE & THROW ACTION NORMAL POSITION DETAIL CAP 10A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Off Brass Button Rubber TERMINALS MOUNTING STEM PVC-COATED 2 wire leads 5/8”-32 thread 15/16” long • 5A • Compact Design Buttons • Moisture-resistant molded plastic case • Snaps into .80 - .85” (20.3 - 21.6mm) diameter hole. Fits panels .03 - .07” thick (.76 - 1.8mm) • Normally off black, white or red button compact switch PART NUMBERS 9075 BULK BOXED RETAIL 9075 9075-BX – 9187-02 – 9187-02-BP 9187 9187-BX 9187-BP RATING POLE & THROW 5A at 12V DC SPST NORMAL POSITION DETAIL TERMINALS On-Mom Off On Black Plastic 9/16" long 2 Female Bullet Off-Mom On Off Red Button 2 Blade Off-Mom On Off Black Button 2 Blade ACTION Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 98 Momentary Switches Momentary Push-Button Switches Threaded and Push Button Caps • Threaded rubber cap is permanently fastened to the integral mounting nut by a rolled brass bezel • Snap-on rubber caps feature ribs on the inside of the rubber cap engage with the switch facenut 83280 83280-03 83280-02 PART NUMBERS COLOR IMPRINT NOTES – Screw-On - 5/8"-32 threads Grey PUSH – 83280-02-BX – Screw-On - 5/8"-32 threads Red PUSH – 83280-03-BX 83280-03-BP Screw-On - 5/8"-32 threads Black PUSH – PUSH Molded from Hydrin which is more resistant to fuel and oils BOXED RETAIL 83280 83280-BX 83280-02 83280-03 83280-05 407-01 TYPE BULK 407-03 83280-05-BX – Screw-On - 5/8"-32 threads Brown 407-01 – – Snap-On Grey PUSH Snaps on to 83261 face nut 407-02 – – Snap-On Red PUSH Snaps on to 83261 face nut 407-03 407-03-BX 407-03-BP Snap-On Black PUSH Snaps on to 83261 face nut Momentary Door Switches 10A • Specialized Door Momentary Switches • Designed for 8 light warning systems in school buses. • 91811: Two circuits, progressive plunger travel alternates the circuits. • 91800: Pull out feature permits circuit to be shut Mom Off off manually when the door must remain open On but flashing lights operation is not required. Additional information: littelfuse.com/Door-Switches 91811 PART NUMBERS 91800 RATING POLE & POSITIONS THROW ACTUATOR ACTION NORMAL POSITION DETAIL LENGTH BULK BOXED 91800 91800-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST 3 Mom Off-OnPull Off On Button 91050 91050-BX – TPTT 2 On-Mom Off On Button 10 TERMINALS CASE CONTACTS MOUNTING 7/32” On 3/4” Off 2 Screw Plated Steel Silver 7/16”-20 thread, 7/16” long Two Flats for Double-D Mounting 3/10" 8 Blade Plated Steel Silver 7/16”-20 thread, 7/16” long Two Flats for Double-D Mounting 5A • Door Momentary Switches with Faceplate 9087-BX - 9002-BX 9269 9269-BX CONTACTS - CASE 9270-BX TERMINALS 9270 DIA. 9050-01-BX LENGTH 9050-01 DETAIL 9001-BX NORMAL POSITION 9001 ACTION BOXED ACTUATOR Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Two 9/64”Ø Mounting Holes 1-3/8” on Center 1 Screw Two 9/64”Ø Mounting Holes 1-3/8” on Center 2 Blade Two 9/64”Ø Mounting Holes 1-3/8” on Center Silver 2 Screw Plated Steel 45/64” 7/16" Rounded Normally On Normally Off On-Mom Off Off-Mom On SPST 5A at 12V DC MOUNTING 2 Screw 9087 9270 / 9269 99 BULK POLE & THROW PART NUMBERS RATING Additional information: littelfuse.com/Door-Switches 9001 / 9002 Off Four 3/16”Ø Mounting Holes 1-3/8” and 2-1/16” on Center 2 Screw Two 9/64”Ø Mounting Holes 1-3/8” on Center 2 Blade Two 9/64”Ø Mounting Holes 1-1/2” on Center Momentary Switches Momentary Door Switches 10-5A • SPST • Door Momentary Switches Additional information: littelfuse.com/Door-Switches 9264 PART NUMBERS RATING POLE & POSITIONS ACTION THROW ACTUATOR NORMAL POSITION 9003 TERMINALS CONTACTS MOUNTING 9055 9055-BX 10A at 12V DC Shaft 1/2" 7/16”-20 thread, 7/16”long Two Flats for Double-D Mounting 9264 9264-BX 10A at 12V DC Button 1/2" 7/16”-20 thread, 7/16”long Two Flats for Double-D Mounting 9264-04 – – Button 7/16" 9264-02 9264-02-BX 10A at 12V DC 9003 9003-BX 5A at 12V DC 9055-08 – 20A at 12V DC On-Mom Off BOXED SPST 2 DETAIL LENGTH CASE BULK On Button 1/2” Rounded 3/32" Shaft 1/2" Off 2 Screw Plated Steel – Silver 7/16”-20 thread, 7/8”long Two Flats for Double-D Mounting 1/2”-20 thread 1/14” long 7/16”-20 thread, 7/8”long Two Flats for Double-D Mounting 2 Blade 10A • DPST • Door Momentary Switches • Energizes two circuit simultaneously. • Popular for use in school bus stepwell and door control. Additional information: littelfuse.com/Door-Switches 9118/9180 PART NUMBERS ACTUATOR RATING POLE & THROW POSITIONS ACTION NORMAL POSITION DETAIL LENGTH 9118-BX 10A at 12V DC DPST 2 On-Mom Off On Button 19/64” 4 Screw 91801-BX 10A at 12V DC DPST 2 On-Mom Off On Button 19/64” 4 Blade BULK BOXED 9118 91801 TERMINALS 9180 9180-BX 10A at 12V DC DPST 2 Off-Mom On Off Button 15/32” 4 Screw 9118-04 9118-04-BX 10A at 12V DC DPST 2 On-Mom Off On Button 19/64” 4 Screw 91801 CASE CONTACTS Plated Steel Silver MOUNTING 7/16”-20 thread, 7/16” long Two Flats for Double-D Mounting 7/8”-20 thread, 7/8” long Two Flats for Double-D Mounting 5A • Normally Grounded Single Circuit Door Momentary Switches 33/64” 1 Blade Chrome Plated Plunger 1 Blade 1Wire CONTACTS Rounded MOUNTING Silver DETAIL LENGTH CASE TERMINALS ACTUATOR Plated Steel – NORMAL POSITION 91812-02 Normally Grounded 91812-BX ACTION 91812 On-Mom Off BOXED SPST BULK 5A at 12V DC 91812 RATING PART NUMBERS POLE & THROW Additional information: littelfuse.com/Door-Switches 7/16”-20 thread, 7/16” long Two Flats for Double-D Mounting 10 5A • Sealed Door Momentary Switches with Faceplate Plated Steel CONTACTS CASE 2 PVC Coated 8” Wire Leads MOUNTING Silver TERMINALS DIA. .70” LENGTH .436” DETAIL ACTUATOR Round Black Rubber Cap NORMAL POSITION 5A at 12V DC Normally On 9270-01-BX ACTION 9270-01 On-Mom Off BOXED POLE & THROW 9270-01 BULK RATING PART NUMBERS SPST • Sealed Plunger and wire leads. Additional information: littelfuse.com/Door-Switches Two .144”Ø Mounting Holes 1-1/2” on Center Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 100 Push-Pull, Rotary & Foot Switches . What is the Difference Between Push-Pull, Rotary & Foot Switches? Push-Pull switches operate by pushing or pulling the actuator depending on the configuration of the switch. Rotary switches are activated by a manual rotation of the actuator into two or three positions. Foot switches are mounted on or through the floorboard for hands free operation of the application What is Dynamic Parking in Wiper Switches? Windshield wiper switch engineers call the feature ‘dynamic parking’ when the windshield wiper switch actively returns the wiper to home position, rather than waiting until the cycle reaches home. 101 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Push-Pull Switches One and Two Circuit Push-Pull Switches 5007 5011 50001 5050 5066 50082 BULK BOXED TYPE MATERIAL SIZE MOUNTING STEM CIRCUITRY PART NUMBERS 50046 5007 5007-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Off Tan Plastic (10-32 metal thread) 2 screw Copper Plated Steel Aluminum 3/8”-32 thread 5/8” long – 5011 5011-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Off Chrome 2 screw Copper Plated Steel Steel 1/2”-20 thread 5/8” long – Steel 1/2”-20 thread 5/8” long – Brass 1/2”-20 thread 5/8” long – Brass 1/2”-20 thread 5/8” long – Brass 1/2”-20 thread 5/8” long O-Ring stem seal & Gasket Sealed Terminal Insulator Aluminum 3/8”-32 thread 5/8” long – Aluminum 3/8”-32 thread 5/8” long – Steel 1/2”-20 thread 5/8” long Includes 30A Circuit Breaker VOLTAGE RATING NORMAL POSITION ACTUATOR KNOB TERMINALS CONTACTS HOUSING Plated Steel Plated Steel 50070 50070-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Off Chrome 2 blade Silver 50001 50001-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Off Black Plastic (10-32 metal thread) 2 screw Silver 2 screw Silver Plated Steel Plated Steel 50002 50002-BX 50066 50066-BX 20A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Off Integral Chrome Brass 20A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Off Black Plastic (10-32 metal thread) 2 screw Silver 6-36V DC 50046 50046-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST On-Off On Black Plastic (10-32 metal thread) 2 screw Copper 50046-09 – 10A at 12V DC SPST On-Off On Plunger 2 screw Copper Off Black Plastic "Lights" (10-32 metal thread) 2 screw & 1 stud Silver 5050 – 20A at 12V DC DPST On-Off 50082 50082-BX 8A at 12V DC SPDT Off-On1-On2 – Integral Chrome 3 blade Copper 50088 50088-BX 8A at 12V DC TPTT Off-On-Off On Steel Plunger 3 screw Sliver 91812-02 – 5A at 12 V DC SPST On-Mom Off On Chrome Plunger 1 blade & 1 wire Silver Plated Steel Plated Steel Plated Steel Plated Steel Plated Steel Plated Steel NOTES 1/2”-20 thread 5/8” long 7/16"-28 thread Aluminum 5/16" long 7/16"-20 thread Steel 7/16" long Steel Energize two circuits from a common feed – – Marine Grade • One, Two & Three Circuit Push-Pull Switches M-606 M-628 PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL VOLTAGE M-482 M-482-BX M-482-BP 6-36V DC M-606 M-606-BX M-606-BP 6-36V DC M-628 M-628-BX M-628-BP 6-36V DC M-530 M-530-BX M-527 – – 6-36V DC M-527-BP 6-36V DC M-531 M-531-BX M-531-BP 6-36V DC M-630 M-630-BX M-532 M-532-BX M-532-BP 6-36V DC M-476 – 6-36V DC M-476-BX M-476-BP 6-36V DC RATING 10A at 12V DC 10A at 12V DC 10A at 12V DC 10A at 12V DC 10A at 12V DC 10A at 12V DC 10A at 12V DC 10A at 12V DC 10A at 12V DC M-530 M-527 M-531 M-630 M-532 MOUNTING STEM CIRCUITRY M-482 TYPE NORMAL POSITION ACTUATOR KNOB SPST Off-On Off Chrome Brass 2 screw – Brass SPST Off-On Off 2 copper 12" wires – Brass - PVC Coated Brass SPST Off-On Off Chrome Brass (10-32 thread) Chrome Brass (10-32 thread) 2 screw – Brass Brass SPST On-Off On Chrome Brass 2 screw – Brass SPST On-Off Off Chrome Brass 3 screw – Brass Brass SPST On-On-Off Off Chrome Brass (10-32 thread) 3 screw – Brass Brass SPDT On-On Off Chrome Brass 3 screw – Brass Brass Off Chrome Brass (10-32 thread) 4 screw – Brass Brass Off Chrome Brass 3 screw – Brass Brass SPDT Off-On1-On2 SPDT Off-On1On1&2 TERMINALS CONTACTS HOUSING GASKET SEALED MATERIAL • Brass • Brass SIZE 3/8"-32 1 1/4" long 3/8"-32 1 1/4" long 3/8"-32 1 1/4" long 3/8"-32 1 1/4" long 3/8"-32 1 1/4" long 3/8"-32 1 1/4" long 3/8"-32 1 1/4" long 3/8"-32 1 1/4" long 3/8"-32 1 1/4" long Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 11 102 Push-Pull, Rotary & Foot Switches Push-Pull Switches Push-Pull Headlamp Switches • Three knob pull positions: In – Mid – Out • In = Headlamps Off • Mid = Parking Lights and Tail Lights On • Out = Headlights and Tail Lights On Additional information: littelfuse.com/PushPullSwitches 72100 PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RATING PER CIRCUIT 7124 7124-BX 15A at 12V DC 7124-06 7124-06-BX 72100 72100-BX 7152 7152-BX 7152 7157 7127 71092-02 ACTUATOR POSITIONS 7124 TYPE MOUNTING STEM NOTES Plated Steel 7/16"-28 – Bronze Plated Steel 7/16"-28 4 screw Silver Diecast 7/16"-28 O-Ring Seal in Stem & Gasket Sealed Terminal Insulator Lights 4 screw Silver Plated Steel 3/8'-24 – Ivory Plastic Lights 3 screw Silver Plated Steel 7/16"-28 Includes 30A Circuit Breaker TERMINALS CONTACTS HOUSING KNOB IMPRINT In-Mid-Out Black Plastic Lights 4 screw Copper In-Mid-Out Black Plastic Lights 4 screw 20A at 12V DC In-Mid-Out Black Plastic Lights 15A at 12V DC In-Mid-Out Ivory Plastic In-Mid-Out 3 7112 7157 7157-BX 30A at 12V DC with Breaker 7127 7127-BX 20A at 12V DC with Fuse In-Mid-Out Black Plastic Lights 4 screw Copper Plated Steel 7/16"-28 Includes 20A Glass Fuse 71092 71092-BX 15A at 12V DC with Internal Breaker In-Mid-Out None None 8 blade† – Plated Steel 7/16”-28 4.5 Ω with Internal 15A Circuit Breaker 71092-02 71092-02-BX 15A at 12V DC with Internal Breaker In-Mid-Out None None 8 blade† – Plated Steel 7/16”-28 4.5 Ω with Internal 15A Circuit Breaker 7112 7112-BX 10A at 12V DC In-Mid1-Mid2-Out Tan Plastic Lights 5 screw Copper Plated Steel 3/8'-24 – 4 †Accepts Delphi 2977645 or 2984169 Specialized Push-Pull Switches TERMINALS 50203 BULK BOXED 68028 68028-BX 12V DC 3 Off-Hi-Lo Ivory Plastic (10-32 Metal Thread) Gold Imprint: Lights 2 screw Copper 50036 50036-BX 12V DC 2 On-On (DPST) Red Plastic 1-1/4" Ø 3 female Copper bullet 50203 – 10A at 12V 36V DC max 2 9576 9576-BX 12V DC 2 Off-Ign/Acc-Ign/Start 10A Acc, 5A Ign, 5A Start Black Plastic 9011 9011-BX – 2 Off-Start Chrome Plated Button VOLTAGE ACTUATOR KNOB CONTACTS TYPE PART NUMBERS 103 50036 POSITIONS 68028 11 In-Off (Magneto Switch Grounded) Integral Nickel Plated 1 screw Copper Out-Run (Magneto Switch Open) Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog 9576 MOUNTING STEM HOUSING NOTES MATERIAL SIZE Plated Steel (1-13/16”x 1-19/32”x 1/2”) Steel 7/16”-28 thread 5/16” long Heater switch 3Ω coil resistance Zinc with Rubber Boot – – Two-speed axle switch to mount on gear shift lever Accepts 40102 connector Plated Steel thread Aluminum 3/8”-32 5/8” long Magneto Switch, Out-Run 4 screw Copper Plated Steel Steel 3/8"-24 thread Battery ignition and starter switch spring return to Ign/Acc 2 scew Plated Steel Steel 1"-22 thread 17/32" long Engine Start / Engine Stop Button Copper Rotary Switches Universal Rotary Switches In a full range of styles and circuitries for lighting, ignition and similar applications. • For forward-reverse operation of a motor, to give a motion such as Up/Down, Left/Right, In/Out, Rotate/Counter-rotate • Suitable for control of tailgates, winches, windlasses, snowplows and other applications Additional information: littelfuse.com/RotarySwitches Off 24054 On On 75705-01 Off On Battery & Left Off On Mom. On Reverse A1 & B1 A2 & B2 Both positions spring return to OFF position 9500-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST 2 – Off-On Lever 2 screw 24054 – 10A at 12V DC SPST 3 – On1-Off-On2 Lever 3 screw 75701 75701-BX 20A at 12V DC – 3 Reverse On1-Off-On2 Lever 3 screw 72171-02 – 20A at 12V DC – 3 Rotary Off-On-On Black Knob (Fan Icon) 75602-10 – 24V DC – 4 – – Aptiv 2977042 90005-01 90005-01-BX 15A at 12V DC DPDT 3 Reverse On (Reverse); Off; On (Forward) Lever 75705-01 75705-01-BX 10A at 12V DC – 3 Momentary 90005-03 90005-03-BX 15A at 12V DC DPDT 3 75712-04 DPDT 3 HOUSING POSITIONS 9500 50A at 12V DC Off Off Forward A&C B&D SWITCH D13 Ignition Switch Diagram RATING TYPE ACTUATOR TYPE BULK BOXED C5 Light Switch Diagram C7 Light Switch Diagram 75712-04-BX 75712-04 On Reverse A&D B&C CIRCUITRY PART NUMBERS Mom. On Battery & Right Off 95005-03 TERMINALS 9500 Plated Steel Plated Steel Plated Steel On Both positions spring return to OFF position Forward A1 & B2 A2 & B1 MOUNTING STEM NOTES 1/2"-20 Compact Case 1/2"-20 – 7/16”-28 – Copper 11/32"-12 Universal rotary or fan control types of products 6 Way Male Diecast Connector 13/16"-24 – 6 blade 4 screw Plated Steel 1/2"-20 Spring Return to Off Mom On1-Off-Mom On2 Key with Coded 3 screw Tumbler Lock Plated Steel 13/16"-24 Reversing Off (Reverse)-Off-On (Forward) Key with Coded 4 screw Tumbler Lock Plated Steel Internal O-Ring Seal; Spring Return to Off from Both Positions 13/16"-24 O-Ring Seal in Stem Momentary Reversing Mom Off (Reverse)-OffMom On (Forward) 1/2"-20 High Amp Silver Contacts Lever 4 screw Plated 3/32" thick Steel Rheostat Switches Ceramic insulator with embedded coil for effective heat dissipation. Additional information: littelfuse.com/RotarySwitches Dim/Low Bright, High 11 Off PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE ACTUATOR RESISTANCE POSITIONS BULK BOXED 7493 7493-BX 12V DC 8 Ohms 7493-07 – 12V DC 8 Ohms TERMINALS HOUSING MOUNTING I3 Various SwitchDIMENSIONS Diagram STEM KNOB IMPRINT 3 Black Plastic Bar Knob – 2 screw Plated Steel 3 Black Plastic Bar Knob Panel Lamps 2 screw Plated Steel 7/16”-28 15/32” long 1.32”Ø .88” long (33.5mm Ø 22.4mm long) Heater-Defroster Switches Coil embedded in ceramic insulator for effective heat dissipation. PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED 68362 68362-BX VOLTAGE RESISTANCE POSITIONS TYPE ACTUATOR TERMINALS MOUNTING HOLE 12V DC 3 Ohms 4 Off-High-Medium-Low Black Plastic Bar Knob 2 screw 5/8" Through-Hole Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 104 Push-Pull, Rotary & Foot Switches Rotary Wiper Switches Electronic Windshield Wiper Switches Universal application. For stem- or bracket-mounting. 15/32”-32 thread mounting stem, with keyway. • Intermittent delay feature for permanent magnet electric wiper motors • Negative ground only • Four positions: Off/Park - Intermittent Range - Low - High • 7/16”-28 x .45” (11.3mm) • Round black plastic, white imprinted knob with metal insert and set screw included unless noted otherwise • Controls single motor unless noted otherwise • Conforms to SAE J1455, SAE J112a, and SAE J234 Additional information: littelfuse.com/WiperSwitches OFF/ PARK ON, Long Delay 15 sec Intermittent Delay ON, Short Delay 2 sec LOW SPEED BOXED RETAIL DYNAMIC PARKING PUSH-TOWASH NOTES BULK VOLTAGE PART NUMBERS POSITIONS HIGH SPEED 75600 – – 12V DC Delphi 2965977 8-way female connector • • – 75600-01 75600-01-BX – 12V DC Delphi 6294544 4-way male and Delphi 2977042 6-way male connectors •† 75600-02 75600-02-BX – 12V DC Delphi 2977042 6-way male connector • • – 75600-04 75600-04-BX – 12V DC Color-coded leads • • – 75600-05 – – 12V DC • • – • – CONNECTOR 4 Delphi 6294544 4-way male and Delphi 2977048 4-way female connectors Diecast DIMENSIONS 2 7/32” x 2 7/32” x 1 13/16” (56.4mm x 56.4mm x 46.0mm) 75600-07 75600-07-BX – 12V DC 7 pole connector • 75602-02 – – 24V DC Delphi 6294544 4-way male and Delphi 2977042 6-way male connectors •† 75600-25 – – 12V DC 75601-14 75601-14-BX – 12V DC 11 6 5 75603-09 – – 24C DC Controls two motors in phase at the same speed Controls two motors in phase at the same speed Six Pin AMP Connector #640585-1 • – Delphi (Packard) 8-way male connector 2965972 (mates with 2965977). • Controls one or two motors Nine Pin AMP 1-480707-0 Connector • – † = with or without dynamic parking (based on motor capabilities) 105 HOUSING Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Rotary Wiper Switches Electric Windshield Wiper Switches Universal application. For through hole and panel mounting. 15/32”-32 thread mounting stem, with keyway. • Three positions: Off/Park - Low - High • 7/16”-28 x .45” (11.3mm) mounting stem unless noted otherwise • Round black plastic, white imprinted knob with metal insert and set screw included unless noted otherwise • Controls single motor unless noted otherwise Additional information: littelfuse.com/WiperSwitches POSITIONS TERMINALS HOUSING MOUNTING STEM DIMENSIONS 12V DC 3 5 blade Plated steel 7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm) 1 3/8” Ø x 3/8” (34.9mm Ø x 9.5mm) 12V or 24V DC 3 4 blade Plated steel 7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm) 1 3/8” Ø x 3/8” (34.9mm Ø x 9.5mm) – 12V or 24V DC 3 6 blade Plated steel 7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm) 1 3/8” Ø x 3/8” (34.9mm Ø x 9.5mm) Controls two motors 75221-06 75221-06-BX – 12V DC 3 4 blade Plated steel 7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm) 1 3/8” Ø x 3/8” (34.9mm Ø x 9.5mm) Internal 6A circuit breaker 75221-09 75221-09-BX – 12V DC 3 5 blade Plated steel 7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm) 1 3/8” Ø x 3/8” (34.9mm Ø x 9.5mm) • Internal 6A circuit breaker – 12V or 24V DC 3 7 blade Plated steel 7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm) 1 3/8” Ø x 3/8” (34.9mm Ø x 9.5mm) • Controls two motors 75228-03 75228-03-BX – 12V or 24V DC 3 6 blade Diecast 7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm) 1 5/8” Ø (41.3mm Ø) • • – 75228-04 75228-04-BX – 12V or 24V DC 3 5 blade Diecast 7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm) 1 5/8” Ø (41.3mm Ø) • – 12V or 24V DC 3 8 blade Diecast 7/16”-28 x .38” (9.6mm) 1 5/8” Ø (41.3mm Ø) • BULK BOXED RETAIL 68159-05 68159-05-BX – 75212-04 75212-04-BX – 75217-04 75226 – 75226-BX 75236 75236-BX DYNAMIC PARKING PUSH-TOWASH VOLTAGE PART NUMBERS NOTES No electrical break between positions • – – • Controls two motors Wiper Switch Accessories 11 81298-02 81298-34 PART NUMBERS IMPRINT FACE DIAMETER MATERIAL 81298-02-BX SAE wiper symbol 1 3/16” Ø Black plastic 81298-34-BX SAE wiper-washer symbol 1 3/16” Ø Black plastic BULK BOXED 81298-02 81298-34 Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 106 Push-Pull, Rotary & Foot Switches Rotary Headlamp Switches Headlamp Dimmer Switches 74600-02 • For variable intensity control of lighting applications • For use in negative ground systems • Black plastic knob with metal insert and set screw • Knob imprinted in white with SAE variable symbol • Diecast case: 1 9/16”Ø (39.7mm) by .883” (22.4mm) long 74601-01 Additional information: littelfuse.com/RotarySwitches PART NUMBERS RATING DUTY CYCLE CONNECTOR 74600-02-BP 4A at 12V DC 0-100% 74601-01-BX 74601-01-BP 7A at 12V DC 74603 74603-BX – 74601-06 – 74601-12 – BULK BOXED RETAIL 74600-02 – 74601-01 CASE MOUNTING STEM MATERIAL DIMENSIONS 3 wire (Load, Battery & Ground) Delphi 2984378 connector on 3" (76.2mm) leads Diecast 1 9/16” Ø x .883” 39.7mm Ø x 22.4mm 7/16”-28 thread .45” (11.4mm) long 1-99% 2 wires (Load & Battery) 1 25/32” (45.2mm) long Diecast 1 9/16” Ø x .883” 39.7mm Ø x 22.4mm 7/16”-28 thread .45” (11.4mm) long 6A at 12V DC 1-99% 2 wires 2” (50.8mm) long two AMP connectors (load 480054-3, battery 480053-3) Diecast 1 9/16”Ø x .883” 39.7mm Ø x 22.4mm 7/16”-28 thread .45” (11.4mm) long – 7A at 14.7V DC 18% - 45% +/- 5% TYCO Terminal #3-520106-2 Plated Steel 1 9/16” Ø x .883” 39.7mm Ø x 22.4mm 7/16”-28 thread .45” (11.4mm) long – 7A at 14.7V DC – 2 Terminated Wire TE Connectivity 3-520106-2 Plated Steel 1 9/16” Ø x .883” 39.7mm Ø x 22.4mm 7/16”-28 thread .45” (11.4mm) long Off Rotary Headlamp Switches Hazard Additional information: littelfuse.com/RotarySwitches Hazard, Headlamps & Dash Lamps, Tail Lights Headlamps & Dash Lamps, Working Lights 72079-01 PART NUMBERS POSITIONS 20A at 12V DC 4 BULK 72079-01 ACTUATOR RATING PER CIRCUIT TERMINALS CONTACTS KNOB IMPRINT Black Plastic SAE Headlight Symbol 5 screw Silver HOUSING Plated Steel MOUNTING C1 Light Switch Diagram NOTES STEM 5/8"-32 thread O-Ring Seal in Stem Foot Operated Switches 11 Foot Operated Turn Switches Depress to On, spring return to Off. Two switches are needed for left and right turn signals. Plastic-coated, providing protection against moisture, dust and roadsplash. Additional information: littelfuse.com/FootSwitches 7785 7792 PART NUMBERS 107 BULK BOXED 7792 7792-BX 7792-01 7792-01-BX 7792-03 – CIRCUITRY SPST TYPE NORMAL POSITION TERMINALS Off-On Normally Off 2 screw Depress to On, spring return to Off. Normally Open On-Off 2 Screw Normally Open 2 Wire Leads Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog HOUSING Diecast PVC Coated Diecast PVC Coated Diecast PVC Coated MOUNTING TYPE HOLES ThroughFloorboard ThroughFloorboard ThroughFloorboard 3x 1/4”-20 tapped holes 3/4” and 1-3/4” on centers 3x 1/4”-20 tapped holes 3/4” and 1-3/4” on centers 3x 1/4”-20 tapped holes 3/4” and 1-3/4” on centers STEM SIZE NOTES 7/8" Ø Sealed 7/8" Ø – 7/8" Ø – Foot Operated Switches Foot Operated Headlamp Dimmer Switches Depress-release for low beam, depress-release for high beam. Corrosion-resistant diecast metal housings, moisture-repellent insulators. Additional information: littelfuse.com/FootSwitches 7786 7787 7762 BOXED 7700 7700-BX On-On 3x 16 AWG (5.75" long) – PVC Coated Diecast 3x 1/4”-20 tapped holes 3/4” and 1-3/4” on centers 27/32" Ø 7786 7786-BX – 3 screw – Diecast 3x 1/4”-20 tapped holes 3/4” and 1-3/4” on centers 1-1/16" Ø 7784 7784-BX On-On 3 screw – Diecast 3x 1/4”-20 tapped holes 3/4” and 1-3/4” on centers 7/8" Ø 7785-01 – On-Off – Packard Connector 12015792 PVC Coated Diecast 3x 1/4”-20 tapped holes 3/4” and 1-3/4” on centers 7/8" Ø 7786-01 – On-On – Aptiv 12015793 PVC Coated Diecast 3x 1/4”-20 tapped holes 3/4” and 1-3/4” on centers 7/8" Ø 7786-03 – – 3 wire leads – Diecast 3x 1/4”-20 tapped holes 3/4” and 1-3/4” on centers – – 3 blade – Diecast 3x 1/4”-20 tapped holes 3/4” and 1-3/4” on centers 55/64" 2x 1/4”-20 tapped holes 1-3/4” on centers 7/8" Ø 2x 9/32”Ø holes 1-3/4” on centers – PART NUMBERS CIRCUITRY HOUSING BULK CONNECTOR 7700 TYPE SPDT 7789-02 7789-02-BX TERMINALS MOUNTING TYPE 7787 7787-BX – 3 screw – Diecast 7762 7762-BX – 3 blade 30155 Diecast STEM SIZE HOLES ThroughFloorboard On-Floorboard Foot Operated Starter Switches Off-On, normally Off. Depress to On, spring return to Off. 11 Additional information: littelfuse.com/FootSwitches 9060 9183 PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED 9060 9060-BX 9183 9183-BX 91001 91001-BX CIRCUITRY TYPE NORMAL POSITION TERMINALS MOUNTING TYPE HOLES 2x 9/32”Ø holes 1-3/4” on centers SPST Off-On Normally Off 2x 5/16"-24 studs with hexnuts & washers PLUNGER 1.83" Long NOTES Autolite SW-40001 (1547), 15-50, 401A, 4002, 4005, 4010, 4015 (15-51) Through- 2x 9/32”Ø holes 1" Long Autolite SW-4012 (15-49) Floorboard 1-3/4” on centers 2x 7/32" tapped holes 23/32" on center Delco D900 (405C) Delco 1996478 16 thread and 32 thread 21/32" terminal posts on body of long switch Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 108 Push-Pull, Rotary & Foot Switches Specialty Switches Backup Switches • See table below for replacement suitability • Normally off, on with plunger depressed, spring return to Off Additional information: littelfuse.com/BackupSwitches 91113 PART NUMBERS BULK 91113 POLE & NORMAL ACTION THROW POSITION RATING BOXED 91113-BX 20A at 12V DC 75125 ACTUATOR MOUNTING DETAIL TERMINALS SPST Off-On Normally Off Ball On vehicle transmission Spring return to Off 2 screw 75125 – – SPST Off-On Normally Off 5” lever Two 13/64” (5.2mm) Ø mounting holes, 1/2” (12.7mm) on centers Back-up alarm switch Spring return to Off 2 screw 9052 9052-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST Off-On – Button-Head 1/2” (12.7mm) long 7/16” (7.9mm) Ø mounting stem, 7/16” –20 (7.9mm) long, with two flats for mounting in double-D hole Spring return to Off 2 screw 91105 91105-BX 10A at 12V DC SPST Off-On Normally Off Button-head actuator, 3/8" (9.5mm) long 3/8 (9.5mm) long. 7/16 -20 (7.9mm) diameter mounting stem On with plunger depressed, spring return to Off 2 - 18AWG Wire Leads Stoplamp Switches On • See table below for replacement suitability Off Additional information: littelfuse.com/StoplampSwitches BULK BOXED 8486 8486-BX 8486-05 8486-05-BX 8626 8626-BX MECHANICAL PART NUMBERS 8629 HYDRAULIC 8626 11 POLE & THROW • • 8645 8715 • J2 Various Switch Diagram 8487 NORMAL POSITION DETAIL MOUNTING TERMINALS NOTES Normally On – 2 - Tapped 10-32 mounting holes 5/8” on centers 2 blade Lever actuated to Off spring return to On Normally Off – 2 - Tapped 10-32 mounting holes 5/8” on centers 2 bullet Lever actuated to On spring return to Off Normally Off – 1/8” -27 thread 11/32” (8.73mm) long 2 6-32 screw Operates at 60-120 psi (414-827 kPa); NPTF dry-seal thread for use without sealant Normally Off – 1/8” -27 thread 11/32” (8.73mm) long 2 male bullet Operates at 60-120 psi (414-827 kPa); NPTF dry-seal thread for use without sealant SPST 109 9052 8629 8629-BX 8715 8715-BX • Normally On Moisture-resistant plastic body 1/2” Ø 1 5/32” long 2 blade Spring return to normal position. 8487 8487-BX • Normally On Lever is 2 7/8” overall length Tapped 10-32 mounting holes 5/8” on centers 2 bullet Spring return to normal position. Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Specialty Switches Neutral Safety Ball Switches • Spring return to normal position • Moisture-resistant insulators • Corrosion-resistant metal housings • Silver contacts Additional information: littelfuse.com/NeutralSafetySwitches 9242 9242-01 PART NUMBERS 92102 92107-04 9162-03 9224 RATING POLE & THROW NORMAL POSITION MOUNTING DETAIL TERMINALS 9242-BX 35A at 12V DC 20A at 24V DC SPST Normally Off 9/16” -18 UNF-2A thread, 5/16” (7.9mm) long – 2 screw 9242-01 9242-01-BX 35A at 12V DC 20A at 24V DC SPST Normally Off 9/16” -18 UNF-2A thread, 5/16” (7.9mm) long Same as 9242 but with brass gasket/washer 2 screw 92102 92102-BX 35A at 12V DC 20A at 24V DC SPST Normally Off 9/16” -18 UNF-2A thread, 21/32” (16.7mm) long Accepts female blade terminals or Delphi 2962679 2-pole connector 2 button head 92107-04 92107-04-BX 20A at 12V DC SPST Normally Off 3/4” -16 UNF-2A thread, 31/64” (12.3mm) long – 2 screw 9162-03 – 35A at 12V DC SPST Normally Off 3/4” -16 UNF-2A thread, 31/64” (12.3mm) long Gasket on mounting stem 2 female bullet 9224 9224-BX 5A at 12V DC 3A at 24V DC SPST Normally On 3/4” -16 UNF-2A thread, 31/64” (12.3mm) long Aluminum gasket/washer 2 screw 9224-07 9224-07-BX 5A at 12V DC SPST Normally On 1/4"-32 thread 1/4" long – 2 screw BULK BOXED 9242 Neutral Safety and Backup Lamp Switch Accessories For Neutral Safety and Back-up Lamp Switches. Molded of durable PVC to resist moisture and dirt. Internal ring forms a seal with the groove around the switch housing. PART NUMBERS 83377 BULK BOXED 83377 83377-BX 11 DETAIL MOUNTING Protective boot for switches with 1 1/8” hex housing. Part Numbers: 9224, 9242, 9242-07, 92102, 92103, 92105, 92107-04. Internal ring forms seal with switch housing groove Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 110 Vehicle Connectors Heavy duty sockets, plugs and assemblies that withstand the rigors of trucking in dust, dirt, rain and snow, heat and cold, yet maintain electrical continuity between tractor unit and trailer. Best Practices for Connectors Properly installed tractor-trailer connectors are critical to the safe performance of a rig so connectors are routinely subjected to vibration, extreme weather conditions, as well as mechanical forces. We highly recommend that a trained technician performs the installation. It is the responsibility of the end-user to take into account the mounting location and environment, conductor type, size, flexibility and other installation parameters. Review the assembly procedure before assembly. A common error is to not slide a clamp, boot or housing onto the cable before connecting the wires. Recommended tools: screwdriver (preferably with torque limiter); soldering iron (preferably a solder pot), solder and flux; wire stripper and cutter; and ruler. Cut the cable, and strip the jacket to the recommended length. Strip the wires to the recommended length, and tin them. Maintain a tight strand bundle before tinning, so that there are no loose strands. Re-tin if necessary. This makes it easier to insert the wires into the terminal, and helps to properly position the tinned strands at the right depth. Slide the housing, spring coil or boot over the cable. Properly insert and position the tinned conductor into each terminal. Locate the tinned portion under the terminal screw before tightening the screw. Tighten the termination screws to the appropriate torques. Inspect the terminated connection for cut or loose strands, fragments of wire insulation between the terminal/conductor connection, bent terminals, loose or stripped terminal screws and other visible problems. Check that the correct connections have been made, by re-checking that the conductor jacket color matches the insulator coding. Carefully slide the insulator into the connector housing, making sure that the insulator is fully seated. Don’t twist or lever the terminated conductor after it has been inserted and locked into the insulator. This may damage the terminal and put stress on the terminated connection. Finally tighten the housing screw or cable clamp. In order to keep a plug clean when not inserted in a socket, we recommend the use of the 11750 Stor-A-Way Plug Holder. 111 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Tractor-Trailer Connectors 12300 & 12301 - 13-Pole Connectors The 13-pole sockets and plugs provide six additional tractor-trailer circuits within the dimensions of traditional 7-pole connectors. The connectors are adaptable to a wide variety of wiring combinations, including multiplexed circuits. 13-Pole connectors surpass SAE J560b performance standards, by conforming to interchangeability between 7-pole and 13-pole connectors. The connectors are a bright yellow so that the 13 pole configuration is easily identifiable. They are constructed of robust glass-filled plastic housings that cannot rust or corrode. The ground terminals accept up to 8AWG wire, 7 pole terminals up to 10AWG, smaller 6 pole terminals up to 14AWG. 12300, Socket • Gasket-sealed socket door is spring-loaded and locks onto the plug. • Rain hood extends beyond the pins to protect the interior. The 5º downward pitch drain channel inside the socket reduces water retention. • Three mounting holes on the flange: .33” (8.4mm) diameter, 2.93” (74.6mm) on centers. • Includes six 31784 crimp-on connectors to mate with the six smaller pole terminals. 12300 12301, Plug • Plug locks into the socket, utilizing the spring-loaded socket door. • Spring-grip contacts have self-adjusting spring bands to maintain long-term uniform electrical contact with socket pins. They also feature strain relief and grommet seals to isolate the contacts from mechanical strain and provides water protection. • Cable retainer maintains secure cable connection. • O-ring at the plug end prevents water from reaching the contacts. • Includes six 31784 crimp-on connectors to mate with the six smaller pole terminals. Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors 12301 PART NUMBERS TERMINALS POLES TYPE BULK BOXED RETAIL 12300 12300-BX – 13 Socket 12301 12301-BX – 13 Plug MATERIAL Glass-Filled Plastic Glass-Filled Plastic PIN TYPE MATERIAL MOUNTING HOLES NOTES Yellow Solid Brass 3 Spring Loaded Door Yellow Solid Brass – O-ring in plug end COLOR 81356 - Protective Boot for 3-Bolt Flange Sockets Protect against road splash, dirt and moisture. Fits over the back of the flange, and covers the terminal connectors. Designed for 12310 7-pole socket and 12300 13-pole socket. PART NUMBERS 81356 BULK BOXED RETAIL 81356 81356-BX – Typical RV 7-Pole Wiring Color Codes WIRE COLOR FUNCTION POLES MATERIAL NOTES 7 & 13 Rubber Fits Sockets: 12300 and 12310 SAE Coding Convention for 7-Pole Connectors WIRE COLOR CONDUCTOR NUMBER LITTELFUSE TERMINAL MARKING FUNCTION Ground return to towing vehicle Clearance, side marker, and identification lamps White Ground White 1 W Black Auxiliary power/battery charge Black 2 BK Yellow Auxiliary Yellow 3 Y Left turn signal and hazard lamps Red 4 R Green Taillights and clearance lights Green 5 G Stop lamps and antilock device Right turn signal and hazard lamps Brown Right turn and brake lights Brown 6 BR Tail and license plate lamps Blue 7 BL Continuous ABS power/Auxiliary Red Blue Left turn and brake lights Electric trailer brakes Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 12 112 Vehicle Connectors Tractor-Trailer Connectors 7-Pole Connector Sockets Sockets and plugs conform to ATA, RCCC (RP-102), SAE (J560b), FMVSS-121, FIEI TTMA (RP 40-73) standards or recommendations, and are compatible with other standard (J560b) connectors. Ground terminal accepts wires up to 8AWG, other terminals up to 10AWG. Solid brass contacts are aligned to assure proper contact and minimal voltage drop. Wiring codes are embossed on the insulator. The door is spring-loaded and fits over a mating ridge on the socket face to minimize penetration of dirt and moisture. Housings are constructed from corrosion-resistant diecast metal or rugged glass-filled plastic. Contacts are either self-grounding or insulated. Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors 12080 3 Glass-Filled Plastic Black Solid Brass 12080-BX Glass-Filled Plastic Black Solid Brass – 12080-11-BX Glass-Filled Plastic Green Solid Brass 12063 12063-BX Diecast Metal – Solid Brass Diecast Metal Silver Solid Brass Diecast Metal – Split Brass – 1x Spring Grip Female 6x Solid Male 12310 12310-BX – 12063-11 – 12063-01 12063-01-BX 12077-01† † POLES COLOR BOXED 7 2 12077-01-BX Diecast Metal WIRE COLOR MOUNTING FLANGE NOTES – • Gasket-Sealed with Rain Hood 2” (50.8mm) Ø • Insulated 2” (50.8mm) Ø • Door marked “Trailer ABS” 2” (50.8mm) Ø • Self-Grounding 2” (50.8mm) Ø • – 2” (50.8mm) Ø • Self-Grounding • For ISO-Type Polarized ground terminal - Insulated Mates with 11100-02 and 11100-01 THROUGH-HOLE 0.33” (8.4mm) Ø 2.93” (74.6mm) on centers 0.488” x 0.328” (12.4x8.3mm) oval 2.93” (74.6mm) on centers 0.488” x 0.328” (12.4x8.3mm) oval 2.93” (74.6mm) on centers 0.488” x 0.328” (12.4x8.3mm) oval 2.93” (74.6mm) on centers 0.488” x 0.328” (12.4x8.3mm) oval 2.93” (74.6mm) on centers 0.488” x 0.328” (12.4x8.3mm) oval 2.93” (74.6mm) on centers 0.488” x 0.328” (12.4x8.3mm) oval 2.93” (74.6mm) on centers Brass 2” (50.8mm) Ø FUNCTION SAE Coding Convention for 7-Pole Connectors WIRE COLOR CONDUCTOR NUMBER LITTELFUSE TERMINAL MARKING FUNCTION Ground return to towing vehicle Clearance, side marker, and identification lamps White Ground White 1 W Black Auxiliary power/battery charge Black 2 BK Yellow Auxiliary Yellow 3 Y Left turn signal and hazard lamps Red 4 R Green Taillights and clearance lights Green 5 G Stop lamps and antilock device Right turn signal and hazard lamps Brown Right turn and brake lights Brown 6 BR Tail and license plate lamps Blue 7 BL Continuous ABS power/Auxiliary Red Blue 113 PIN TYPE MATERIAL Polarized ground terminal, insulated. Replacement for ISO 3731-1976 (E) road vehicles, type 24S (supplementary). Typical RV 7-Pole Wiring Color Codes 12 12077-01 DIMENSIONS MATERIAL BULK 12063 TERMINALS MOUNTING HOLES PART NUMBERS 12080-11 - ABS SPRING LOADED DOOR 12310 Left turn and brake lights Electric trailer brakes Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Tractor-Trailer Connectors 7-Pole Connector Plugs – High Performance 12311 Ground terminal accepts wires up to 8AWG, other terminals up to 10AWG. Cable protectors are constructed of plated steel, and provide strain relief and protection against abrasion. • High-Performance Plug Surpasses SAE J560b performance standards. Superior environmental protection gives extended product life. Black glass-filled plastic housing cannot rust or corrode • Plug locks onto opening on spring-loaded socket door. Spring-grip contacts have self-adjusting spring bands to maintain long-term uniform electrical contact with socket pins. O-ring at the plug end prevents water from reaching the contacts. • Strain relief and grommet seal isolates the contacts from mechanical strain, and provides extra moisture protection. Cable retainer maintains secure cable connection. Replaceable interior. • Connects with all SAE J560b sockets, and Littelfuse brand 13-pole sockets. Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED 12311 12311-BX POLES CABLE PROTECTOR MATERIAL COLOR O-RING 7 – Glass-Filled Plastic Black • 7-Pole Connector Plugs – Quick Release Interiors Quick Release Plug Interiors can be readily removed by loosening the single set screw in the cable clamp, and then depressing on the spring clip release with a screwdriver. The interior then readily slides out. The interior slides back into the housing and locks securely into place with a high-tension metal clip. After the cable clamp is tightened, the plug is ready for use. • Plated steel cable protectors are available to provide strain relief and protection against abrasion • Ground terminal accepts wires up to 8AWG, other terminals up to 10AWG. 12091/12092 Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors PART NUMBERS 12081/12082 POLES CABLE PROTECTOR MATERIAL COLOR 7 – Diecast Metal – – 7 • Diecast Metal – – 7 – Glass-Filled Plastic Black – 7 • Glass-Filled Plastic Black BULK BOXED RETAIL 12091 – – 12092 12092-BX 12081 – 12082 12082-BX 7-Pole Connector Plugs – Spring Grip Electrical Contacts Spring Grip Electrical Contacts contain a self-adjusting spring band that maintains contact pressure from socket to pin. Greater contact pressure not only gives greater electrical efficiency, but also makes coupling and uncoupling uniform, and minimizes buildup of dirt. In competitive plugs, conventional contacts tend to widen after repeated use. These plugs feature individually sprung sockets to insure maximum contact year after year. 1255 • Plated steel cable protectors are available to provide strain relief and protection against abrasion • Ground terminal accepts wires up to 8AWG, other terminals up to 10AWG • Diecast metal housing • Replaceable interior • Wiring codes are identified on the insulator • Cable clamp holds all wires securely 12 Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL 1222 1222-BX – 1255 1255-BX – POLES CABLE PROTECTOR MATERIAL COLOR 7 – Diecast Metal – 7 • Diecast Metal – Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 114 Vehicle Connectors Tractor-Trailer Connectors 4 & 6 Pole Connector Sockets Normally used with a trailer where limited functionality (taillights, brake lights) is needed. Ideal for boat trailers, or RVs towing a car on a flatbed trailer. Diecast metal housings. Screw terminals accept up to 12AWG wire. Replaceable interiors. Brass split-pin contacts are aligned to assure proper contact and minimal voltage drop. Spring-loaded socket doors, plug locks securely into the opening. Wiring codes are identified on the insulator. Two mounting holes on the flange 17/64” (6.7mm) diameter, 2 15/16” (74.6mm) on centers. Mount through 1 3/8” (34.9mm) diameter hole. Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors RETAIL 1258 1258-BX – 2 Diecast Metal Split Brass 17/67 (6.7mm) Ø 2 15/16” (74.6mm) on centers 1 3/8” Ø (34.9mm) Ø • 6 PIN TYPE MATERIAL MOUNTING FLANGE THROUGH-HOLE 1235 1235-BX – 2 Diecast Metal Split Brass 17/67 (6.7mm) Ø 2 15/16” (74.6mm) on centers 1 3/8” Ø (34.9mm) Ø • 1257 1257-BX – 2 Diecast Metal Split Brass 17/67 (6.7mm) Ø 2 15/16” (74.6mm) on centers 1 3/8” Ø (34.9mm) Ø • 1232 1232-BX – 2 Diecast Metal Split Brass 17/67 (6.7mm) Ø 2 15/16” (74.6mm) on centers 1 3/8” Ø (34.9mm) Ø • 4 PROTECTIVE HOUSING BOXED DIMENSIONS MATERIAL BULK TERMINALS MOUNTING HOLES PART NUMBERS 1257/1232 SPRING LOADED DOOR 1235 POLES 1258 NOTES Exposed terminal screws • – Exposed terminal screws • – 4 & 6 Pole Connector Plugs Contacts float for best alignment and connection. Cable clamps hold all size cables firmly in place. Cable protectors (where present) are constructed from plated steel, and provide strain relief and protection against abrasion. Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors 1254 PART NUMBERS 115 BULK BOXED RETAIL 1236 1236-BX – 1254 1254-BX – 1233 1233-BX – 1253 1253-BX – POLES 6 4 CABLE PROTECTOR 1236 1233 TERMINALS MATERIAL Diecast Metal • • Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog 1253 PIN TYPE MATERIAL CABLE CLAMPS 12 NOTES Split Brass • Exposed terminal screws • Diecast Metal Split Brass Diecast Metal Split Brass • Diecast Metal Split Brass • Exposed terminal screws Tractor-Trailer Connectors 2- Pole Power Take-Off Connectors Suitable replacement for connectors in tarping applications. Provides a high-integrity two-circuit path for on- and off-road vehicles and in agricultural applications. Plug latches solidly with the socket cover. 11041-06 • Vertically-aligned machined brass contacts • Diecast zinc plug and socket housings with engineering-grade plastic interior • Terminations accept 6AWG wire • Polarized connections Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors PART NUMBERS POLES CABLE PROTECTOR MATERIAL – 2 – Diecast Metal – 2 • Diecast Metal BULK BOXED RETAIL 11041-06 11041-06-BX 11042-05 11042-05-BX NOTES Gasket-sealed socket keeps out dirt and moisture when not in use Durable, flexible spring coil protects the cable 11041-05 1-Pole Power Take-Off Connectors 11041 Diecast metal plug and socket housings with engineering-grade plastic interior provides power to auxiliary equipment. Electrical conductors and connections are designed for maximum efficiency and long life and terminations accept up to 0AWG wire. • 11041 - Socket: Self-grounding. Solid brass 3/8” (9.5mm) Ø male contact, with insulated tip to prevent short circuits. Rubber boot protects terminals and connections from moisture and dirt. Fits 2” (50.8mm) Ø hole. Two mounting holes on the flange 21/64” (8.6mm) Ø, 2 15/16” (74.6mm) on centers • 11042 - Plug: With ground return terminal. Brass female contact with spring grip tension provides solid engagement with the mating socket. Cable clamp holds cable firmly in place. Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL 11042 11042-BX – POLES TYPE MATERIAL CONTACTS 1 Plug Diecast Metal Brass 11042 Farm Equipment Connectors Two-pole breakaway unit: plug automatically releases at approximately 20lbs pull. Mate with all connectors of comparable design. Polarized. 20A maximum capacity. 1282 • 1282 - Socket with Mounting Bracket: Plated steel housing. High impact-resistant molded insulator. Brass contacts and brass screw terminals. Stainless steel spring on the cover locks the plug in place. Integral mounting bracket with two .218” (5.6mm) diameter mounting holes, 1.25” (31.8mm) on centers. • 1283-325, Plug: Plated brass housing. Threaded cable grip. 12 Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors PART NUMBERS BULK 1283-325 POLES TYPE – 2 Socket Plated Steel – 2 Plug Plated Brass BOXED RETAIL 1282 1282-BX 1283-325 1283-325-BX MATERIAL CONTACTS TERMINALS POLARIZED Brass Brass Screw • Brass Brass Screw • Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 116 Vehicle Connectors Trailer Connectors In-Line Universal Connector Flat profile design provides a robust 7-pole or 12-pole connection. Housings are molded thermoplastic material, resistant to ultraviolet solar radiation. Nickel-plated brass terminals with split contact pins give a positive connection. Insulators between each terminal provide protection from short circuits. Spring-loaded socket lid protects the terminals when not in use. Insulated cable clamp secures the cable, minimizing vibration and strain. Terminal covers are easily removed for access to terminals. Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors Circuit Identification: 1. Left turn signal 5. Accessory 9. Accessory 2. Accessory 6. Brake lights 10. Ground 3. Ground 7. Rear–clearance and side marker lamps 11. Accessory 4. Right turn signal 8. Accessory 12. Accessory 12400 12401 PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL 12400 12400-BX – 12401 12401-BX – 12500 12500-BX – 12501 12501-BX – POLES 12500 TYPE Socket 7 Plug Socket 12 Plug 12501 MATERIAL TERMINALS WIRE SIZE Thermoplastic Nickel-Plated Brass 14AWG Max Thermoplastic Nickel-Plated Brass Pins 1-7: 14AWG max Pins 8-12: 8AWG max NOTES – – Accepts 12- or 7-pole plug – Plug & Socket Connectors with Rubber Caps Polarized to assure proper mating of circuits. Molded insulator bodies. Precision-machined brass contacts. Rubber caps protect connectors. Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors M-121 (shown without cap) PART NUMBERS M-115 POLES TYPE MATERIAL CONTACTS TERMINALS COLOR POLARIZED M-121-BP 2 Plug & Socket Thermoplastic Brass Brass Screws Black • M-115-BP 4 Plug & Socket Thermoplastic Brass Brass Screws Black • BULK BOXED RETAIL M-121 M-121-BX M-115 M-115-BX Universal Trailer Connectors 11134 117 11173 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog 11172 BULK BOXED RETAIL POLARIZED PART NUMBERS POLES 12 Weatherproof connectors & wire lead assemblies. Polarized to assure proper mating of circuits. Molded bodies. Color-coded 16AWG wire, 6” long (152.4mm). Conductors are properly aligned and bonded into the insulation, to assure minimal voltage drop, and for ease in connecting. Additional information: littelfuse.com/VehicleConnectors 11134 11134-BX 11134-BP 4 • 11173 11173-BX 11173-BP 3 • 11172 11172-BX 11172-BP 2 • 11172-02 – – 2 • 11172-03 – – 2 • Connector Mounts & Accessories 11750 - Stor-A-Way Plug Holder Patented by Littelfuse–Cole Hersee. Designed to keep plugs clean when not in use, and extends life by protecting electrical contacts from dirt and roadsplash. For all SAE J560b 7-pole plugs and 13-pole plugs. Spring-loaded for secure locking. PART NUMBERS 11750 POLES BULK BOXED 11750 11750-BX 7 or 13 11750-03 – 7 MATERIAL NOTES Heavy duty glass-filled plastic Heavy duty glass-filled plastic Fits Plugs: 12311, 1222, 1255, 12091, 12092, 12081, 12082, 12301, 11042 and 11042-05. Fits Plugs: 12311, 1222, 1255, 12091, 12092, 12081, 12082, 12301, 11042 and 11042-05. 1160 - License Holder Tube Weatherproof tube protects important papers. 5” x 1 1/8” (127.0 x 28.6mm). PART NUMBERS 1160 MATERIAL BULK BOXED RETAIL BODY CAP FLANGE 1160 – – Aluminum Captive Brass Brass MOUNTING Three 3/16” (4.8mm) Ø mounting holes in flange 81192 - Cable Protector Protects against strain and kinking. PART NUMBERS 81192 BULK BOXED RETAIL – 81192-BX – MATERIAL NOTES Plated Steel Fits Plugs: 11042-05, 12081, 12082, 12091, 12092 11178 - Protective Boot for 7-Pole Sockets Protect against road splash, dirt and moisture. Inner ridge locks over the heads of the terminal screws and to the edge of the casting. PART NUMBERS 11178 BULK BOXED RETAIL 11178 11178-BX – POLES MATERIAL NOTES 7 Rubber Fits Sockets: 12063, 12063-01, 12080, 12080-01, 12080-11, 12077-01 and other 7-pole sockets with similar design Surface Mounting Socket Accessories For attachment of 4-, 6-, and 7-pole sockets of standard design (without integral circuit breakers). 11165 • 11165 - Mounting Bracket: Eliminates the need for cutting a hole in the trailer to accept a socket. Mounting hardware included. Center hole is 2” (50.8mm) diameter. • 11164 - Mounting Gasket: Neoprene gasket for plastic or metal sockets. PART NUMBERS TYPE MATERIAL NOTES – Bracket Steel Mounting hardware included – Gasket Neoprene Fits Sockets: 12063, 12063-01, 12080, 12080-01 BULK BOXED RETAIL 11165 11165-BX 11164 11164-BX 12 11164 98647 - 13-Conductor Cable 12AWG BLUE Straight cable, available in 500’ lengths. Conductor wires are color-coded for easy recognition. Durable insulation resists abrasion and will not crack or stiffen at -70°F (-57°C) 98647 PART NUMBERS 500’ LENGTH 98647 MATERIAL 100% Copper 8AWG WHITE 14AWG WHITE/GREEN 12AWG BROWN 14AWG WHITE/ORANGE 12AWG GREEN 14AWG WHITE/BLACK 14AWG WHITE/YELLOW 12AWG BLACK 14AWG WHITE/BLUE 12AWG YELLOW 14AWG WHITE/RED 10AWG RED 13 TOTAL WIRE CONDUCTOR SIZES ONE WIRE ONE WIRE FIVE WIRES SIX WIRES 8AWG 10AWG 12AWG 14AWG Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 118 Indicator Devices Indicators are used for remote monitoring or indication of system status. Pilot lights are frequently used as signal indicators for accessories or aftermarket add-ons. What Are the Benefits of LEDs? LED lights are solid-state, so they last longer and may never need servicing. This means that replacement builds are not needed, and time is saved in applications with maintenance personnel. LEDs are unaffected by on-off cycling, and their brightness does not diminish over time. LEDs can also function over a wider range of temperatures making them ideal for harsh environments from desert conditions to frigid cold temperatures. LEDs can be safer because they produce less heat. The build up of heat is undesirable because it can create potential fire risks. LEDs operate at a very cool temperature and the lens is not vulnerable to breakage from water-splash. 119 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog LED Pilot Lights 12V LED Pilot Lights Rugged light-emitting diode that ensures long hours of service, never needing bulb replacement. Additional information: littelfuse.com/PilotLights PL-521 Series • 12V LED Pilot Lights • Approx. 1” bezel, fits 11/16” diameter hole (17.2mm). PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL PL-521-RC PL-521-AC PL-521-GC PL-521-RC-BX PL-521-AC-BX PL-521-GC-BX – – – RATING COLOR TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE HOLE SIZE 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC Red Amber Green 1/4” blade 1/4” blade 1/4” blade 1” 1” 1” 11/16” Ø 11/16” Ø 11/16” Ø PL-522 Series • 12V LED Pilot Lights • Approx. 3/4” bezel, fits 5/8” diameter hole (15.9mm). PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL PL-522-RC PL-522-AC PL-522-GC PL-522-RC-BX PL-522-AC-BX PL-522-GC-BX – – – RATING COLOR TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE HOLE SIZE 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC Red Amber Green 1/4” blade 1/4” blade 1/4” blade 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 5/8” Ø 5/8” Ø 5/8” Ø PL-523 Series • 12V LED Pilot Lights • Approx. 3/4” bezel, fits 5/8” diameter hole (15.9mm). PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL PL-523-RC PL-523-AC PL-523-GC PL-523-BC PL-523-CC PL-523-RC-BX PL-523-AC-BX PL-523-GC-BX PL-523-BC-BX PL-523-CC-BX – – – – – RATING COLOR TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE HOLE SIZE 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC Red Amber Green Blue Clear 1/4” blade 1/4” blade 1/4” blade 1/4” blade 1/4” blade 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 5/8” Ø 5/8” Ø 5/8” Ø 5/8” Ø 5/8” Ø PL-524 Series • 12V LED Pilot Lights • Approx. 5/8” bezel, fits 1/2” diameter hole (15.9mm), 0.5 to 5.5mm thick. PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL PL-524-RC PL-524-AC PL-524-GC PL-524-RC-BX PL-524-AC-BX PL-524-GC-BX – – – RATING COLOR TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE HOLE SIZE 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC Red Amber Green 1/4” blade 1/4” blade 1/4” blade 5/8” 5/8” 5/8” 1/2” Ø 1/2” Ø 1/2” Ø PL-525 & PL-526 Series • 12V LED Pilot Lights • Approx. 3/8” bezel, snaps into 21/64” diameter hole (8.3mm), 0.5 to 2.0mm thick. 6-3/4” wire leads. • PL-525 series is maintained illuminations; PL-526 series in blinking illumination. PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL PL-525-RC PL-525-AC PL-525-GC PL-526-RC PL-526-AC PL-526-GC – – – – – – – – – – – – RATING COLOR TERMINALS 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC Red Amber Green Red Amber Green 6 3/4” wire leads 6 3/4” wire leads 6 3/4” wire leads 6 3/4” wire leads 6 3/4” wire leads 6 3/4” wire leads BEZEL SIZE HOLE SIZE 3/8” 3/8” 3/8” 3/8” 3/8” 3/8” 21/64” Ø 21/64” Ø 21/64” Ø 21/64” Ø 21/64” Ø 21/64” Ø BLINKING ILLUMINATION • • • PL-612 & PL-624 Series • 12V & 24V LED Pilot Lights • 0.63” bezel diameter, fits panels 5.1 to 7.6mm thick. 1.25” (31.7mm) body length. PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL PL-612-R PL-612-A PL-612-G PL-612-B PL-624-R PL-624-A PL-624-G PL-624-B PL-612-R-BX PL-612-A-BX PL-612-G-BX PL-612-B-BX PL-624-R-BX PL-624-A-BX PL-624-G-BX PL-624-B-BX PL-612-R-BP PL-612-A-BP PL-612-G-BP PL-612-B-BP – – – – RATING COLOR TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE BODY LENGTH 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC Red Amber Green Blue Red Amber Green Blue 1/4” blade 1/4” blade 1/4” blade 1/4” blade 1/4” blade 1/4” blade 1/4” blade 1/4” blade 0.63” 0.63” 0.63” 0.63” 0.63” 0.63” 0.63” 0.63” 1.25” 1.25” 1.25” 1.25” 1.25” 1.25” 1.25” 1.25” Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 13 120 Indicator Devices Incandescent Pilot Lights 12V Incandescent Pilot Lights Corrosion-resistant construction. Spring-actuated brass contacts assure proper contact with the bulb. 16AWG (1.0mm2) insulated stranded copper leads, 8” (203mm) long. Additional information: littelfuse.com/PilotLights PL-2 Series • 12V Single Contact, Insulated Pilot Lights • #53 bulb supplied, Plated brass bezel, satin finish. • 5/16” (7.9mm) diameter mounting stem, 3/8” (9.5mm) long. PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED – PL-2-RC000-BX PL-2-GC000 PL-2-GC000-BX PL-2-BC000 – RETAIL – – – RATING LENS COLOR TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE LENS SIZE 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC Red Green Blue 2x 8” wire leads 2x 8” wire leads 2x 8” wire leads 1/2” (12.7mm) Ø 1/2” (12.7mm) Ø 1/2” (12.7mm) Ø 3/16” (4.76mm) Ø 3/16” (4.76mm) Ø 3/16” (4.76mm) Ø PL-20 Series • 12V Single Contact, Insulated Pilot Lights • #53 bulb supplied, Chrome-plated brass bezel. • 3/4” (19.1mm) diameter mounting stem, 11/16” (17.5mm) long. PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED PL-20-RC000 PL-20-RC000-BX PL-20-GC000 PL-20-GC000-BX PL-20-AC000 PL-20-AC000-BX RETAIL – – – RATING LENS COLOR 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC Red Green Amber TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE LENS SIZE 2x 8” wire leads 7/8” (22.2mm) Ø 17/32” (13.5mm) Ø 2x 8” wire leads 7/8” (22.2mm) Ø 17/32” (13.5mm) Ø 2x 8” wire leads 7/8” (22.2mm) Ø 17/32” (13.5mm) Ø PL-36 Series • 12V Single Contact, Insulated with Faceted Lens Pilot Lights • Lenses have honeycomb pattern on the internal side, smooth on the outside. • #53 bulb supplied, Satin finish stainless steel bezel. • 1/2” (12.7mm) diameter mounting stem, 3/8” (9.5mm) long. PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED PL-36-RC000 PL-36-RC000-BX PL-36-GC000 PL-36-GC000-BX – PL-36-AC000-BX RETAIL – – – RATING COLOR TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE LENS SIZE 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC Red Green Amber 2x 8” wire leads 2x 8” wire leads 2x 8” wire leads 3/4” (19.1mm) Ø 3/4” (19.1mm) Ø 3/4” (19.1mm) Ø 5/16” (8.0mm) Ø 5/16” (8.0mm) Ø 5/16” (8.0mm) Ø PL-85 Series • 12V Single Contact with Faceted Lens • #67 bulb supplied, Plated brass bezel. • 7/8” (22.2mm) diameter mounting stem, ¾” (19.1mm) long. • Faceted outer lens surface. • Gasket sealed. PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED PL-85-RC000 PL-85-RC000-BX PL-85-GC000 PL-85-GC000-BX PL-85-AC000 PL-85-AC000-BX RETAIL – – – RATING LENS COLOR TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE LENS SIZE 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC Red Green Amber 1x 8” wire leads 1x 8” wire leads 1x 8” wire leads 1¼” (31.8mm) Ø 1¼” (31.8mm) Ø 1¼” (31.8mm) Ø 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø BEZEL SIZE PL-86 Series • 12V Double Contact, Insulated • #68 bulb supplied, Plated brass bezel. • 7/8” (22.2mm) diameter mounting stem, ¾” (19.1mm) long. • Gasket sealed. 13 PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED PL-86-RC000 PL-86-RC000-BX PL-86-GC000 PL-86-GC000-BX PL-86-AC000 PL-86-AC000-BX 121 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog RETAIL – – – RATING LENS COLOR TERMINALS 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC Red Green Amber 2x 8” wire leads 2x 8” wire leads 2x 8” wire leads LENS SIZE 1¼” (31.8mm) Ø 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø 1¼” (31.8mm) Ø 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø 1¼” (31.8mm) Ø 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø Incandescent Pilot Lights PL-116 Series • 12V Single Contact, Insulated Pilot Light • #1893 bulb supplied, Aluminum bezel • Plastic socket PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL – PL-116-RC000-BX – RATING LENS COLOR 12V DC TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE LENS SIZE None 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø 5/8” (15.9mm) Ø Red PL-118 Series • 12V Single Contact, Insulated Pilot Lights • Mounts through rear of the panel. #1893 bulb supplied. Satin finish or black aluminum bezel. • 11/16” (7.5mm) diameter mounting stem, 1/4” (6.4mm) long. PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL PL-118-RC000 PL-118-RC000-BX PL-118-RC001 PL-118-RC001-BX PL-118-GC001 PL-118-GC001-BX PL-118-AC001 – – – – – RATING LENS COLOR BEZEL COLOR TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE LENS SIZE 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC 12V DC Red Red Green Amber Satin Silver Black Black Black 2x 8” wire leads 2x 8” wire leads 2x 8” wire leads 2x 8” wire leads 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø 15/16” (23.8mm) Ø 5/8” (15.9mm) Ø 5/8” (15.9mm) Ø 5/8” (15.9mm) Ø 5/8” (15.9mm) Ø M-320 Series • 12V Single Contact, Insulated with Smooth Lens • #53 bulb supplied, Chrome-plated brass bezel • Plastic socket • 3/4” (19.1mm) diameter mounting stem, 1 1/16” (27.0mm) long. PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL – M-320-RC000-BX – RATING LENS COLOR 12V DC Red TERMINALS BEZEL SIZE LENS SIZE 2x 8” wire leads 7/8” (22.2mm) Ø 17/32” (13.5mm) Ø Panel Lamps and Base Sockets 12V Bayonet Base Sockets • Accept incandescent or LED bulbs with corresponding bases. • Suggested lamp numbers for BA15s sockets: 63, 67, 81, 87, 93, 97,103, 209,1073, 1129, 1133, 1141, 1156. • 16AWG insulated stranded copper leads 8” (203mm) long 26145 26100 PART NUMBERS BULK – 2609 M-432 M-458 BOXED RETAIL – 26100-BP 2609-BX – M-432-BX M-432-BP M-458-BX – 2609 3575 RATING LAMPS ACCEPTED MOUNTING 12V DC BA15d Without Flange Side bracket with 3/16” (4.8mm) Ø hole Standard Base Standard Base 2611 TERMINALS CONTACT TYPE 2x Wire 1x Wire 2 Screw 2 Wire Double Single Double Double NOTES 11/16” outside diameter Molded plastic insulator – Marine Socket Marine Dash Assembly DL Series • 12V Single Contact, Grounding Panel Lamps • Self-grounding to metal panels • For illumination of maps or other items, with minimal interference of driving visibility • Hood can be rotated to direct the light beam • 11/16” (17.5mm) diameter mounting stem, 3/8” (9.5mm) long; mount through the panel. • 16AWG insulated stranded copper leads PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL DL-13 DL-21 DL-13-BX DL-21-BX – – 13 RATING COLOR MATERIAL TERMINALS 12V DC 12V DC Chrome-plated Black Brass Steel 1x 8” wire leads 1x 8” wire leads Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 122 Indicator Devices Buzzers and Alarms 4099 • 12 & 24V DC Universal Buzzer Hundreds of uses; for ‘door ajar’ warning, bus driver alert, low air pressure, temperature, etc. Works with any temperature, pressure, door or momentary switch. Electrical contacts are designed for instant response and uninterrupted signal. • Impact resistant ABS resin case • Moisture repellent insulator Additional information: littelfuse.com/Alarms PART NUMBERS BULK VOLTAGE BOXED RETAIL 4099 4099-BX 4099-BP 12V DC 40151 40151-BX – 24V DC DIMENSIONS TERMINALS 1 7/8” x 2 1/2” x 2 17/32” (30.9 x 63.2 x 64.3mm) 2 Screw 40100 • Buzzer Pull Switch For use by passengers in buses and rapid transit vehicles, the end of the switch attaches to a cord. Use with Littelfuse buzzers or buzzer/flashers: 4099, 4112 RC, 4124-RD. SPST Off-Mom. On. Normally Off, pull to On, spring return to Off. Neutral gray enamel finish cover. Operates with a pull cord. Additional information: littelfuse.com/Alarms PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL 40100 40100-BX – VOLTAGE TERMINALS Up to 36V DC 2 Screw 4112-RC • 12 & 24V DC Buzzer and LED Indicator “Dual Alarm” Rugged combination warning light and buzzer gives audible and visible alert. Device is a universal application and can be used with any electrical switch. Red lens, long-life LED. 11/16” (17.46mm) diameter mounting stem, 17/32” (13.88mm) long. Additional information: littelfuse.com/Alarms PART NUMBERS BULK BOXED RETAIL 4112-RC000 4112-RC000-BX 4112-RC-BP VOLTAGE DIMENSIONS TERMINALS 12V DC 1 7/8” x 1” x 1 11/32” (47.6 x 25.4 x 34.1mm) 2 Screw 40212 • 12V DC Dual Rate Electronic Alarm 13 B+ FAST Utilizes advanced integrated circuit surface mount technology. Negative ground. Use with two input sources to warn of two different hazardous conditions. Sounds at two different rates: one sensor triggers a fast-rate SENSOR alarm, the second actuates a slower rate alarm tone. OR SWITCH • Minimum sound level: 90dB + B • Lightweight molded plastic housing SLOW • Solid-state circuitry • Plugs into Littelfuse connector 3032 or 3029, Delphi (Packard) SENSOR 12033871, or accepts connectors for 1/4" (6.4mm) blades OR SWITCH Additional information: littelfuse.com/Alarms PART NUMBERS 123 BULK BOXED RETAIL 40212 40212-BX – VOLTAGE DIMENSIONS TERMINALS NOTES 12V DC 2.005” x 1.185 x .930” (50.4 x 30.3 x 23.66mm) 1/4” Blades Minimum sound level: 90dB Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Why Are LED Lights Better For My Vehicle? THEY ARE SOLID-STATE, SO THEY LAST LONGER, AND MAY NEVER NEED REPLACING You don’t need to purchase replacement bulbs and keep a stock of them. You won’t need to use the valuable time of your maintenance staff. Less downtime for your vehicles means more revenue-producing hours per vehicle. LEDs are unaffected by the on-off cycling. Their brightness doesn’t diminish over time. LEDs can function over a wider range of temperatures, from desert conditions to frigid weather. PL-85 Series LEDs LAST LONGER BECAUSE THEY ARE UNAFFECTED BY VIBRATION Incandescent bulbs contain a small filament which is vulnerable to the shock experienced by vehicles as they travel. LEDs are solid state and don’t have filaments or bulbs that can work loose. PL-118 Series LEDs PRODUCE LESS HEAT LEDs are safer. A buildup of heat is undesirable since the potential exists to cause fires. LEDs run far cooler. The heated glass of conventional bulbs is vulnerable to splash – and more likely to fail prematurely. M-320 Series LEDs ARE MORE EFFICIENT Less battery drain. Up to 90% of the power used in an incandescent bulb is converted into wasted heat energy. For the amount of light emitted, LEDs draw fewer watts from your batteries. LEDs are not susceptible to the corrosion that may occur in bulb bases and sockets. PL-2 Series 13 PL-612 Series Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 124 Appendix Alphanumeric Part Number Index Use index as a quick resource to find the page number of a specific part you are looking for. Cole Hersee Packaging Retail packaging products are designated by the BP and BX suffixes. BX and BP suffixes are not individually listed, but represented by their bulk part number. Example: Retail packaging toggle switch 5558-BP will be listed as 5558 5558-BP “Bulk Part Number” “Blister Pack” Littelfuse Packaging Order numbers must have between 9 characters and 15 characters. 0ATO 0 1 0 . VP First set of four “ATO Fuses” NOTE: Products with the amperage used in their part number are not individually listed. Second set of four “Retail pack “10 Amps” of 5” Example: 10 Amp ATO Fuse, 0ATO010.VP = 0ATO0xx.VP 0MIN 0 3 0 . ZXPRO First set of four “MINI Fuses” 14 125 Second set of four “30 Amps” Inner Pack Codes - Quantity Code “Plus Pack” 1=X 50 = L 500 = U 3,000 =W 5=V 100 = H 1,000 = M 4,000 = Y 10 = T 200 = F 1,500 = D 5,000 = N 20 = S 250 = G 2,500 = E 10,000 = K Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page 00940133ZP 21 00940402ZP 20 00940550Z 21 00940570ZXA 23 02981001ZXT 32 00940134ZP 21 00940408ZP 21 00940551Z 23 00970019X 37 02981028HXFC 32 00940135ZP 21 00940409Z 23 00940552Z 23 00970019XP 37 02981028HXFC-SS 32 00940154ZP 21 00940413ZP 20 00940553Z 23 00970023XP 37 0327xxx.LXS 15 00940189ZP 21 00940418ZP 22 00940554Z 21 00970025XPA 37 0337xxx.LXS 15 00940202ZP 21 00940419ZP 22 00940555ZPGLO 21 00970026XP 37 03453LF2XP 35 00940202ZPGLO 21 00940422Z 23 00940556ZPGLO 21 00970038XPA 37 03500417TXN 39 00940301ZP 21 00940441ZP 22 00940557ZXA 21 00970053XP 37 03500417XP 39 00940362ZP 21 00940442ZP 22 00940558ZPA 21 00970054XPA 37 03500418TXN 39 00940362ZPGLO 21 00940461ZP 22 00940559ZPA 21 01520003TXN941 33 03500418XP 39 00940363ZP 22 00940462Z 21 00940560ZXA 23 01520003TXN942 33 03540801ZXGY 39 00940365ZP 22 00940462ZGLO 21 00940561ZPA 22 01520005Z 33 03540802ZXGY 39 00940366ZP 22 00940475Z 21 00940562ZPA 22 01520006Z 33 03540804ZXGY 39 00940367ZP 22 00940477Z 10 00940563ZPA 22 01550300Z 34 03560001Z 39 00940368ZP 22 00940478Z 10 00940565ZPA 22 0185xxx.X 30 03560002Z 39 00940369ZP 22 00940479ZP 22 00940565ZXA 23 0185xxx.XP 30 03560004Z 39 00940370ZP 22 00940480Z 23 00940566ZPA 22 0211xxx.XP 30 03560006Z 39 00940396Z 24 00940506ZP 21 00940566ZXA 21 02980900S 32 04980900S 33 00940400Z 21 00940509ZXGLOA 24 00940567ZPA 22 02980900TXN 32 04980900ZXT 33 00940400ZGLO 21 00940510ZXGLOA 24 00940569ZPA 22 02980900Z 32 04980903ZXT 33 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Alphanumeric Part Number Index Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page 04980904ZXT 33 0AGWxxx.V 19 0MAB0001XP 33 1257 115 5592 89 04980921GXM5 33 0AGWxxx.VP 19 0MAXxxx.X 14 1258 115 7112 103 04980932.X 46 0AGX0002ZP 21 0MAXxxx.XP 14 1282 116 7124 103 04980932ZXT 46 0AGXxxx.VP 19 0MAXxxx.XPGLO 14 1283-325 116 7124-06 103 04980933.X 46 0ATD0300ZBP 37 0MCBxxx.X 28 2484 66 7127 103 04980933ZXT 46 0ATOxxx.V 14 0MEGxxx.L 17 2484-02 66 7152 103 04981038HXFC 32 0ATOxxx.VP 14 0MEGxxx.X 17 2484-03 66 7157 103 04982001ZXFC 32 0ATOxxx.VPGLO 14 0MEGxxx.XP 17 2484-06 66 7493 104 0498900.TXN 33 0ATOxxx.ZXPRO 14 0MIDxxx.X 17 2484-09 66 7493-07 104 0498xxx.TXN 17 0BPF0001ZP 36 0MIDxxx.XP 17 2484-16 66 7700 108 0695xxx.LPXP 16 0CCBxxx.X 27 0MINxxx.V 13 2484-19 66 7762 108 0695xxx.LPXPS 16 0CCBxxx.XP 27 0MINxxx.VP 13 2484-A 66 7784 108 0695xxx.U 16 0CNLxxx.V 20 0MINxxx.VPGLO 13 2609 122 7785-01 108 0695xxx.US 16 0CNNxxx.V 20 0MINxxx.ZXPRO 13 3031-0 35 7786 108 07981002ZXS 45 0CNNxxxE.V 20 0MMBxxx.X 27 3031-20 35 7786-01 108 08010100 64 0FCBxxx.X 27 0MNBxxx.X 27 3031-30 35 7786-03 108 08010200 64 0FCBxxx.XP 27 0MRS0001Z 26 3088-50 29 7787 108 08070900 54 0FHA0001SXJ 34 0MRS0002Z 26 3088-60 29 7789-02 108 08080200 63 0FHA0001XP 34 0MRS0003Z 26 3088-80 29 7792 107 08081400 63 0FHA0001XPGLO 34 0MRS0004Z 26 407-01 99 7792-01 107 08084300 65 0FHA0002SXJ 34 0MRS0005Z 26 407-02 99 7792-03 107 08084400 65 0FHA0002XP 34 0MRS0006Z 26 407-03 99 876-199 38 08098700 63 0FHA0030XP 34 0MRS0007Z 26 4099 123 882-267-002 32 08098780  63 0FHA0200Z 36 0MRS0007ZXA 26 4112-RC000 123 882-267-003 32 08098800 64 0FHA0200ZP 36 0MRS0009ZXA 26 4721-P10 40 882-267-004 32 08098881 64 0FHJ1001G 35 0MRS0200Z 26 4721-P12 40 882-267-005 32 08098882 64 0FHJ1002G 35 0MRS0300Z 26 4721-P14 40 882-839-2 32 08098900 65 0FHJ2001G 35 0MXBxxx.X 28 4721-P2 40 882-839-3 32 08098980 65 0FHJ2002G 35 0OMN0xxxXP 39 4721-P3 40 882-839-4 32 08098981 65 0FHM0001SXJ 34 0PALxxx.X 18 4721-P4 40 882-839-5 32 08099080 63 0FHM0001XP 34 0PALxxx.XP 18 4721-P5 40 882-853 38 0812xxx.ZXST 29 0FHM0001XPGLO 34 0RBOX001Z 25 4721-P6 40 882-854 38 0813xxx.XP 29 0FHM0002SXJ 34 0RBOX002Z 25 4721-P8 40 8250 92 0813xxx.ZXST 29 0FHM0002XP 34 0RBOX003Z 25 4755 40 8367 77 0ACBxxx.XP 27 0FHM0200Z 36 0RBOX004Z 25 4758 40 8486 109 0AFH0001XP 34 0FHM0200ZP 36 0RBOX005Z 25 5007 102 8486-05 109 0AFH0001Z 34 0FHP0001Z 35 0RBOX006Z 25 5011 102 8487 109 0AFH0002XP 34 0FHZ0001Z 47 0RED0BOXZ 25 5050 102 8626 109 0AGA0001ZP 21 0FHZ0002Z 47 0RED0BOXZXNG 25 5507 90 8629 109 0AGA0002ZP 21 0FHZ0003Z 47 0RED0BOXZXNGA 25 5520 89 8715 109 0AGA0003ZP 21 0FHZ0005Z 47 0SFE0001ZP 21 5543 92 901-325 38 0AGAxxx.V 19 0FHZ00853-BX 38 0SFE0001ZPGLO 21 5543-09 92 956-3122 73 0AGAxxx.VP 19 0FHZ00854-BX 38 0SFExxx.V 19 5543-15 92 956-3124 73 0AGC0001ZP 21 0FHZ0201Z 38 0SFExxx.VP 19 5558 90 956-3125 73 0AGC0001ZPGLO 21 0FHZ0202Z 38 0UCBxxx.X 28 5568 90 956-3126 73 0AGC0002ZP 21 0FHZ0211Z 38 0UCBxxx.XP 28 5570 90 956-3127 73 0AGC0003ZP 21 0FHZ0212Z 38 1160 118 5582 89 956-3135 73 0AGC0004ZP 21 0FLC014.XP 20 1222 114 5582-10 89 956-4100 73 0AGC0005ZP 21 0FLW014.XP 20 1232 115 5582-30-BP 89 956-4107 73 0AGCxxx.VP 19 0FLW016.XP 20 1233 115 5582-36 89 956-4111-BX 73 0AGCxxxV 19 0FNY0xxxXP 35 1235 115 5584 89 956-4113 73 0AGUxxx.T 19 0GBCxxx.V 19 1236 115 5584-15 89 956-4124 73 0AGUxxx.VPG 19 0GBCxxx.VP 19 1253 115 5586 89 956-4138 73 0AGW0001ZP 21 0MAB0001F 33 1254 115 5588 89 956-4141 73 0AGW0002ZP 21 0MAB0001S 33 1255 114 5590 89 956-4154 73 Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 14 126 Appendix Alphanumeric Part Number Index 14 127 Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page 956-4307 73 9513 74 24214 55 55023 89 92102 110 956-4311 73 9576 103 24401 57 55025 88 92116 97 956-5109 73 9577 74 24402 57 55036 89 95033 75 956-5124 73 9578 74 24450 58 55046 89 95060 72 956-5307 73 9579 74 24452 58 55054 89 95410 77 956-6307 73 9579-02 74 24505 70 55055 89 95535 74 956-6310 73 9622-01 75 24612 57 55064 92 95539 74 956-9100 73 11042 116 24812 57 55071 92 95582 74 9001 99 11134 117 24848 57 55088 89 95591 75 9002-BX 99 11164 118 31101 77 55093 92 95593 74 9003 100 11165 118 40100 123 58336 80 95597 75 9011 103 11172 117 40151 123 58337 80 95610 75 9023 97 11173 117 40212 123 59071 92 95612 75 9044-BX 97 11178 118 48051 50 68028 103 96101 97 9050-01 99 11750 118 48070 50 68362 104 98628 84 9052 109 12063 113 48090 50 71092 103 98647 118 9055 100 12081 114 48120 50 72100 103 99025 60 9055-08 100 12082 114 48122 50 74603 107 99026 60 9060 108 12091 114 48160 50 75125 109 551802 90 9075 98 12092 114 48161 50 75226 106 551840 90 9087-BX 99 12300 112 48162 50 75236 106 551841 90 9095 96 12301 112 48525 50 75600 105 551842 90 9100 96 12310 113 48530 50 75701 104 551844 90 9109 97 12311 114 48540 51 75903 67 551849 90 9115 97 12400 117 48610 51 75904 67 880014 32 9118 100 12401 117 48710 51 75907 67 880015 32 9118-04 100 12500 117 48785 54 75908 66 880062 62 9162-03 110 12501 117 50001 102 75912 67 880064 62 9165 97 12804 51 50002 102 75920 62 880073 46 9180 100 12805 51 50036 103 81255 92 880076 45 9183 108 24008 56 50046 102 81264 92 880086 54 9187 98 24021 56 50066 102 81356 112 880088 54 9187-02 98 24022 56 50070 102 82065 70 880089 46 9211 97 24023 56 50082 102 82468 92 880094 46 9212 97 24024 66 50088 102 83274 77 880107 54 9216 96 24037 56 50203 103 83280 99 880154 62 9216-03 96 24044 56 54003 84 83353 70 880175 62 9216-10 96 24047 56 54007 84 83357 77 11041-06 116 9224 110 24054 104 54010 84 83377 110 11042-05 116 9224-07 110 24059 55 54012 84 83379 77 11172-02 117 9231 96 24060 56 54100 88 90002 97 11172-03 117 9238 97 24063 55 54103 88 90018 96 11750-03 118 9238-07 96 24071 56 54104 88 90030 96 12063-01 113 9242 110 24076 56 54109 88 90043 97 12063-11 113 9242-01 110 24080 55 54110 88 90047 98 12077-01 113 9245 96 24082 55 55013 90 90048 98 12077-01-BX 113 9264 100 24097 55 55014 89 91001 108 12080-11-BX 113 9264-02 100 24103 56 55015 89 91050 99 12080-BX 113 9264-04 100 24106 55 55016 89 91105 109 24008-03 56 9269 99 24115 55 55017 89 91113 109 24041-BX 56 9270 99 24117 55 55018 89 91126 97 24046-BX 56 9270-01 100 24124 55 55019 89 91800 99 24059-08 55 9276-09 96 24200 58 55020 89 91801 100 24059-15 55 9500 104 24213 55 55021 89 91812 100 24063-08 55 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Alphanumeric Part Number Index Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page 24106-07 55 30138-40 29 55020-04 89 58311-13 80 59024-200 91 24107-BX 55 30171-10 29 55020-20-BP 89 58311-18 80 59024-218 91 24117-01 55 30171-15 29 55021-04 89 58312-A4 80 59024-33 91 24213-01 55 30171-20 29 55021-07 89 58312-AG 80 59024-35 91 24213-03 55 30171-30 29 55025-01 88 58312-C4 80 59024-36 91 24401-01 57 30172-10 29 55025-02 88 58312-G4 80 59024-38 91 24401-04 57 30172-15 29 55025-03 88 58312-R2 80 68159-05 106 24420-BX 55 30172-20 29 55025-04 88 58312-R4 80 71092-02 103 24450-02 58 30172-30 29 55033-01 89 58326-01-BX 83 72079-01 107 24505-01 70 30409-10 30 55033-02 89 58326-06 83 72171-02 104 24512-10 57 30409-15 30 55046-04 89 58326-11 83 74600-02 107 24610-G10-BX 57 30409-20 30 55049-01 89 58326-15 83 74601-01 107 24612-03 57 30409-25 30 55054-04 89 58326-27 83 74601-06 107 24612-10 57 30409-30 30 55065-02 89 58326-29 83 74601-12 107 24624-10 57 30410-10-BX 27 55065-03 89 58327-01 82 75212-04 106 24812-01 57 30410-15 27 551001-BX 90 58327-06 82 75217-04 106 24824-01 57 30410-20 27 551800-BX 90 58328-01 81 75221-06 106 26100-BP 122 30410-25 27 551846-BX 90 58328-02 81 75221-09 106 30055-10 29 30410-30 27 56000-01 85 58328-04 81 75228-03 106 30055-15 29 30419-10 27 56000-04 85 58328-100-BP 81 75228-04 106 30055-20 29 30419-15 27 56000-08 85 58328-101-BP 81 75600-01 105 30055-25 29 30419-20 27 56027-01 82 58328-103-BP 81 75600-02 105 30055-30 29 30419-25 27 56300-01 85 58328-11 81 75600-04 105 30055-40 29 30507-60 29 56327-01 82 58328-12-BX 81 75600-05 105 30055-50 29 30507-80 29 57000-01 85 58328-13 81 75600-07 105 30056-10 29 3298xxx.H 17 57000-04 85 58328-35 81 75600-25 105 30056-15 29 3298xxx.Z 17 57000-10 85 58328-55 81 75601-14 105 30056-20 29 3298xxx.ZXSTA 17 57000-23 85 58328-58 81 75602-02 105 30056-25 29 46206-04 41 57003-01 85 58328-62 81 75602-10 104 30056-30 29 46210-02 70 57004-10 85 58332-04-BP 81 75603-09 105 30056-40 29 46210-03 70 57006-01 85 58332-20-BP 81 75705-01 104 30056-50 29 46211-01 70 57006-07 85 58332-21-BP 81 75712-04 104 30062-20-BX 29 46211-R 70 57007-11 85 58332-22-BP 81 75904-01 67 30062-30 29 46377-10 38 57013-08 85 58332-23-BP 81 75904-02 67 30063-10 29 46377-12 38 57014-03 85 58332-25-BP 81 75904-03 67 30063-20 29 46377-18 38 57300-01 85 58332-26-BP 81 75920-05 62 30063-30 29 46377-6 38 57300-02 85 58332-27-BP 81 75920-10 62 30090-2 28 46377-8 38 57300-03 85 58332-28-BP 81 75921-10 62 30090-3 28 46379-6 38 57300-11 85 58332-29-BP 81 80101-B 70 30090-4 28 46379-8 38 57300-22 85 58332-30-BP 81 81192-BX 118 30090-6 28 48540-01-BX 51 58027-01 82 58332-31-BP 81 81264-01 92 30090-8 28 48541-01-BX 51 58027-02 82 58332-32-BP 81 81264-02 92 30128-10 29 48636-01-BX 51 58027-03 82 58332-33-BP 81 81264-05 92 30128-15 29 50046-09 102 58027-04 82 58332-34-BP 81 81264-07 92 30128-20 29 54100-01 88 58027-06 82 59024-100 91 81298-02 106 30128-30 29 54101-01 88 58027-07 82 59024-104 91 81298-34 106 30128-40 29 54107-01 88 58027-08 82 59024-106 91 82065-02 70 30137-10 29 54109-01 88 58027-11 82 59024-108-BX 91 82159-02-BP 84 30137-15 29 54204-01 82 58027-18 82 59024-110 91 82159-1 84 30137-20 29 55014-05 89 58311-01 80 59024-116 91 82159-2 84 30137-30 29 55015-03 92 58311-02 80 59024-118 91 82159-3 84 30138-10 29 55016-06 89 58311-07 80 59024-12 91 83280-02 99 30138-15 29 55017-02 89 58311-08 80 59024-14 91 83280-03 99 30138-30-BX 29 55020-02 89 58311-11 80 59024-15 91 83280-05 99 Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 14 128 Alphanumeric Part Number Index 14 129 Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page Part Number Page 83285-01 77 95061-BX 72 M-121 117 M-612 98 PL-521-AC 120 83288-BX 77 95062-10 72 M-284 68 M-626 98 PL-521-GC 120 86099-2-BX 28 95062-13 72 M-284-01 68 M-626-02 98 PL-521-RC 120 86099-3 28 95062-17 72 M-284-02 68 M-628 102 PL-522-AC 120 86099-4 28 95062-50-BX 72 M-284-09-BP 68 M-630 102 PL-522-GC 120 86099-5 28 95062-57-BX 72 M-284-26 68 M-641-01 39 PL-522-RC 120 86126-12 28 95521-01 75 M-284-A 68 M-643-01 39 PL-523-AC 120 86126-2 28 95521-B 75 M-288 75 M-674-BX 39 PL-523-BC 120 86126-4 28 95522-A  74 M-289-BX 68 M-700 76 PL-523-CC 120 86126-6 28 95524-A 74 M-290 68 M-712 76 PL-523-GC 120 86126-8 28 95525-A 74 M-290-01 68 M-712-09 76 PL-523-RC 120 87167-01-BP 84 95613-BX 75 M-290-05 68 M-750 69 PL-524-AC 120 880064S 62 95633-A 74 M-320-RC000-BX 122 M-754 69 PL-524-GC 120 880107S 54 95634-01 74 M-414-01 39 M-850 76 PL-524-RC 120 880175S 62 98635-01 77 M-415-01 39 M-914-01 98 PL-525-AC 120 888842000A 62 BPDMA104HXF1 45 M-426 40 MAHC0001TXJ 33 PL-525-GC 120 90005-01 104 BUCBxxx.Z 28 M-427 40 MAHC0001ZXJ 33 PL-525-RC 120 90005-03 104 DL-13 122 M-428 40 MAHC0001ZXJA 33 PL-526-AC 120 90030-01 96 DL-21 122 M-429 40 MC-250012-DN 59 PL-526-GC 120 90030-04 96 FHAC0001SXJ 34 M-432 122 MC-250012-NN 59 PL-526-RC 120 90030-12 96 FHAC0001XP 34 M-448 41 MC-250012-RN 59 PL-612-A 120 90030-24 96 FHAC0002SXJ 34 M-448-02 41 MCASxxx.V 16 PL-612-B 120 90030-33 96 FHAC0002XP 34 M-449 41 MCASxxx.VS 16 PL-612-G 120 90030-43 96 FHJC1001G 35 M-456 40 MCASxxx.XP 16 PL-612-R 120 90030-53 96 FHJC1002G 35 M-458 122 MCASxxx.XPS 16 PL-624-A 120 90036-02-BX 96 FHJC1002L 35 M-476 102 MIC2xxx.V 15 PL-624-B 120 90036-10 96 FHJC2002G 35 M-482 102 MIC2xxx.VP 15 PL-624-G 120 90043-07 97 FHJC2002L 35 M-484 90 MIC2xxx.ZXPRO 15 PL-624-R 120 90043-31 97 FHLM0200Z 36 M-485 98 MIC3xxx.VP 15 PL-85-AC000 121 90047-01 98 FHLM0200ZPA 36 M-489 76 MIC3xxx.ZXPRO 15 PL-85-GC000 121 90048-01 98 FHM20200Z 36 M-489-03 76 PDM21001LXM 44 PL-85-RC000 121 91109-03 97 FHM20200ZPA 36 M-490 98 PDM31001ZXM 44 PL-86-AC000 121 91812-02 100 FLEC3000Z-0 47 M-492 98 PDM31002ZXM 44 PL-86-GC000 121 92107-04 110 FLEC3000Z-0U 47 M-493 90 PDM32001ZXM 44 PL-86-RC000 121 95060-01 72 JBPT0001Z 70 M-497 76 PDM32003ZXM 44 R2-400112-RN 59 95060-02 72 JBPT2N02ZXB 70 M-524 98 PDM32004ZXM 44 RA-200024-DS 59 95060-03 72 JBPT2P01ZXR 70 M-527 102 PDM33001ZXM 44 RA-400012-DS 59 95060-04 72 JBPT3N03ZXB 70 M-530 102 PDM33003ZXM 44 RA-400112-DN 59 95060-07 72 JBPT3P01ZXB 70 M-531 102 PDM33004ZXM 44 RA-400112-NN 59 95060-21 72 JBPT3P02ZXB 70 M-532 102 PDM61001ZXM 45 RA-400112-RN 59 95060-23 72 JCASxxx.X 16 M-54111-01 90 PDM71001ZXM 44 RA-700112-DN 59 95060-24 72 JCASxxx.XP 16 M-54111-02 90 PDM71003ZXM 44 RA-700112-NN 59 95060-26 72 JLLNxxx.T 20 M-550 76 PL-116-RC000-BX 122 RA-700112-RN 59 95060-29 72 JLLNxxx.V 20 M-550-14 76 PL-118-AC001 122 RC-200024-DS 59 95060-34 72 JLLNxxx.X 20 M-58031-01 83 PL-118-GC001 122 RC-200124-DN 59 95060-36 72 JLLSxxx.T 20 M-58031-02 83 PL-118-RC000 122 RC-200124-NN 59 95060-43 72 JLLSxxx.V 20 M-58031-04 83 PL-118-RC001 122 RC-200124-RN 59 95060-50-BP 72 JLLSxxx.X 20 M-58031-07 83 PL-2-BC000 121 RC-400012-DS 59 95060-60-BP 72 LFMX0006Z-01 47 M-58031-08 83 PL-2-GC000 121 RC-400112-DN 59 95061-01 72 LFMX0007Z-01 47 M-58031-09 83 PL-2-RC000-BX 121 RC-400112-NN 59 95061-04 72 LJCAxxx.X 16 M-584 90 PL-20-AC000 121 RC-400112-RN 59 95061-05 72 LJCAxxx.XP 16 M-597 92 PL-20-GC000 121 RC-700112-DN 59 95061-07 72 LMINxxx.V 13 M-598 92 PL-20-RC000 121 RC-700112-NN 59 95061-36 72 LMINxxx.VP 13 M-606 102 PL-36-AC000-BX 121 RC-700112-RN 59 95061-50-BX 72 LMINxxx.ZXPROA 13 M-608 98 PL-36-GC000 121 ZCASxxx.XP 17 95061-60-BX 72 M-115 117 M-6110-05 76 PL-36-RC000 121 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 130 6 Relays & Solenoids 24059 - Continuous Duty Solenoid 5 9 Mixed Current Power Distribution Custom Product 1 Battery Power Control Master Disconnect 75920 Series - Battery Switches 7 880086 - HD Series Relay 2 Switches 4 Auxiliary Power Distribution 1 2 7 PDM71001ZXM - HWB60-AL 4 95060 Series - Ignition Switches 8 Primary Power Distribution FLEC3000Z-0 - FLEC Series 3 Littelfuse manufactures products for your entire vehicle electrical system with components that help distribute, protect and control vehicle power. Review this schematic to learn how you can streamline your design and sourcing requirements. Entire Vehicle ELECTRICAL POWER Expertise 14 3 Power Conversion 9 In-Line Fuse Holders FHAC0001ZXJ - 04980921GXM5 6 8 880211 - Liftgate Battery Charger 5 131 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog 2 1 LFFB003 0FHZ0001Z 3 Master Power Distribution Units 0FHZ0202Z Sealed ZCASE Fuse Sealed and Unsealed Fuses and Fuse Holders Integrated Power Relays Littelfuse manufactures products for your entire vehicle electrical system with components that help distribute, protect and control vehicle power. Review this schematic to learn how you can streamline your design and sourcing requirements. ZCASE Fuse CNN-E Fuse MINI Fuse MEGA Fuse High and Low Current Fuses for Various Voltage Levels MAXI Fuse 4 6 7 1 - Controller + Electrical Power Expertise For Material Handling 14 4 3 4 3 880089 Fuse and Relay Centers HWB60-AL 5 2 5 5507 58328-35 Ignition, Rocker, Toggle, and Momentary Switches Active/Passive Electronics and Power Semi-Conductors 95060-01 6 7 Notes 14 Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 132 Notes 14 133 Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Catalog Need MORE INFORMATION about Commercial Vehicle Products? Littelfuse publishes technical documents to help in the design and selection of products for your electrical systems. To learn more about a specific product or application, visit our online library at: Littelfuse.com/Commercial-Vehicle-Technical-Center        Extended Datasheets Application Notes CAD Drawings 2D Outlines 3D Models Glossary FAQ Littelfuse.com/Catalogs Littelfuse offers digital and printed catalogs, to request a copy, please contact Littelfuse or download the digital version on our website. Our product catalogs feature circuit protection, power control and sensing products for OEM and aftermarket applications.    Commercial Vehicle Aftermarket Catalog Automotive Passenger Car Catalog Automotive Fuse & Fuse Holder Selection Guide Littelfuse.com/ContactUs Contact Littelfuse support or find a local representative or distributor. littelfuse.com/Aftermarket Littelfuse Aftermarket Products Chicago, Illinois USA +1 800 365 2653 cvp_info@Littelfuse.com ©2019 Littelfuse, Inc. Specifications, descriptions and illustrative material in this catalog are subject to change without notice. Visit littelfuse.com for the most up-to-date technical information. To learn more about specific products or applications visit: Littelfuse.com/Aftermarket 0 79458 22300 2 Part Number: CVP150 Rev: 1-A-050219